Home

ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual

1. a 138 Figure 4 91 MSC Synchronization with Frame Display 2 22 22 eee cee eee eee eee e cece eeeeeeee 138 Figure 4 92 Control and Signaling Frames SummMay 2 eee e cece ccc cece ceeceecceeceeeeees 139 Figure 4 93 Packet Layers Shown in Different Colors _ 22 222 2 c eee eee eee cece nannan 139 Figure 4 94 Right Click in Ctrl Summary to Display Show in MSC 20 e ee eee cee eee eeeeee 139 Figure 4 95 MSC View of Selected Packet from Ctrl Summary 2 2 eee ee cece eee eeeee 140 Figure 4 96 Return to Text View Using Right Click Menu 20 cece cece cece ee ceeeceeeeees 140 Figure 4 97 Highlighted First Search Result ieee eee ce cee cee cece cece eeeeeeeeees 141 Figure 4 98 Message Sequence Chart Print Preview _ 2 22 eee e cece cece cee cee ceeceeceeceeees 143 Figure 4 99 Print Preview Toolbar _ _ 2 222 eo ee eee cece ee cee cee cece eee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeees 143 Figure 4 100 Bluetooth low energy PER Stats Window 2 cece cece cece ec eeceeceeeeeees 145 Figure 4 101 Bluetooth low energy Packet Error Rate Channels eee eee cee eee eee 146 Figure 4 102 Save As dialog in PER Stats Export oe cece ec cee cece ccc cece ecceceeeeeceeees 150 Figure 4 103 PER Stats Scroll Bar 2 222 2 ieee ce cece ec cece ee eee cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeees 150 Figur
2. 2 22 2 eee eee cee eee eee eee eee 6 2 3 CON Ol WWIMGOW a ioc dace to Aes ce AANGAT ene onsen a 6 2 3 1 Cohntrol Window TOOIDEN cccucecscccs Pee cusciwes adda daceedewnesdeukeeeekoesedececusndecawesenmecouscebe 7 2 3 2 Configuration Information on the Control Window 22 2 eee eee eee eee cece eee eee 8 2 3 3 Status Information on the Control Window 2 0 0 2222 eee eee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee 8 2 3 4 Frame Information on the Control Window 2 222 e eee eee eee ee ee ee ce ee ce ee cece cece eee 9 2 3 5 Control Window Menus 222 2222 e eee eee eee ee eee ee ee eee ee eee cee ee eee eee eee 9 2 3 6 Minimizing Windows __ _ 2 22 eee eee eee cece eee ec cece eee ee eee eee eee e cee eeeeeeeeee 13 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings 14 3 1 BPAle I O Settings Datasource _ 1 0 2 2 o cee cc cc eee Laaa eeeeeeee 14 3 1 1 BPA Low Energy datasource Toolbar Menu 2 2 cece eee cece cece ec eeeeeecerereeeeeees 14 3 1 2 BPA low energy Devices Under Test _ 2 22 eee eee eecceee cece eee annaa 15 3 1 3 BPA Low Energy LE Device Database l ole ieee cece eee cece cece e ee eeeeeees 18 3 1 4 BPA low energy Datasource Information 2 22 ieee aaa aaa ahaaa aaa aana aana annaa 20 3 1 5 BPA low energy Update Firmware _ 22 2 oaaao eee cee eee cee ccc cece eee eee eeceeeeeeeeeees 20 3 2 Decoder Parameters cam sa wk m
3. e eee eee ce ec eee cece eee cece cece ee aaoo aaraa 178 6 4 Loading and Importing a Capture File 22 22 ole a 178 6 4 1 Loading a Capture File _ _ 22 22 2 lei c eee eee cece cee cece eee cence eeeeeeees 178 6 4 2 Importing Capture Files 20 22 le ee cece cece cee cece cece cece cece eeeeceeeeeceeeeeees 179 Oo Pe eee deen sees AA NN na a oa eee A ee eee NAA laha 179 6 5 1 Printing from the Frame Display HTML Export 2 2 20 cece cece cece cece cece cee eececececeees 179 6 5 2 Printing from the Event Display 22 22 eee eee eee cece cee eee eee eee cece onanan 182 OG BANA ana a a Aa a SD ASAN ea dump NI 183 66 1 Frame DEN EO 22 6 a ma ces Ba bakante An AD enema eaeseeeenee wees 183 6 6 2 Exporting a File with Event Display Export a 183 6 6 2 1 Export Filter Out 2c ec cece cece eee ee eee eee e eee e ee eeeeeeeeeeees 186 6 6 2 2 EXporting Baul 1 4k cddecdieweddue dew acucs oobenewadevacdeueudenteeewlasedideusdeubedseeds 186 Chapter 7 General Information 22 22 l eee eee c cece cece cece eee eee eee cee ceeeeceeceees 187 7 1 System Settings and Progam Options a 187 PAAANO 187 7 1 1 1 System Settings Disabled Enabled Options 2 2 2 e cece cece cece ce ceceeeeeceeees 189 7 1 1 2 Advanced System Options o eee ce ccc cece cece cece cece cece eeeeceeceeeeees 189 7 1 1 3 Selecting Start Up Options 0a cuten
4. cece ce ee cece ee cece eee eee e nee 112 4 4 3 7 Viewport radio button 2 222 a 112 4 4 3 8 Indicator width e scence AAP 113 4 4 3 9 Coexistence View Throughput Graph 0 eee eee eee cee noanoa anonn 114 4 4 3 10 Throughput Graph Y axis labels 2 22 eee eee ccc cee cece cece eceeeeeeeeees 114 4 4 3 11 Excluded packets a 115 AA SAZ TOOWDS teccscccasewetdncedodausetlecetatoreseccenadceveneedcedaewaeeees seu coe edeasaceteucussecuss 115 BPA SS SCONES et ele eee AA 115 AASA VO WOOU es inaako a cede setae eae seediene A E AGA bA ANNA NAE 116 4 4 3 15 Swap button eee cc ce cee cee eee cence eee eens eeeeeeeeeeeeee 117 4 4 3 16 Dots DUON naa ama ma na dasGeceeteeenceccsteccar ce TEN YEA sale tieseencanticussets 118 4 4 3 17 Zoomed Throughput Graph ee ee ee eee cece cee cee cece cece eeeeeeeeeee 119 TA LOZOON CURSOR Hasan han scene cumedeccsacetoesusereauhaccunseceueesscueeseecaseanteussass 121 4 4 3 19 Comparison with the Bluetooth Timeline s Throughput Graph a 121 4 4 3 20 Coexistence View Set Button 0 0 cc ccc ce cee cee cee eee e eee 122 4 4 3 21 Coexistence View Throughput Radio Buttons e eee eee eee eee eee ee 123 4 4 3 22 Coexistence View Timeline Radio Buttons eee ee eee eee eens 123 4 4 3 23 Coexistence View low energy Devices Radio Buttons 2 2 22 20 eee eee eee 123 4 4 3 24 Coexi
5. A low energy BLUETOOTH PROTOCOL ANALYZER User Manual Revision Date 11 20 2015 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Copyright 2000 2015 Frontline Test Equipment Inc FTS Frontline Frontline Test System ComProbe Protocol Analysis System and ComProbe are registered trademarks of Frontline Test Equipment Inc The Bluetooth SIG Inc owns the Bluetooth word mark and logos and any use of such marks by Frontline is under license All other trademarks and registered trademarks are property of their respective owners ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Contents Chapter 1 ComProbe Hardware amp Software ZH 1 dc WV ele IS in EIS MAINA 3 0e eee tect eee eee eh oe eee een EE aene castes AEEA EAEE E rAr eiS TEN EE 2 1 2 Computer Minimum System Requirements 2 eee eee eee eee eee eee eee cece onnu 2 1 3 SON Ware Instalati ad hn eect E A S 2 PLRO a ee bee eee 2 1 3 2 From Download La ot at maan celica ticandiadee Gerd scecamodmesdet eccue ndash aeoesnescceeesesaws 3 Chapter 2 Getting Started HU 4 2 1 BPA low energy Hardware 22 222 cece cece cee c cece ce eee eee cece cece ee ceeeeeeeceeeeees 4 2 1 1 Connecting Powering occ ccc cee eee eee cece eee cece e cece eeeeeeeee 4 22 Waka Capit CIVIC TOONS tas ee en ea i thn ae to eee ede ae eos 4 2 2 1 Opening ComProbe Data Capture Method _ _ 2 22 2 ee eee eee eee eee anann 5 2 2 2 ComProbe BPA low energy Data Capture Methods
6. Ox50655d5b TEO a Oo US 397 US 391 us Addr Figure 4 39 Device Address Rows o The Radio rows display packets received by that radio 0 1 or 2 Selected Packet 30 957 Adv Type SCAN REQ Timestamp 9414 2013 12 1 326 US 150 us Radio Figure 4 40 Radio Rows e The mouse wheel scrolls the timeline horizontally when displaying a single segment and scrolls vertically when displaying multiple segments e You can also zoom by using the right click menu which displays magnification values using the and Zoom buttons on the toolbar or by selecting a value from the Zoom menu e Packet length indicates duration e The Timeline and Frame Display are synchronized so the packet range selected by the user in one is automatically selected in the other For the selected packet range the Timeline shows various duration values Gap Timestamp Delta and Span but only if both the first and last packet in the range are available in the Timeline If not those values are shown as n a Packets that are not displayed in the Timeline are Sniffer Debug packets non LE packets e g WiFi and packets that are not from a Configured Device the Configured Devices radio button is checked 101 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual m Bluetooth low energy Timeline le Sniffer_Capture_GB6900AA_2 cfa File Forma
7. Cursor placed on visilble f bottom dot to display 802 11 Fi N iN ti E 7 packet information 380 859 bits s 802 11 Packet Throughput 3 120 bits 8 192 ms 602 11 Packets in Overall Packet Range 16 65 16 787 Data Point 85 Right click to zoom to data point WEEK i Figure 4 62 Overlapping Dots Information Display 4 4 3 17 Zoomed Throughput Graph Clicking the Show Zoom button Show Zoom displays the Zoomed Throughput Graph above the Throughput Graph The Zoomed Throughput Graph shows the details of the throughput in the time range covered by the viewport in the Throughput Graph Both the Zoomed Throughput Graph and the Timelines are synchronized with the Throughput Graph s viewport The viewport is sized by dragging one of its sides or by using one of the other zooming techniques listed in the Zooming subsection in the Timelines section 119 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data m Demean ira hpp a bpa ae j pee lp idp igra ire Aree Frag DOOD 4 Pasia Al F ami kaa Nama ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual AR Ke Naka Pa GA OP PH Zoomed Throughput and Timeline scrollbars are synchronized NAMA TIT naa Figure 4 63 Synchronized Zoomed Throughput Graph and View Port The largest value in each technology in the Zoomed Throughput Graph is snapped to the top of the graph This makes the graph
8. as li bi ane 6 471 Master Len 289 Apply Modify Display Filters O g Fimt Q B O Sum E rors ts Baseband Packet Status CAL DAG sis rhein Baseband Hide Show Display Filters i Header Length 11 Rename Display Filters p Header Version 3 hess Add lt CAC ADADDA Fran Delta Timestamp eae Connection Filter p Classic AI 4 2 2015 10 55 32 661 a n0 ah 01 Fe nmn noaa 3 Aa aie AA 6 464 Bluetooth low energy Link t 0 10 55 32 668 i gq ar aay rmpQyr 0 rrrm To Clock 0x0001 dOc0 pa G poaa Packet Status CRC Error 0 6 466 80 00 00 10 56 32 6901 FLOW Go 6 467 56 O00 00 1 110 55 32 692 TYPE 2 DH3 6 465 56 00 00 00 0 4 13 2075 10 55 32 694 i Payload Data Rate 3 Mbps 6 469 17 00 00 00 0 4213 2015 10 56 32 701 Figure 4 28 Connection Filter from the Frame Display Menu From the Frame Display toolbar Right click anywhere in the toolbar and select Connection Filter from the pop up menu The procedure for creating a connection filter are identical as described in From the Frame Display Filter menu above Frame Display TestFile5limmer cfa File Edit View Format Live Filter Bookmarks Options Window Help Q B flee Se 48 dl VES sa O A AA Sle ki Al All ii Frame 6 471 Ma Connection Filter j Classic eband RR P E Errors Bluetooth low energy Link 0 nad
9. 79 Figure 4 23 Two Filter Conditions Added with an AND Operator c eee e eee eee eee eee eee 81 Figure 4 24 Save Named Filter Condition Dialog 0 222 81 X ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Figure 4 25 Using Named Filters Section of Quick Filters to Show Hide Filters _ 2 84 Figure 4 26 Set Condition Dialog in Advanced View _ 2 22 eee cece cece cece cc cccceccececcecceeeees 85 Figure 4 27 Rename Filters Dialog lee cece cc cece cece eee c ccc ec ee ee eeeeeeeeeeee 86 Figure 4 28 Connection Filter from the Frame Display Menu 0 cece cece ee ceeeeeeees 87 Figure 4 29 Connection Filter from the Frame Display Toolbar right clickk 87 Figure 4 30 Connection Filter from the Frame Display Pane right click 88 Figure 4 31 Connection Filter from frame selection right click 022222 e ee ee eee 89 Figure 4 32 Front Display Filtered on Access Address Ox8e89bed6 eee eee eee ee eee 90 Figure 4 33 Unfiltered Capture File with Classic low energy and 802 11 _ _ 2 22 22222222 91 Figure 4 34 Connection Filter selecting All 802 11 frames front 0 20 eee eee ee eee eee ee 91 Figure 4 35 Frame Display Quick Filtering and Hiding Protocols Dialog __ 92 Figure 4 36 Bluetooth low energy Timeline
10. Capture Ctrl Opens the Notes window that allows the user to add File Shift O comments to a capture file 10 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 2 Getting Started Control Window Live Menu Selections Live Start Capture Shift F5 Begins data capture from the configured wireless devices Stop Capture Stops data capture from the configured wireless devices Shift Clears or saves the capture file F10 11 Chapter 2 Getting Started ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Table 2 5 Control Window Options Menu Selections Live amp Hardware Settings 0 Classic Capture File 1 Bluetooth low energy I O Settings 0 Classic 1 Bluetooth low energy System Settings Alt Opens the System Settings dialog for configuring capture Enter files Directories Opens the File Locations dialog where the user can change the default file locations Check for New When this selection is enabled the program automatically Releases at Startup checks for the latest Frontline protocol analyzer software releases Side Names Opens the Side Names dialog used to customize the names of the slave and master wireless devices Protocol Stack Opens the Select a Stack dialog where the user defines the protocol stack they want the analyzer to use when decoding frames Set Initial Decoder Parameters Opens the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window Each entry in the window takes effect from the beginnin
11. Figure 3 3 Editing IRK Field When editing the BD_Addr Type field lt Tab to toggle gt appears Press the keyboard Tab key until your selected device address type appears LE Device Database Fields In the LE Device Database table the following columns appear Table 3 6 BPA Low Energy Datasource LE Device Database Fields BD_Addr The address of the Bluetooth low energy device 19 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Table 3 6 BPA Low Energy Datasource LE Device Database Fields continued IPE BD Addr Type May be either Public or Random Public addresses are set to BD Adar Random is either a static or private address Static address is a 48 bit randomly generated address Private address is a 48 bit non resolvable address or resolvable address A resolvable address is generated using an IRK Identity Resolving Key Will appear when BD_ Addr Type is Random Private and Resolvable A IRK host device with a list of IRKs can search the list to identify a peer device that has previously authenticated with the host This field can be used to identify Bluetooth low energy devices that have previously authenticated A user added name for the device often used to make device identification easier during the analysis Can be any alpha numeric string 3 1 4 BPA low energy Datasource Information The ComProbe BPA low energy Information tab is one of the th
12. Figure 4 94 Right Click in Ctrl Summary to Display Show in MSC The window then displays the same information but in the normal MSC view 139 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual AllLayers Ctrl Summary Non Msg Summary BB LMP L2CAP SDP RFCOMM HF AVDTP AVDTP Signaling a Figure 4 95 MSC View of Selected Packet from Ctrl Summary You can return to the text version by using a right click and selecting Show in Text All Layers Cul Summary Non Msg Summary BB LMP L2CAP SDP RFCOMM HF AVDTP AVDTP Signaling Show Framed orly Show Time ordy Show both Frame and Time Had both Frames and Tine Suspend streaming to stream end point 1 Figure 4 96 Return to Text View Using Right Click Menu You can also choose to show e Frame only e Time only e Show both Frame and Time e Hide both Frame and Time 4 4 4 1 Message Sequence Chart Search The Message Sequence Chart has a Search function that makes it easy to find a specific type message within the layers When you select the 1 Search icon AA or 2 use Select layer and message F3 key the Select layer and message dialog appears From this dialog you can search for specific protocol messages or search for the first error frame 140 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 1 On the MSC dialog select one of the protocol tabs at the top Note If you select
13. 3 Change the L2CAP parameter by selecting from the rule to change and click on the listed parameters F 4 If you wish to remove an overridden rule click on Remove Override button If you want to remove all decoder parameter settings click on Remove All 5 Click OK Each entry in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog takes effect from the specified frame onward or until redefined in this dialog on a later frame FA 3 2 5 RFCOMM Decoder Parameters 3 2 5 1 About RFCOMM Decoder Parameters Note If the capture has no user defined overrides then the system displays a dialog stating that no user defined overrides exist This is the Summary Pane Copy Selection to Clipboard Save Selection Go To Show Frame Size Column Show Timestamp Column Show Delta Column Add New Column Help Remove New Column Change Column Order Help Restore Default Columns Add Bookmark Export Provide LACAP Rules Provide RFCOMM Rules Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters Show Hidden Panes Each entry in the Set Initial Decoder Parameters dialog takes effect from the beginning of the capture onward or until redefined in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog Stream Master NA Server Channel 5 DLCI 0 DataSource DS No set Ofor Single DS O Caries UUID OBEX X Add Figure 3 16 RFCOMM parameters tab The RFCOMM Set Initial Decoder Parameters tab requ
14. 6 3 Confirm Capture File CFA Changes This dialog appears when you close a capture file after changing the Notes the protocol stack or bookmarks The dialog lists information that was added or changed and allows you to select which information to save and whether to save it to the current file or to a new one Changes made to the file appear in a list in the left pane You can click on each item to see details in the right pane about what was changed for each item You simply check the boxes next to the changes you want to keep Once you decide what changes to keep select one of the following e Save To This File Saves the changes you have made to the current capture file e Save As Saves the changes to a new file e Cancel the Close Operation Closes the file and returns you back to the display No changes are saved e Discard Changes Closes the file without saving any of the changes made to the notes bookmarks or protocol stack 6 4 Loading and Importing a Capture File 6 4 1 Loading a Capture File From the Control Window 1 Go to the File menu 2 Choose a file from the recently used file list 3 If the file is not in the File menu list select Open Capture File from the File menu or simply click on the Open icon on the toolbar 4 Capture files have a cfa extension Browse if necessary to find your capture file 5 Click on your file and then click Open 178 Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data ComProbe BPA
15. ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 1 Display filters allow a user to look at a subset of captured data without affecting the capture content Frames matching the filter criteria appear in the Frame Display frames not matching the criteria will not appear 2 Connection filters Two options are available a A Bluetooth connection Displays only the frames associated with a Classic Bluetooth link or a Bluetooth low energy access address A new Frame Display will open showing only the protocol tabs frames summary and events associated with that particular Bluetooth connection b Aspecific wireless or wired technology Displays all of the frames associated with e Classic Bluetooth e Bluetooth low energy e 802 11 e HCI A new Frame Display will open showing only the protocol tabs frames summary and events associated with the selected technology 4 4 1 13 1 Display Filters A display filter looks at frames that have already been captured It looks at every frame in the capture buffer and displays those that match the filter criteria Frames that do not match the filter criteria are not displayed Display filters allow a user to look at a subset of captured data without affecting the capture content There are three general classes of display filters e Protocol Filters e Named Filters e Quick Filter Protocol Filters Protocol filters test for the existence of a specific single layer The sy
16. Tran ID Initiated by master VersNr vl t ee LMP features req Features reque pi Tran ID Initiated by master LMP features res SF cat ures res ponse LMP host connection req Tran ID Initiated by m aster Tran ID lnitiated by master LMP accepted ted by master O riginal O pcode LMP host connection req b LMP setup com plete Tran ID Initiated by slave Figure 4 98 Message Sequence Chart Print Preview The information in the dialog will vary depending on the layer that is selected in the Message Sequence Chart the properties of the printer you select and the amount of data in the layer which will correspond to the number of pages displayed You control what you see and when to print using the toolbar at the top of the dialog BBARR Poch jos MAD DIE sav Figure 4 99 Print Preview Toolbar Table 4 12 Print Preview Icons Prints all the pages to the printer you select in Print Setup dialog When you select Print you will output the data that is currently being displayed 143 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Table 4 12 Print Preview Icons Continued Zoom In Horizontially Expands the data horizontally so it can be easier to read Zoom Out Horizontally Squeezes the data together so that more fits on one page Zoom In Vertically Expands the data vertically so it can be easier to read Zoom Out Vertically Squeez
17. c eee cece cece cece cece ec eeceeceeeeeeees 93 Figure 4 37 Bluetoothlow energy Timeline _ 2 22 2 cece cece cece cee ec ee cee eee eeeeeeeeeee 99 Figure 4 38 Diagram of low energy Timeline Flow with Segment and Row Relationship 100 Figure 4 39 Device Address ROWS 2 22 21 ee eee cee ce ccc c cece cece cece cece cceceececceccececceces 101 Figure 4 40 Radio ROWS 2 2 2 a 101 Figure 4 41 low energy Timeline and Frame Display Packet Synchronization _ 102 Figure 4 42 Timeline Markers Shown Snapped to End of Packet e cece eee cece eeeee 102 Figure 4 43 Bluetooth le Timeline Segment Timestamp and Zoom Value 103 Figure 4 44 Bluetooth le Timeline Packet Info Line 2 22 lle e cece cece ccc e ccc eeceeceeeeees 103 Figure 4 45 Bluetooth le Timeline Packet Info Line for Multiple Selected Packets 104 Figure 4 46 Bluetooth low energy Packet Discontinuity 20 22 e eee eee cee cece ce eeeees 104 Figure 4 47 low energy Timeline Zoom menu 22 eee eee eee cece eee c cece eee eeeeeeceeeeees 107 Figure 4 48 Coexistence View Window 2 2 eee eee cece cece c ce cece cece eceeecceccecceceeceeceees 109 Figure 4 49 Coexistence View Toolbar ce cece cece cece eee e cece cece eeeceeeeeceees 109 Figure 4 50 Coexistence View Throughput I
18. keys identified Creating a shared secret key is an Code Pairing Request luti that j lint di lO Capabilities ReyboardDisplay evolutionary Process that Involves Several intermediary DDE data flag OOB Authentication data not present keys The resulting keys include AuthReg Bonding Flags Bonding MITH MITM Protection es Maximum Encryption Key Size 16 Octets 1 IRK 128 bit key used to generate and resolve random address Initiator Key Distribution Enckey Initiator shall distribute LTE followed by EDIY and Rand 2 CSRK 128 bit key used to sign data and ve rify IdFey Initiator shall distribute IAK followed by its address Sigri Initiator shall distribute LOA Responder Key Distribution Encke Responder shall distribute LTE followed by EDIY and Rand 3 LTK 128 bit key used to generate the session key for Idkey Responder shall distribute IRE followed by its address ign A istri SR an encrypted connection Sign Responder shall distribute CSAK signatures on the receiving device 4 Encrypted Diversifier EDIV 16 bit stored value used to identify the LTK A new EDIV is generated each time a new LTK is distributed Figure 1 Sample Initiator Pairing Request Decode ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture 5 Random Number RAND 64 bit stored value used to identify the LTK A new RAND is generated each time a unique LTK is distributed Of particular importance to decrypting the encr
19. means Bluetooth low energy Configured specify both visibility and inclusion in throughput calculations of Bluetooth low energy packets CD All The All radio button shows and uses all B uetooth low energy packets The Configured radio button shows and uses only Bluetooth low energy packets which come from a configured device 123 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 4 4 3 24 Coexistence View Legend Selected Retrans mit Bad Packet Cant Decrypt Invalid IFS fe Discontinuity MB Unknown Click on any bold entry above to enable navigation Figure 4 68 Coexistence View Legend The legend describes the color coding used by packets in the timelines Selecting a packet in a timeline highlights the applicable entries in the legend An entry is bold if any such packets currently exist Clicking on a bold entry enables the black legend navigation arrows in the toolbar for that entry 4 4 3 25 Coexistence View Timelines Yuasa gg aa gc gt gt a 5 I P Pe EE E ga a 7 a jaria i B TE oer pe Figure 4 69 Coexistence View Timelines The Timelines show Classic Bluetooth Bluetooth low energy and 802 11 packets by channel and time 4 4 3 26 Packet information Packet information is provided in various ways as described below 124 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing
20. 18 842 packets cfa File Format Zoom Navigate Help COO0 e gt H H GEH DIA A R Packets CJ All Selected Viewport Viewport Packet Range 568 Packets Awg throughput 1 sec throughput bits s bits s bits s Set 802 11 Tx 00 00 00 22 21 bc ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Swap Throughput Packet O Payload Both Timeline 5 GHz 2 4GHz Both Selected Auto Retransmit Bad Packet Can t Decrypt Invalid IFS s2 Discontinuity O Unknown Click on any bold entry above to enable navigation LE Devices Configured All For Help Press F1 Figure 4 60 Small Timeline and large Throughput Graph after pressing the Swap button 4 4 3 16 Dots button The dots on the data points can be toggled on and off by clicking the Dots button Dots are different sizes for each technology so that they reveal overlapping data points which otherwise wouldn t be visible A tooltip can be displayed for each dot Dots can be removed for greater visibility of the plots when data points are crowded together Show Zoom 1 Show Zoom Dots toggled on _ 168 data pont 298 data points plot Dots toggled off Figure 4 61 Dots Toggled On and Off 118 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Overlapping Dots d Classic Bluetooth top d Bluctoofh ow moy middle p a 802 11 bottom Overlapping Dots
21. 64 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Seles Decode Patten Tim GoTo Specia Event Bookmark Search for C Absolute Ci Relative Rare Month Hep Daw Hou Second 1 1 000000 Seconds a alm isa st oo a Ga ho tree imesamp CG Onor baoe the gpeciied tine O Onor after the specihed lime Figure 4 13 Search Find Dialog Find on Frame Display only searches the Decode Pane for a value you enter in the text box To use Find 1 Select the frame where you want to begin the search 2 Enter a value in the Find text box Find Antenna True A Note Note The text box is disabled during a live capture Select Find Previous Occurren e de to begin the search on frames prior to the frame you selected or Find Next Occurrence po to begin the search on frames following the frame you selected Antenna True dim Tiara Qtheruation Fake db Trancnet Alteration Fake db Arterna Signal True _ The next occurrence of the value if it is found will be highlighted in the Decode Pane 4 Select Find Previous Occurrence or Find Next Occurrence to continue the search There are several important concepts to remember with Find 65 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual e When you enter a search string and select Enter the search moves forward e If you select Find Previous Occurrence when the search reaches the first frame it will the
22. 8 Click the Display Filters icon Y on the Frame Display window or select Apply Modify Display Filters from the filter menu to open the Set Condition dialog box From the Select each frame combo box choose frames with the conversation as the initial condition Select an address type IP MAC TCP UDB from the Typecombo box The address type selection populates both Address combo boxes with node address in the data set that match the type selection Select a node address from the first Address combo box Choose a direction arrow from the direction box The left arrow filters on all frames where the top node address is the destination the right arrow filters on all frames where the top node address is the source and the double arrow filters on all frames ae where the top node address is either the source or the destination If you want to filter on just one node address skip step 7 and continue with step 8 If you want to filter on traffic going between two address nodes i e a conversation select a node address from the second Address combo box Click OK The Set Condition dialog box closes and the analyzer applies the filter When a display filter is applied a description of the filter appears to the right of the toolbar in the Frame Display windows P Note The OK button is unavailable grayed out until the condition selections are complete 4 4 1 13 1 6 The Difference Between Deleting and Hiding Display Filte
23. BlueCore Serial Protocol BCSP from Cambridge Silicon Radio with autotraverse Bluetooth HC UART H4 with autotraverse Bluetooth HEI USB with autotraverse Bluetooth virtual transport with autotraverse Fictitious Protocol with autotraverse H4D5 with autotraverse jwt_Protocol LE BB MWS Wireless Coexistence Interface 2 HE SS LA LR Ee Remove Selected Item From List Curent Protocol Stack Select a Protocol Stack Protocol Decode Stack All additional stack layers Baseband can be determined AVDTP automatically paa There are no additional stack layers Choose one at a time by double clicking or by using the select button AMP Manager ARP AVRCP Browsing Baseband BCCMD BIP BlueCore Serial Protocol 7 4 JIM t on the Move Up and Move Down buttons until the protocol is in the correct position 5 The lowest layer protocol is at the top of the list with higher layer protocols listed underneath Auto traversal Have the analyzer Determine Higher Layers If you need to define just a few layers of the protocol stack and the remaining layers can be determined based on the lower layers 1 Clickthe All additional stack layers can be determined automatically button 2 If your protocol stack is complete and there are no additional layers click the There are no additional stack layers button 45 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 3 If you
24. L Ba a Fa if i bd is HA 3 aaa pa i Character Pane TFLURAL LA a ia a ta 8 3E Ob Jd j I 73 Event Pane if a 7 Mm Tete eee FHP aaa 2 aa La lb Figure 4 11 Frame Display with all panes active Frame Display Panes The Frame Display window is used to view all frame related information It is composed of a number of different sections or panes where each pane shows a different type of information about a frame e Summary Pane The Summary Pane displays a one line summary of each frame for every protocol found in the data and can be sorted by field for every protocol Click here for an explanation of the symbols next to the frame numbers e Decode Pane The Decode Pane displays a detailed decode of the highlighted frame Fields selected in the Decode Pane have the appropriate bit s or byte s selected in the Radix Binary Character and Event panes e Radix Pane The Radix Pane displays the logical data bytes in the selected frame in either hexadecimal decimal or octal e Binary Pane The Binary Pane displays a binary representation of the logical data bytes e Character Pane The Character Pane displays the character representation of the logical data bytes in either ASCII EBCDIC or Baudot e Event Pane The Event Pane displays the physical data bytes in the frame as received on the network By default all panes except the Event Pane are displayed when the Frame Display is first opened Protocol Tabs Pr
25. Packet Record Number 2 Packet Number N The File Header is a fixed length field containing general information about the packet file and the format of the packet records it contains One or more variable length Packet Record fields follow the File Header field Each Packet Record field holds the data of one captured packet File Header The structure of the File Header is as follows Identification Pattern Version Number 1 Datalink Type Identification Pattern A 64 bit 8 octet pattern used to identify the file as a snoop packet capture file The Identification Pattern consists of the 8 hexadecimal octets 62 74 73 6E 6F 6F 70 00 This is the ASCII string btsnoop followed by one null octets Version Number A 32 bit 4 octet unsigned integer value representing the version of the packet capture file being used This document describes version number 1 198 Chapter 7 General Information ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Datalink Type A 32 bit 4 octet field identifying the type of datalink header used in the packet records that follow The datalink type codes are listed in the table below Values O 1000 are reserved to maximize compatibility with the RFC1761 snoop version 2 format Table 7 2 Datalink Codes Datalink Type Reserved 0 1000 Un encapsulated HCI H1 1001 HCI UART H4 1002 HCI BSCP 1003 HCI Serial H5 1004 Unassigned 1005 4294967295 Packe
26. The footer shows the beginning ending timestamps and visible duration of the timelines The i buttons bring up channel information windows which describe channel details for each technology They make for interesting reading 80211 5 GHz Only channels with a base value of 5 GHz and spacings of ether 20 or 40 MHz are shown here Due to space limitations each channel is drawn with feed spacing instead of being spaced relative to its distance from other channels as is done with 2 4 GHz channels with the exception of 802 11 channel 14 Figure 4 79 5 GHz information window Bluetooth Classic There are 79 Classic channels Each channel is 1 MHz wide and has the indicated center frequency Channels do not overlap 0 2402 MHz 1 2403 MHz 2 2404 MHz 3 2405 MHz 4 2406 MHz 5 2407 MHz 6 2408 MHz 7 2409 MHz 8 2410 MHz 9 2411 MHz 10 2412 MHz 11 2413 MHz 12 2414 MHz 13 2415 MHz 14 2416 MHz 15 241 MHz 16 2418 MHz 17 2419 MHz 18 2420 MHz 19 2421 MHz 20 2422 MHz 21 2423 MHz 22 2424 MHz 23 2425 MHz 24 2426 MHz 25 2427 MHz 26 2428 MHz 27 2429 MHz 28 2430 MHz 29 2431 MHz 30 2432 MHz 31 2433 MHz 32 2434 MHz 33 2435 MHz 34 2436 MHz 35 2437 MHz 36 2438 MHz 37 2439 MHz 38 2440 MHz 39 2441 MHz The row labels are placed at the center frequency of each channel Bluetooth low energy LE There are 40 LE channels Each channel is 2 MHz wide an
27. not automatically appear in other Frame Display windows You must use the Hide Show dialog to display a filter created in one Frame Display in different Frame Display window 4 4 1 13 1 7 Editing Filters A Note When you have multiple Frame Display windows with a display filter or filters those filter do Modifying a Condition in a Filter 1 Click the Display Filters icon VW on the Frame Display window or select Apply Modify Display set Condition Ko Curentu Ache Condition Filler Filter ASCIE 3 Filters from the Filter menu to open the Set Condition dialog box The Set Condition dialog box displays the current filter definition at the top of the dialog To display another filter click the Open 2 icon and select the filter from the pop up list of all the saved filters 2 Editthe desired parameter of the condition Because the required fields for a condition statement depend upon previously selected parameters the Set Condition dialog box may display additional fields that were not present in the original filter In the event this occurs continue to enter the requested parameters in the fields provided until the condition statement is complete 3 Click OK The system displays the Save Named Condition dialog Ensure that the filter name is displayed in the text box at the top of the dialog and click OK If you choose to create an additional filter then provide a new name for the filter condition or acc
28. s processor affects the analyzer s performance Buffer overflow errors are an indicator that the analyzer is unable to keep up with the data The information below describes what happens to the data as it arrives what the error means and how various aspects of the analyzer affect performance Also included are suggestions on how to improve performance The analyzer s driver takes data from the driver and counts each byte as they are put into the driver s buffer The analyzer s driver tells the user interface that data is ready to be processed The analyzer takes the data from the driver s buffer and puts the data into the capture buffer Driver Buffer Overflows occur when the user interface does not retrieve frames from the driver quickly enough Buffer overflows are indicated in the Event Display window by a plus sign within a circle Clicking on the buffer overflow symbol displays how many frames have been lost There are several things that you can do to try and solve this problem e Use capture filters to filter out data you don t need to see Capture filters reduce the amount of data processed by the analyzer Ethernet Only e Close all other programs that are doing work while the analyzer is running Refrain from doing searches in the Event Display window or other processor intensive activities while the analyzer is capturing data e Timestamping takes up processor time primarily not in timestamping the data but in writing the time
29. 6 9 772011 10 47 19 835783 AM Technology Classic Type DMI Bluetooth Clock 0201138610 Payload Len 3 bytes Figure 4 72 Timeline header for a single selected packet 125 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual When multiple packets are selected by dragging the mouse with the left button held down clicking one packet and shift clicking another or clicking one packet and pressing shift arrow the header shows Gap duration between the first and last selected packets Timestamp Delta difference between the timestamps which are at the beginning of each packet and Span duration from the beginning of the first selected packet to the end of the last selected packet Selected Packets 15434 15437 Gapi 44 7 me Timestamp Delta 45 922 ms Span 46 192 ms Figure 4 73 Timeline header for multiple selected packets Text can be displayed at each packet by selecting Show Packet Show Packet Number Number Show Packet Type and Show Packet Subtype Show Packet Type from the Format menu Show Packet Subtype Hide Packet Text x Auto Hide Packet Text When Duration 3 31 25 ms SSS zzzrpqjpkprzzHauQ 15 455 Marmt 15 456 Data 15 459 Data 15 460 Data 15 456 DN 15 457 DM1 Figure 4 74 Descriptive text on timeline packets Placing the mouse pointer on a packet displays a tooltip color coded by technology that gives detailed information 126 ComProbe BPA low energy
30. Data encryption begins with encrypting the link The Session Key SK is created using a session key diversifier SKD The first step in creating a SK is for the master device to send Link Layer encryption request message LL_ ENC_REQ that contains the SKD ter The SKD ter is generated using the LTK The slave receives SKD cer generates SKD oe and generates SK by concatenating parts of SKD aster and SKD ave The slave device responds with an encryption response message LL_ENC_RSP that contains SKD ve the master will create the same SK Now that a SK has been calculated the master and slave devices will now begin a handshake process The slave will transmit unencrypted LL START ENC REQ but sets the slave to receive encrypted data using the recently calculated SK The master responds with encrypted LL START ENC RSP that uses the same SK just calculated and setting the master to receive encrypted data Once the slave receives the master s encrypted LL START ENC RSP message and responds with an encrypted LL START ENC RSP message the Bluetooth low energy devices can now begin transmitting and receiving encrypted data A 1 7 Decrypting Encrypted Data Using ComProbe BPA 600 low energy Capture Note The following discussion uses the ComProbe BPA 600 in low energy capture mode to H illustrate how to identify the encryption process and to view decrypted data However any of the ComProbe devices BPA 500 BPA low energy that are low energy capable w
31. PSM Raw Data Figure 3 14 L2CAP Decoder parameters tab The L2CAP Set Initial Decoder Parameters dialog requires the following user inputs to complete a Parameter e Stream This identifies the role of the device initiating the frame master or slave e Channel ID The channel number O through 78 e Address This is the physical connection values for the devices Each link in the net will have an address A piconet can have up to seven links The Frame Display can provide address information po Frame 37 slave Len 2 H Baseband e Data Source DS No When only one data source is employed set El L2CAP this parameter to O zero otherwise set to the desired data source Role Slave number 3 Address 1 POL Length 14 i Channel ID Ox0040 SDF H SDP Carries PSM Select the protocol that L2CAP traverses to from the following e AMP Manager e AMP Test Manager e SDP e RFCOMM e TCS e LPMP e BNEP e HCRP Control e HCRP Data e HID 30 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings AVCTP AVDTP CMTP MCAP Control IEEE P11073 20601 Raw Data Adding Deleting and Saving L2CAP Parameters 1 2 3 From the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window click on the L2CAP tab Set or select the L2CAP decoder parameters Click on the ADD button The Intial Connection window displays the added parameters Initial Connections in effect from beg
32. Parity Error Framing Error 7 Ifyou select csv as the file type choose whether you want to hide display Preambles or Column Headings in the exported file 8 Click Save The Event Display Export file is saved to the locations you specified in File name 185 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data al A B C D E F G H l J K 1 Timestamp Delta Event Number Byte Number Frame Number Type Hex iDec Oct Bin ASCII 632 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 631 626 3 Data 0 0 0 0 633 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 632 627 3 Data oi 0 0 0 634 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 633 628 3 Data oi 0 0 0 635 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 634 629 3 Data 98 152 230 10011000 636 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 635 630 3 Data 70 112 160 1110000 p 637 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 636 631 3 Data 94 148 224 10010100 638 11 30 201212 20 02 895166PM 0 00 00 00 637 632 3 Data 221 34 42 100010 639 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 638 633 3 Data 21 33 41 100001 640 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 639 634 3 Data ic 28 34 11100 641 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166PM 0 00 00 00 640 635 3 Data 80 128 200 10000000 642 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 641 636 3 Data 80 128 200 10000000 643 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 642 637 3 Data 80 128 200 10000000 644 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 643 638 3 Data 80 128 20
33. That is the criteria could be a single link or data for a particular technology 89 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Display Example 1 Bluetooth low energy Access Address selected ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual QI P H 8 p Frame 1 Len 53 LE BB he Header Length 13 i Header Version 3 H CP H 1 iw Channel Index 37 2402 MHz Meets Predefined Filter Criteria fo H Receive Status Received witho H Decryption Initiated No iw Signal Strength 7 medium 3 La PDU Length 37 B LE PKT i Preamble Oxaa Access Address Ox8e89bed6 ke CRC Oxfe96e6 LE ADV i PDU Type ADV IND i Advertiser Address Type random iw Payload Length 35 AD Data B AD Element H Length 2 i i AD Type Flags O AD Data BR EDR Not Suppotf B AD Element eee 11 UUID Blood Pressurg UUID Weight Scale i i JUD Body Composilf B 4D Element Length 13 m Total Frames 6 767 Frames Filtered In For Help Press F1 File Edit View Format Filter Bookmarks YY Advertiser Address Ox712500000 Options Window Help Se i PO LA LA LA GS lak kl a DoE 8 Q 909 Find Errors LE BB bi LE PKT LE LE DATA LE LL L2CAP SMP ATT v RA Q Summary Data L File Edit View Format Filter Bookmarks Options Window Help a PEG YESZT apan LA LA LA Ss Lk kl ci E8 66009 m HEJ Ino Erors Header Length 13 Bachan LE BB LE
34. When you have specified the time interval you want to use click on the Find Next or Find Previous buttons to start the search from the current event The result of the search is displayed in the Decode pane in Frame Display 158 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data Side Restrictions Side Restriction means that the analyzer looks for a pattern coming wholly from the DTE or DCE side If you 9 Event Display KIER choose to search without regard for data origin the analyzer looks Fie Edt View Format Options Window Help for a pattern coming from one or both sides For example if you Pa a MB bi S2 AF ss 8 choose to search for the pattern ABC and you choose to search without regard for data origin the analyzer finds all three instances of ABC shown here The first pattern with the A and the C coming from the DTE device Event 16to 42 of Ea a and the B coming from the DCE is a good example of how using a Rate Deka CRC DTE CRC DCE side restriction differs from searching without regard to data origin No Timestamp No Timestamp 9c 35 While searching without regard for data origin finds all three For Help Press F1 patterns searching using a side restriction never finds the first pattern because it does not come wholly from one side or the other If you choose to search for the pattern ABC and you restrict the 4 Event Display f all search to just the DTE side the analyze
35. 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 Timestamp 4 13 2015 10 55 32 661 4 13 2015 10 55 32 660 4 13 2015 10 55 32 671 4713 2015 10 55 32 6901 4713 2015 10 55 32 692 4773 2015 10 56 32 6941 421372015 10 55 32 701 41342015 10 55 32 7051 4713 2015 10 55 32 711 4713 2015 10 55 32 711 4713 2015 10 55 32 14 Bluetooth low energy j 00 00 00 0 4213 2015 10 55 32 7201 5 eoo Provide LACAP Rules Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters Hide This Pane Show Hidden Panes Figure 4 30 Connection Filter from the Frame Display Pane right click From the Frame Display frame selection Select a frame in the summary pane Right click and select Connection Filter in the pop up menu The procedure for creating a connection filter are identical as described in From the Frame Display Filter menu above If the frame you have selected is associated with a Classic Bluetooth link or a Bluetooth low energy access address an additional pop up menu item will appear as shown in the example image below This selection is a predetermined filter based on your selection In the example frame 6471 is associated with Link 4 so the predetermined filter assumes that you may want create a connection filter for that link Clicking on Connection Filter Link 4 will filter in Link 4 frames without opening all the drop down menus 88 Co
36. 11 _ Unfiltered Info Configured BT low energy devices Errors Header Version 3 Baseband LMP PreConnection FHS Bluetooth FHS L2CAP OM RFCOMM AVDTP AVDTP Signaling hk AVDTP Media Hands Free A2DP Non Captured Info Role Master Ox00 07 62 0F 00 00 1 Channel 29 2431 MHz B A lock cht ane 1 Ox0001 5 earch Attib Requ 5 Handsfree Audio Gat FLOW Go 10 054 Slave 1 00001 Search Attrib Resp 00 00 00 C TYPE DH1 10 102 Slave 1 Ox0000 Search Attrib Requ Handsfree 00 00 00 4 1 1 1 Frame Role ddr Trans ID PDU ID Param L UUID S e Handle Fram Delta LT ADDR 1 10 104 Master Ox0000 Search Attrib Resp 00 00 00 C SEDN 0 10 134 Slave Ox0000 Search Attrib Requ AudioSink 00 00 00 7 ARON 0 10 135 Master Ox0000 Search Attrib Resp 00 00 00 C _ 4 m Total Frames 28 707 Frames Filtered In 18 Frame s Selected 10 053 1 total For Help Press F1 Figure 4 19 Summary pane right with Tooltip on Column 5 Tran ID Sides in Bluetooth low energy A Bluetooth low energy data connection consists of connection events which are a series of transmissions on the same channel In each connection event the master transmits first then the slave and then the devices take turns until the connection event is finished When the data connection is encrypted and the packets are successfully decrypted the sniffer can determine exactly who sent which packet o
37. 18 1 25 ms time intervals 6x3 6 segment 3 markers per segment 90 ms 72 1 25 ms time intervals 12x6 12 segments 6 markers per segment 202 5 ms 162 1 25 ms time intervals 18 segments 9 markers per segment 18x9 360 ms 288 1 25 ms time intervals 24x12 24 segments 12 markers per segment 96 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 8 Bluetooth low energy Timeline Menus continued 30 segments 15 markers per segment 36 segments 18 markers per segment 30 segments 15 markers per segment 48 segments 24 markers per segment 45 segments 27 markers per segment 60 segments 30 markers per segment 66 segments 33 markers per segment 72 segments 36 markers per segment 78 segments 39 markers per segment 84 segments 42 markers per segment 90 segments 45 markers per segment 97 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Table 4 8 Bluetooth low energy Timeline Menus continued wenn selesion Desorption O Navigate First Packet Goes to the first packet Keyboard Shortcut Home Last Packet Goes to the last packet Keyboard Shortcut End Previous Packet Goes to the packet prior to the currently selected packet Keyboard Shortcut Left Arrow Next Packet Goes to the next packet after the currently selected packet Keyboard Shortcut Right Arrow Previous Invalid IFS Packet Goes to the
38. 2 3 4 Frame Information on the Control Window Frame Decoder information is located just below the Status bar on the Control window It displays two pieces of information For Help Press F1 e Frame Decoder 233 fps displays the number of frames per second being decoded You can toggle this display on off with Ctrl D but it is available only during a live capture e 132911 displays the total frames decoded e 100 displays the percentage of buffer space used 2 3 5 Control Window Menus The menus appearing on the Control window vary depending on whether the data is being captured live or whether you are looking at a cfa file The following tables describe each menu Table 2 2 Control Window File Menu Selections Capture GoLive Returns to Live mode ale Reframe If you need to change the protocol stack used to interpret a capture file and the framing is different in the new stack you need to reframe in order for the protocol decode to be correct See Reframing on page 46 Removes start of frame and end of frame markers from your data SeeUnframing on page 46 Recreate This option is available when you are working with decoders If Companion File you change a decoder while working with data you can recreate the frm file the companion file to the cfa file Recreating the frm file helps ensure that the decoders will work properly Reload Decoders a The plug ins are reset and received frames are decoded aga
39. 2015 10 02 04 7063 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7110 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7160 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7335 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7340 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7344 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7385 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7435 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7585 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7635 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7685 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7792 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7842 Delta Timestamp 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 4 w Total Frames 6 767 Frames Filtered In 6 017 Frame s Selected 1 1 total Figure 4 32 Front Display Filtered on Access Address Ox8e89bed6 In the figure above is an example Bluetooth low energy data set connection filtered on Access Address Ox8e89bed6 The Frame Display in the front is the filtered data set One way to note the difference between the original and the filtered display is to observe the Protocol Tabs In the filtered display there are four low energy protocol tabs as compared to nine in the original display This access address connection is not using five of the protocols From any open Frame displa
40. 3 Baseband Show Hidden Panes gt eet Vara penus E Baseband PreConnection FHS SCO eSCO z Header Length 11 4 Header Version 3 B Framet Pr Access Add CAC BDADOR Fram Delta Timestamp ae as 17 4 13 2015 10 55 32 661 mot Ld 1 mam Aaa oa A aF on CAL AY Figure 4 29 Connection Filter from the Frame Display Toolbar right click 87 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual From the Frame Display panes Right click anywhere in a Frame Display pane and select Connection Filter in the pop up menu The procedure for creating a connection filter are identical as described in From the Frame Display Filter menu above Frame Display TestFileSlimmer cta ean File Edit View Format Live Filter Bookmarks Options Window Help TOCA SZ ter Len 209 noo E fad a8 o O D Find Unfiltered Data Errors Baseband PreConnection FHS SCO eSCO A LA LA SS a kd de 19 C Sum EI Errors i Baseband Packet Status CAC Error 0 B Baseband Header Length 11 Header Version 3 ia link d This is the Decode Pane Copy Selection to Clipboard Select Entire Frame Expand Decode Pane Collapse All Nodes Expand All Nodes Connection Filter Ba Frame Fr 6 463 5 464 5 465 5 466 6 467 6 466 5 469 6 470 6 47 Ca Ka Pa Classic Access Add gt Delta 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0
41. 4 4 3 33 Coexistence View No Packets Displayed with Missing Channel Numbers S Note This topic applies only to Classic Bluetooth Captured packets that don t contain a channel number such as HCI and BTSnoop will not be displayed When no packets have a channel number the Coexistence View Throughput Graph and Timelines will display a message Packets without a channel number such as HCI won t be shown 133 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Pathos with a Chana aui buch a HOT weet ba haan Packels wthoul a Channa number puch gs HEN won be shown Parkes ata a Chand numb peck pa HOT wee be ahon Figure 4 87 Missing Channel Numbers Message in Timelines 4 4 3 34 High Speed Live View When using the ComProbe 802 11 in conjunction with other ComProbe devices or in a stand alone configuration a smaller version of the standard Coexistence View is available This High Speed Live View is essentially the Viewport from the standard Coexistence View When viewing High Speed Live only 802 11 traffic is visible Because Bluetooth packets are slow they are not visible in High Soeed mode 1 Click on the Control window File menu and select Close pme 3 ComProbe Protocol Analysis System 802 11 paypay tS View Live Options Window Help Open Capture File Ctrl O E Close trl 5 apture Files Capture 2012 12 21_135337 cfa ackets on h w 0 Close the a
42. 6 6 2 Exporting a File with Event Display Export With the Event Display Export dialog you can export the contents of the Event Display dialog as a test txt CSV csv HTML htm or Binary File bin You also have the option of exporting the entire capture buffer or just the current selection of the Event Display dialog 183 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data Event Display Export File name C Users Frontline Desktop NFE wifi Save as type CSW File F ce v Event range Side AA Selection Both HME DCE 1 to 2000 Events Per How Co Headers Multiple Events Per Row No Timestamps E Show Preamble One Event Per Row Show Timestamp3 W Show Column Headings Help Cancel Save Figure 6 5 Event Display Export Example csv file How to Export Event Display Data to a File 1 Select Export Events from the File menu on the Event Display window to display the Event Display Export dialog 2 Enter a file path and name or click the browser button to display the Windows Save As dialog and navigate to the desired storage location 3 Selecta file type from the Save as type drop down List Menu on the Event Display Export dialog Select from among the following file formats Text File txt CSV File csv HTML File html Binary File bin 4 Select the range of events to include in the file from either All or Selection in the Event Range
43. 90690 Hide This Pane 8 33 00 00 00 0 4 10 2012 3 54 58 80758 g 33 00 00 00 1 42072012 3 54 58 93496 40 33 00 00 00 0 4 10 2012 3 54 59 93565 11 33 nnnan nan ma 4 19 9019 D RA RO QCA Figure 4 33 Unfiltered Capture File with Classic low energy and 802 11 When the Frame Display with the filtered 802 11 data set appears only the Protocol Tabs for 802 11 are present and the tabs for Classic Bluetooth and Bluetooth low energy have been filtered out Frame Display BTAmp80211FTPwLE cfa o 8 X File Edit View Format Filter Bookmarks Options Window Help 22u YIS DI UUASL NE fe ra MoeERBCeCe s Find z A A Summary Data 3 be LE ADV AdvData Field Truncated or Not Present Unfiltered Info Errors LE BB Baseband LMP PreConnection FHS Bluetooth FHS L2CAP AMP Manager SDP OBEX FTP PAG Gan ig Non Captured Info pe Channel Index 38 2426 MHz LE BB LE PKT LE ADY Meets Predefined Filter Criteria for BT low energy devices z Receive Status Received without errors 802 11 Radio 802 11 MAC LLC 802 2 SNAP 802 11 AMP 802 1X L2CAP OBEX FTP Data pd Frame Display Connection Filter 802 11 All BTAmp80211FTPwLE cfa o em File Edit View Format Filter Bookmarks Options Window Help IP YE SS 8 DI O MAS kho i i No frame selected Do E 3 O Q ag pi R B O Summary GT ino Erors H B Frame ASCII Hex Fr
44. All Layers in Step 1 the Protocol Layers drop down list is active If you V4 select any of the other single protocols the Protocol Layers drop down is grayed out 2 Or Open the Search dialog using the Search icon or the F3 key 3 Selecta specific Protocol Message from the Ie layer and message drop down list Protocol Laver Mang 4 Once you select the Protocol Message click Protocol Message a OK a on Signaling The Search dialog disappears and the first search result is highlight in the Message Sequence Chart 3P AFCOMM OBEX BIP FIP profile created jm J Profile BIP Type x bijimg capabilities Figure 4 97 Highlighted First Search Result If there is no instance of the search value you see this following dialog Once you have set the search value you can 1 use the Search Previous aa A The marraga Abort ves not Found and Search Next Ha buttons or 2 F2 and F4 to move to the next or previous frame in the chart 4 4 4 2 Message Sequence Chart Go To Frame The Message Sequence Chart has a Go To Frame function that makes it easy to find a specific frame within the layers In addition to Search you can also locate specific frames by clicking on the Go To Frame FI toolbar icon TU 000 1 Click Go To Frame in the toolbar boo Enter frame number fx 2 Enter aframe number in the Enter frame No text box 3 Click OK 141 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyz
45. BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data previous segment In addition to the timestamps the segment information bar shows the zoom value in the center of the bar Ox8ed9beds a OxafSadbdd Addr OxafSab45e 3 14 2013 12 19 52 816957 PM 125 ms 3 14 2013 12 19 52 941957 PM Figure 4 43 Bluetooth le Timeline Segment Timestamp and Zoom Value Note The raw timestamp value is the number of 100 nanosecond intervals since the beginning Si of January 1 1601 This is standard Windows time e Packet Info Line The packet info line appears just above the timeline and displays information for the currently selected packet Selected Packet 1 751 Adv Type ADV IND Timestamp 42013 12 114 19 272227 PM Duration 376 us Channel 39 2480 MHz Figure 4 44 Bluetooth le Timeline Packet Info Line e When you select multiple packets the info line includes o Gap duration between the end of the first selected packet and the beginning of the last selected packet o Timestamp Delta Duration between the beginnings of the first and last packets selected o Span Duration between the beginning of the first selected packet and the end of the last selected packet 103 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Selected Packets 1 751 1 753 Gap 476us Timestamp Delta 852 us Span 980 us Figure 4 45 Bluetooth le Timeline Packet Info Line for Multiple Selected Packets
46. Brings the Control window to the front a Home Brings the Control window to the front Start Capture Begins data capture to disk Stop Capture Closes a capture file and stops data capture to disk 49 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual all ll lt B83 EBU B85 PE Save Prompts user for a file name If the user supplies a name a cfa file is saved Clear Discards the temporary file and clears the display MSC Chart Opens the Message Sequence Chart Lock In the Lock state the window is locked so you can review a portion of data Data capture continues in the background Clicking on the Lock icon unlocks the window Unlock In the Unlock state the screen fills in the data captured since the screen lock and moves domn to display incoming data again Clicking on the Unlock icon locks the window Duplicate View Creates a second Event Display window identical to the first Frame Display framed data only Brings up a Frame Display with the frame of the currently selected bytes highlighted Display Capture Notes Brings up the Capture Notes window where you can view or add notes to the capture file Add Modify Bookmark Add a new or modify an existing bookmark Display All Bookmarks Shows all bookmarks and lets you move between bookmarks Find Search for errors string patterns special events and more Go To Opens the Go To dialog where you can speci
47. Event Display PD or Frame Display window 159 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 3 Click on the Find icon AA or choose Find from the Edit menu 4 Click on the Pattern tab of the Find dialog Note The tabs displayed on the Find dialog depend on the product you are running and the content V4 of the capture file you are viewing Decode Patten Time Go To Special Events Bookmark Enter Hex values as fx Ignore case Find Previous Binary values as kbbbbbbbb Control characters as e matches any byte or hex or binary digit To enter 5477 of prefix with character Figure 5 4 Find Pattern Tab Patten Erie Hew values at fo Binary value 53 Lbbbbbbbb Control characters at e matches any bets of hex of bry dg To enter 3k77 or preii wath chasacter Side Fetih O Search only there sides IDTE DCE Figure 5 5 Find Pattern Tab Side Restrictions Pattern allows you to enter a string in the text box You can use characters hex or binary digits control characters wildcards or a combination of any of the formats when entering your string Every time you type in a search string the ComProbe analyzer saves the search The next time you open Find the drop down list will contain your search parameters 1 Enter the search pattern 2 Check Ignore Case to do a case insensitive search 160 ComProbe BPA low energy User M
48. Filter In When you select the checkbox for a protocol in the Protocols to Filter In the Summary pane will only display those frames that contain data from that protocol If you filter on more than one protocol the result are all frames that contain at least one of those protocols For example if you filter on IP and IPX NetBIOS you receive all frames that contain either IP or IPX NetBIOS or both A Quick Filter tab then appears on the Frame Display Changing the filter definition on the Quick Filter dialog changes the filter applied on the Quick Filter tab Quick filters are persistent during the session but are discarded when the session is closed Quick Filter The box in the center is the Protocols To Hide When you select the checkbox for a protocol in the Protocols To Hide data for that protocol will not appear in the Decode Binary Radix and Character panes The frames containing that type data will still appear in the Summary pane but not in the Decode Binary Radix and Character panes The box on the right is the Named Filters It contains filters that you create using the Named Filter and Set Condition dialogs When you select the Mamed Filters checkbox for the Name Filters a tab appears on the Summary Pane that Filter displays the frame containing the specific data identified in the filter The Filter named Filter tab remains on the Frame Display Summary Filter Filter3 Pane unless you hide it usi
49. adds a template to the system and saves it for later use 1 Click the Save Er button at the top of the Set Initial ig Decoder Parameters dialog to display the Template Manager dialog Name To Save Template As Cancel Frontline4 2 Enter aname for the new template and click OK Cunartip Saved Tamelates For Ths Object Tyee Frontline The system saves the template and closes the Template Prorat i Frontined CM Manager dialog Hontined 3 Click the OK button on the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window to apply the template and close the dialog Save Changes to a Template This procedure saves changes to parameters in an existing template 1 After making changes to parameter settings in a user defined template click the Save button at the top of the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window to display the Template Manager dialog 2 Ensure that the name of the template is listed in the Name to Save Template As text box and click OK 3 The system displays a dialog asking for confirmation of the change to the existing template Click the Yes button The system saves the parameter changes to the template and closes the Save As dialog 4 Click the OK button on the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window to apply the template and close the window 3 2 1 3 Deleting a Template 1 After opening the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window click the Delete button in the toolbar The system displays the Template Manager di
50. all the other boxes This tells the analyzer to look only at the RTS and CTS lines when running the search The other signals are ignored The control signals types include e USB Pin 1 e USB Pin2 e USB Pin3 e USB Pin4 Click here to learn more about the Breakout Box and Pins 1 4 166 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data Searching for event where e The first three options are all fairly similar and are described together These options are searching for an event where o One or more control signals changed o One or more control signals changed from off to on o One or more control signals changed from on to off e Searching for an event where one or more signals changed means that the analyzer looks at every control signal that you checked and see if any one of those signals changed state at any time o If you want to look at just one control signal m Check the box for the signal m Uncheck all the other boxes m Choose to search for an event where one or more signals changed m The analyzer notes the state of the selected signal at the point in the buffer where the cursor is search the buffer and stop when it finds an event where RTS changed state m Ifthe end of the buffer is reached before an event is found the analyzer tells you that no matches were found e Searching for events where control signals changed state from off to on or vice versa is most useful if the
51. are unencrypted For this example the slave sends the request to start encryption LL START ENC REQ at Frame 39 635 The master responds with LL_START_ENC_RSP at Frame 39 639 and finally the slave responds with LL_START_ENC_RSP at Frame 36 649 At this point the session link is encrypted all Layers Ciri Summary Nonbisg Semmary LE BB LE ADV LE DATA LELL LZCAP ATT SMP 39 617 Encryption request kp jp nika POGDDDODD EDIY DxD90D SEDm Bxca0BcFdda96cd Shee Updated channel map used 39 623 LLENC_RSP SKDe OeIeheaseId7 12ih MWe Oxf ad4b 30 39645 3 Stan engrypibon request 319 639 39 643 LL START EMC ASP 39 649 Baseband connection encrypted Figure 14 MSC link Layer Encryption BPA 600 low energy capture A 1 7 4 Viewing Decrypted Data In the ComProbe software Frame Display click on the LE BB tab Search in the Summary pane for Decryption Initiated Yes frames In the example depicted in the following figure Frame 39723 is selected In the Decoder pane LE BB shows that the decryption was initiated and decryption was successful In LE Data we see the Encrypted MIC value The MIC value is used to authenticate the sender of the data packet to ensure that the data was sent by a peer device in the link and not by a third party attacker The actual decrypted data appears between the Payload Length and the MIC in the packet This is shown in the Binary pane below the Summary pane 218 Appendicies Com
52. cece eee eeeceeceeeeeees 164 5 1 6 Searching by Signal Xx ce ceca td Khen aa bULG a dhecneensellcsewnndmnusrewcdodiwdhesdwesddbcedendeeiadeses 165 5 1 7 Searching for Data Errors _ 2 22 2 ieee ee ccc ee ee eee eee cece cence ee eeeeeeeeeees 168 5 1 8 FING BOOKMAIKS 2s 2ncccanccescucesaducaGenseberchadceswateudauemesseesanocseweecceeonecsonterscectede 170 5 1 9 Changing Where the Search Lands 2 22 22 eee ee eee cece cee cece cece ee ceeeeeeeeeeees 171 5 1 10 Subtleties of Timestamp Searching a 172 SA BOO NS rae ee PA ee need ee de ee es 172 5 2 1 Adding Modifying or Deleting a Bookmark 22 2 ee eee eee cece cece ec eeccceeceeceees 172 5 2 2 Displaying All and Moving Between Bookmarks 222 c cece cece cece cece cece eceeeeeee 173 vil ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data aaao anaana aa aaah aaa aaa aaa aLa Laa aLaaa aaa Laaa anaana 175 GA Saving rour Daa AA 175 6 1 1 Saving the Entire Capture File ccccccscuteceuctcdeectcesccenussocnbdecdecesteundwdedecealubaesconeadd 175 6 1 2 Saving the Entire Capture File with Save Selection cece cece cece ccc ceeceeceeeeeee 176 6 1 3 Saving a Portion of a Capture File ec c ee c ec cece cence cence rrano 177 6 2 Adding Comments to a Capture File _ 2 22 eee ee cece cee eee annann onanan eeceeceeceeeeeees 177 6 3 Confirm Capture File CFA Changes
53. changed To access the search by time function 1 Opena capture file to search 2 Open the Event Display NG or Frame Display P window 3 Click on the Find icon Ah or choose Find from the Edit menu 4 Click on the Signal tab of the Find dialog 165 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Note The tabs displayed on the Find dialog depend on the product you are running and the content VA of the capture file you are viewing BX Decode Patten Time Golo Specis Evens Sigal Bookmark Search for eveni where cna or mons ofthese One of more of these changed changed trom on bo off joy One or noone of these y Thee ect changed from of bo on desonbes the Aae vy Pint fe Pin 2 fv Pin 3 fv Pin Figure 5 9 Find Signal tab You will choose one qualifier Searching for event where then choose one or more control signals Control Signals The section with the check boxes allows you to specify which control signals the analyzer should pay attention to when doing the search The analyzer pays attention to any control signal with a check mark e Click on a box to place a check mark next to a control signal e Click again to uncheck the box e By default the analyzer searches all control signals which means all boxes start out checked For example if you are only interested in finding changes in RTS and CTS you would check those two boxes and uncheck
54. e Floating Information Window aka Tooltip The information window displays when the mouse cursor hovers on a packet It persists as long as the mouse cursor stays on the packet e Discontinuities Discontinuities are indicated by cross hatched slots See the Discontinuities section e Packet Status Packet status is indicated by color codes Refer to low energy Timeline Legends e Right Click Menu The right click menu provides zooming and time marker alignment e Graphical Packet Depiction each packet within the visible range is graphically depicted See the Packet Depiction section e Swap Button The Swap button switches the position of the Timeline and the Throughput graph e Show Running Average Selecting this check box shows a running average in the Throughput Over Time 4 4 2 8 low energy Packet Discontinuities The following figure depicts a discontinuity between two packets Timestamp 11202008 10 4S 56 133439 AM 0 wie bat ete Ss Soe maa pa a pas saa ba ta atcha site ae Timestamp 11 20 2009 10 49 56 137189 AM 0 0075 Figure 4 46 Bluetooth low energy Packet Discontinuity To keep the timeline and the throughput graph manageable big jumps in the timestamp are not represented linearly Instead they are shown as discontinuities A discontinuity exists between a pair of packets when the timestamp delta the timestamp of the second packet minus the timestamp of the first packet is 1 more than 4
55. easier to read by using all of the available space but because the y axis scales can change it can make it difficult to compare different time ranges or durations Clicking the Freeze Y button freezes the y axis scales and makes it possible to compare all time ranges and durations the name of the button changes to Unfreeze Y anda Y Scales Frozen indicator appears to the right of the title Clicking the Unfreeze Y Unfteeze t button unfreezes the y axis scales Interval Hide Zoom Freeze Y 101 data points plot LA ALAN BURN A ie i Nia Vs lad la fi thy f Hh fia tA rere i ri AKA TRY AN Figure 4 64 Zoomed Throughput Graph Largest Value Snaps to Top 120 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Hide Zoom Untreeze Y ue m rane 100 ms point lu fi HI HG HULA th NI ak Hid AL NG Figure 4 65 Zoomed Throughput Graph Freeze Y keeps the y axis constant Interval Menu The Interval drop down menu is used to set the duration of each data point in the Zoomed Throughput graph The default setting is Auto that sets the data point interval automatically depending on the zoom level The other menu selections provide the ability to select a fixed data point interval Selecting from a larger to a smaller interval will display more data points Should the number of data points exceed 30 000 no data is displayed and a warnin
56. eeeeeeeeee 75 iV ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 4 4 1 12 Protocol Layer Colors oi cece ee aaa LLALLA LLa e eee nanana 76 4 4 1 12 1 Data Byte Color Notation 2 220 lee ccc cee cee cee cece cee ceeeeeeeeeeeees 76 4 4 1 12 2 Changing Protocol Layer Colors lee eee ee cece cece eee cece eee eeeeeeee 76 4 4 1 13 Filtering 2 0 22 a 76 Aa lb Ko a BB Te GA 77 4 4 1 13 1 5 Defining Node and Conversation Filters 4 4 1 13 1 6 The Difference Between Deleting and Hiding Display Filters 4 4 1 13 1 7 Editing Filters 4 4 1 13 2 Connection Filtering eee eee ce cece c cece cece eeeeeeeeee 86 4 4 1 13 2 1 Creating a Connection Filter 4 4 1 13 2 2 Connection Filter Display 4 4 1 13 3 Protocol Filtering from the Frame Display 22 2 eee eee eee eee eeeeeeee 91 4 4 1 13 3 1 Quick Filtering on a Protocol Layer 4 4 1 13 3 2 Easy Protocol Filtering 44 2 low energy TIMEIINE cot cee Seuvid Das NA UA NAG BAT KU NG KONDI NA NG texpeetawseucaecesetedeueaseuvesaceed 93 4 4 2 1 low energy Timeline Toolbar o cece cece cee cece cece cece ecceecceececeeceeceeees 93 4 4 2 2 low energy Timeline Menu Bar 2 2 2 eee cece eee ec eee cece cece cece cece eceeeeees 94 4 4 2 3 low energy Timeline Legend cece eee c cece cece cece ccc ecececceececeeceeceeees 99 4 4 2 4 The Timeline ceeded badaanaBA DEN da ep7 KATA hana DL DADI HE KSP SENG NS nn
57. file file is being saved directory 8 When you are finished click OK 176 Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 6 1 3 Saving a Portion of a Capture File 1 If you are capturing data click on the Stop icon to pause data capture You cannot save data to a file while it is being captured Open the Event Display or Frame Display window depending on whether you want to specify a range in bytes or in frames Select the portion of the data that you want to save Click and drag to select data or click on the first item move to the last item and Shift Click to select the entire range or use the Shift key with the keyboard arrows or the navigation icons in the Frame Display toolbar If the range you want to save is too large to select note the numbers of the first and last item in the range Right click in the data Select Save Selection or Save As from the right click menu Click on the radio button labeled Selection If you selected Sare a range make sure the starting and ending numbers are CJ Entire File correct To specify a range type the numbers of the first 2 Selection and last items in the range in the boxes OEvents Frames Select either Events or Frames to indicate whether the cod numbers are event or frame numbers Type fle name herd Type a file name in the As box at the bottom of the screen Hote Na capturing wal be done whi the Click the Browse icon to b
58. how to capture to a single file choose System Settings from the Options menu on the Control window When live capture stops no new packets are sniffed but there can still be packets that were previously sniffed but not yet read by the ComProbe analyzer This happens when packets are being sniffed faster than the ComProbe analyzer can process them These packets are stored either on the ComProbe hardware itself or in a file on the PC If there are remaining packets to be processed when live capture stops the Transferring Packets dialog below is displayed showing the packets yet to be read by the ComProbe analyzer The dialog shows the name of each ComProbe hardware device its process id in square brackets and the number of packets remaining These stored packets are read until they re exhausted or the user clicks the Discard button on the dialog Unlike 802 11 Bluetooth packets never come in faster than the datasource can process them However Bluetooth packets must still be stored so that they can be read in chronological order with the 802 11 packets 39 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Transferring Packets Current Packet Transfer Statistics Hardware Packets on hardware ComProbe 802 11 6120 21 084 BPA 500 2720 3 Total 21 087 Live capture has stopped but there are packets buffered on the ComProbe Hardware that have not been decoded These packets will continue bo be transfer
59. in the phone the Bluetooth chip They also were using an air sniffer They replaced their entire sniffing setup by moving to ComProbe software In the original test setup the Host CPU in the phone would send debug messages and HCI data over a serial link A program running on a PC logged the output from the Host CPU To implement the new system using Virtual sniffing a small change was made to the PC logging program and it now sends the data to ComProbe software using the Live Import API The HCI traffic is fully decoded and the debug messages are decoded as well The decoder for the debug messages was written using ComProbe software s DecoderScript feature DecoderScript allows ComProbe software user to write custom decodes and to modify decodes supplied with ComProbe software DecoderScript is supplied as a standard part of ComProbe software In this case the customer also created a custom decoder for HCI Vendor Extensions The air sniffer that was formerly used has been replaced by the standard ComProbe software air sniffer Case Study 2 A second Bluetooth mobile phone maker plans to use Virtual sniffing in conjunction with a Linux based custom test platform they have developed Currently they capture serial HCI traffic on their Linux system and use a set of homegrown utilities to decode the captured data They plan to send the captured serial HCI traffic out of the Linux system using TCP IP over Ethernet Over on the PC running ComProbe soft
60. include but are not limited to water bottles coffee cups computers computer screens computer speakers and books A clear unobstructed line of sight is preferred for DUT and ComProbe hardware positioning e If using an analyzer connected to a computer position the computer on an adjacent table or surface away from the analyzer and DUTs taking advantage of the cables length If this is not possible position the computer behind the analyzer as far away as possible If using the ComProbe FTS4BT which is a dongle either use an extension USB cable or position the computer such that the dongle is positioned towards the DUTs e The preferred placement is positioning the DUTs and the ComProbe hardware at the points of an equilateral triangle in the same horizontal plane i e placed on the same table or work surface The sides of the triangle should be between 1 and 2 meters for Bluetooth transmitter classes 1 and 2 The distance for transmitter class 3 should be 1 2 meter Figure 4 1 Devices Equally Spaced in the Same Horizontal Plane Finally eliminate other RF sources e Wi Fi interference should be minimized or eliminated Bluetooth shares the same 2 4 GHz frequency bands as Wi Fi technology Wi Fi interference can cause loss of packets and poor captures In a laboratory or testing 237 lt Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual environment do not place the DUTs and ComProbe hardware i
61. is a Session Monitor which means that even if you capture to a series of files the data from the first file is always displayed The display does not refresh when a new capture file in a series is created 3 Watch the status bar on the Control window to monitor how full the file is When the file is full it begins to wrap which means the oldest data will be overwritten by new data 38 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 4 Click the Stop Capture icon to temporarily stop data capture Click the Start Capture icon again to resume capture Stopping capture means no data will be added to the capture file until capture is resumed but the previously captured data remains in the file 5 Toclear captured data click the Clear icon J e If you select Clear after selecting Stop Capture a dialog appears asking whether you want to save the data o You can click Save File and enter a file name when prompted o If you choose Do Not Save all data will be cleared o Ifyou choose Cancel the dialog closes with no changes e lf you select the Clear icon while a capture is occurring o The capture stops o A dialog appears asking if you want to save the capture o You can select Yes and save the capture or select No and close the dialog In either case the existing capture file is cleared and a new capture file is started o Ifyou choose Cancel the dialog closes with no changes To see
62. it un check Automatically Request Missing Decoding Information 5 When unchecked the analyzer doesn t bother you with dialogs asking for frame information that you don t have In this situation the analyzer decodes each frame until it cannot go further and then simply stop decoding 4 3 Analyzing Byte Level Data 4 3 1 Event Display To open this window click the Event Display icon PB on the Control window toolbar The Event Display window provides detailed information about every captured event Events include data bytes data related information such as start of frame and end of frame flags and the analyzer information such as when the data capture was paused Data bytes are displayed in hex on the left side of the window with the corresponding ASCII character on the right 48 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 9 Event Display Homer cfa File Edit View Format Bookmarks Options Window Help B 283 D lv AAT Event Number U 3 4 o 3 10 11 12 13 14 15 432 Slave 00 01 5a 03 Mm f 4a 04 a5 23 6b be 00 01 Master 4337 e 46 0 23 Slave Pee a6 23 6b be 00 00 01 Master a z 1600 08 m Slave 4369 Slave RP 1b bd c0 23 0b Bd 5e 00 010717 amp H 20 Masher 4385 Slave d0 23 Ob Sd 5c 00 01 5a 01 lm e 34 50 3 Co Master 4401 RK 37 6a O 23 Ob 9d Slave Event 4 338 of 4 831 Frame 188 5 3 2011 1 48 58 604388 PM Source ASCII Hex Dec Oct Binary Errors Mast
63. low energy User Manual 6 4 2 Importing Capture Files 1 From the Control window PD go to the File menu and select Open Capture File or click on the Open icon on the toolbar 2 Left of the File name text box select from the drop down list Supported File Types box to All Importable File Types or All Supported File Types cfa log txt csv cap Select the file and click Open The analyzer automatically converts the file to the analyzer s format while keeping the original file in its original format You can save the file in the analyzer s format close the file without saving it in the analyzer s format or have the analyzer automatically save the file in the analyzer s format see the System Settings to set this option All of these options keep your original file untouched When you first open the file the analyzer brings up the Protocol Stack window and ask you what protocol decodes if any you want to use You must choose a protocol decode at this point for the analyzer to decode the data in the file If you open a file without using any decodes and decide later that you want to apply a decode choose Reframe from the File menu on the Control window At present the analyzer supports the following file types e Frontline Serialtest Async and Serialtest Com Probe for DOS requires the byt for data and the tim for timestamps see note on importing DOS timestamps e Greenleaf ViewComm 3 0 for DOS requires the b
64. pane The Event Radix Binary Character and Decode panes are all synchronized with one another Clicking on an element in any one of the panes highlights the corresponding element in all the other panes 4 4 1 11 8 Event Pane The Event pane shows the physical bytes in the frame You can choose between i displaying only the data events or displaying all events by clicking the All Events icon Ft Ta 78 Ge 1f Nh a5 h4 0 This ts the Event Pane Copy Selection to Clipboard Mee oOo ASM I Select Entire Frame Displaying all events means that special Change Text Highlight Color events such as Start of Frame End of Frame and any signal change events are displayed as special symbols within the data Display All Events The status lines at the bottom of the pane give the same information as the status lines in the Event Display window This includes physical data errors control signal changes if appropriate and timestamps Because the Event pane displays the physical bytes rather than the logical bytes the data in the Event pane may be different from that in the Radix Binary and Character panes See Physical vs Logical Byte Display for more information Colors are used to show which protocol layer each byte belongs to The colors correspond to the layers listed in the Decode pane The Event Radix Binary Character and Decode panes are all synchronized with one another Clicking on an element in any on
65. point The tooltip first line shows the throughput the throughput type packet or payload and the technology Subsequent lines show the bit count the duration of the data point the packet range of that duration only packets of the applicable technology from that packet range are used for the throughput calculation and the number of the data point which is O for the first data point in each line ela TH F F L k 7 P LI a 2 880 bits s Packet Throughput Classic Bit Count 2585 pd Duration 100 ms Classic Packets in Packet Range 15 435 15 437 hk Data Point 12 Figure 4 56 Data point tooltip The Throughput graph tool tips can be shown in the upper left corner of your computer screen to provide an unobstructed view Refer to Relocating Tool Tips 4 4 3 13 Discontinuities A discontinuity is when the timestamp going from one packet to the next either goes backward by any amount or forward by more than 4 01 s This value is used because the largest possible connection interval in Bluetooth low energy is 4 0 s A discontinuity is drawn as a vertical dashed line A discontinuity for a 115 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual timestamp going backward is called a negative discontinuity and is shown in red A discontinuity for a timestamp going forward by more than 4 01 s is called a positive discontinuity and is shown in black A positive discontinuity is a
66. previous invalid IFS packet from the currently selected packet If there is no previous invalid IFS packet this item is not active Next Invalid IFS Packet Goes to the next invalid IFS packet from the currently selected packet If there are no invalid IFS packets following the current selection this item is not active Previous Error Packet Goes to the first error packet prior to the current selection If there are no error packets available this item is not active Keyboard Shortcut Ctrl Left Arrow Next Error Packet Goes to the first error packet following the current selection If there are no error packets available this item is not active Keyboard Shortcut Ctrl Right Arrow Selected Packet Keyboard Shortcut Enter Toggle Display Lock Available only in Live mode To prevent timeline scrolling during capture click on this time and the display will lock in its current position Capture will continue but the displays will remain static To resume scrolling during capture click again on this menu item Help Topics Displays Bluetooth low energy Timeline help topics 98 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 4 4 2 3 low energy Timeline Legend This legend identifies the color coding found in the timeline BS O side 1 Advi Seanning C Side E Adv iinitiator O Master e When you select a packet in the timeline items in the legend that relate to Adv Unknown Siv
67. remove the selected bookmark 2 Click on Modify to change the selected Bookmark name 3 Remove All will delete all bookmarks in the window The Find window Bookmark tab will also appear when using functions other than Find such as when clicking on the Display All Bookmarks LO con 5 1 9 Changing Where the Search Lands When doing a search in the analyzer the byte or bytes matching the search criteria are highlighted in the Event Display The first selected byte appears on the third line of the display CVEventDisplay To change the line on which the first selected byte appears Selectlion0ffset 2 1 Open fts ini located in the C User Public Public Documents Frontline Test Equipment 2 Go to the CVEventDisplay section 3 Change the value for SelectionOffset 4 If you want the selection to land on the top line of the display change the SelectionOffset to O zero 171 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 5 1 10 Subtleties of Timestamp Searching Timestamping can be turned on and off while data is being captured As a result the capture buffer may have some data with a timestamp and some data without When doing a search by timestamp the analyzer ignores all data without a timestamp Note The raw timestamp value is the number of 100 nanosecond intervals since the beginning of H January 1 1601 This is standard Windows time 5 2 Bookmarks Bookmarks are elect
68. section of the Event Display Export dialog e Selecting more than one event in the Event Display window defaults the radio button in the Event Display Export dialog to Selection and allows the user to choose the All radio button e When only one event is selected something must be selected the All radio button in the Event Display Export dialog is selected by default 5 Next you need to select the Side variable for serial communications e is used to determine whether you want to export data from or both e Choose Host Function Control or Both to determine how you want to export the data 5 Choose Host Function Control or Both to determine how you want to export the data 6 Choose whether you want to display multiple events or single events per row 184 Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Events Per Row You can choose to display Multiple Events Per Row but this method contains no timestamps If you select One Event Per Row you can display timestamps multiple events or single events per row Note The raw timestamp value is the number of 100 nanosecond intervals since the H beginning of January 1 1601 This is standard Windows time The timestamp data types displayed in columns for One Event Per Row Timestamp Delta Event Number Byte Number Frame Number Type Hex Dec Oct Bin Side ASCII 7 bit ASCII EBCDIC Baudot RTS CTS DSR DTR CD RI UART Overrun
69. selected layers in the list to de select or click the Reset Selected Layers button to de select all selected layers Frame Display Print Prowde miomaton lo export dala fram the curenti selected fiber tab inches Deal Secbon 7 Summary C Mo decode nection CAI layers gt Seleched Lapaz onb 80211 AMP 802 10 STP Selection B02 Tx ASDF AMP Manager Dl mi mg Frame Range F Delete File Hote Binasa pani opbong map alfect whether argy gray background is parted See Help foe mia 100k cance Hop Figure 6 2 Frame Display Print Dialog 180 Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 5 Select the range of frames to include All or Selection in the Frame Range section of the Frame Display Print dialog Choosing All prints up to 1000 frames from the buffer Choosing Selection prints only the frames you select in the Frame Display window 6 Selecting the Delete File deletes the temporary html file that was used during printing 7 Click the OK button Frame Display Print Preview The Frame Display Print Preview feature provides the user with the option to export the capture buffer to an html file The maximum file size however that can be exported is 1000 frames If you chose Print Preview the system displays your data in a browser print preview display with options for printing such as page orientation and paper size You can also use your Printer Preferences dialog t
70. set 201 viewing data in 54 ASCII Codes 201 ASCII Pane 74 Auto Sizing Column Widths 72 Automatically Request Missing Decoding Information 47 Automatically Restart 187 Automatically Restart Capturing After Clear Capture Buffer 187 Automatically Save Imported Capture Files 187 Autotraversal 45 47 AVDTP 25 27 28 AVDTP Override Decode Information 28 B Baudot 54 186 233 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Baudot Codes 201 Begin Sync Character Strip 56 Binary 53 160 Binary Pane 75 BL 203 Bookmarks 172 173 Boolean 80 85 BPA 500 Capture Data 40 BPA low energy I O Settings 15 Broken Frame 55 BS 203 BT Snoop File Format 198 Btsnoop 198 Buffer 176 187 Buffer Overflow 187 Buffer File Options 187 Byte 51 53 75 201 Searching 163 byte export 67 C Calculating Data Rates and Delta Times 51 Capture Buffer 176 187 189 Capture Buffer Size 187 Capture File 38 176 179 187 189 auto save imported files 187 capture to a series of files 187 capture to one file 187 changing default location of 191 changing max size of 187 189 framing captured data 46 importing 179 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual loading 178 reframing 46 removing framing markers 46 saving 176 177 starting capture to file 38 Capturing 38 Data to Disk 38 CFA file 177 178 Changing Default File Locations 191 Character 160 202 Character Pane 74 Character Set 54 201 202 Choosing a Data Capture Method 4 C
71. signals are usually in one state and you want to search for occasions where they changed state For example o If DTR is supposed to be on all the time but you suspect that DTR is being dropped o Tell the analyzer to look only at DTR by checking the DTR box and unchecking the others o Doasearch for where one or more control signals changed from on to off o The analyzer would search the DTR signal and stop at the first event where DTR dropped from on to off e Searching for an Exact State To search for an exact state means that the analyzer finds events that match exactly the state of the control signals that you specify o First choose to search for an event where your choices exactly describe the state o This changes the normal check boxes to a series of radio buttons labeled On Off and Don t Care for each control signal o Choose which state you want each control signal to be in o Choose Don t Care to have the analyzer ignore the state of a control signal o When you click Find Next the analyzer searches for an event that exactly matches the conditions selected beginning from the currently selected event 167 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual o If the end of the buffer is reached before a match is found the analyzer asks you if you want to continue searching from the beginning o If you want to be sure to search the entire buffer place your cursor on the first event in th
72. supporting documentation for development Automation DecoderScript application notes user documentation Quick Start Guides and User Manual and maintenance tools 2 2 2 ComProbe BPA low energy Data Capture Methods ComProbe Protocol Analysis System has different data capture methods to accommodate various applications Select Data Capture Method 23 3 43 Bluetooth low energy Sniffing Requires one ComProbe BPA low energy hardware or one ComProbe 49 Bluetooth low energy FBLEA hardware 3 Virtual Sniffing Used for typical applications to capture Bluetooth low energy data O FTS Side lt 9 IEEE11073 Connected Devices Run Cancel Help Create Shortcut When Run e Bluetooth low energy o This method requires one ComProbe BPA low energy hardware or one ComProbe FBLEA hardware o Used for typical applications to capture Bluetooth low energy data 2 3 Control Window The analyzer displays information in multiple windows with each window presenting a different type of information The Control window opens when the Run button is clicked in the Select Data Capture Method window The Control window provides access to each ComProbe analyzer functions and settings as well as a brief overview of the data in the capture file Each icon on the toolbar represents a different data analysis function A sample Control Window is shown below ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 2 Getting Star
73. the View menu or by clicking on the icon from the toolbar KS z Data Audio Extraction Settings Select IJI A2DP J Open File s After Extraction J Apts JIBIP SCO eSCO Options JBPP Write Streams as Y FTP D Two Mono Files lv HCRP One Stereo File HF HS J MAP OPP 7 PBAP Add Silence packets SCO eSCO W SPP evne 7 WBS Convert A Law and p law to Linear PEM CYSD is always converted Extract Figure 4 13 Data Audio Extraction Settings dialog 2 Choose a checkbox es on the left side of the dialog to identify from which profile s you want to extract data It s important to note that if there is no data for the profile s you select no extracted file is created 3 If you want the file s to open automatically after they are extracted select the Open File s After Extraction checkbox J Note This does not work for SCO eSCO 4 Click on aradio button to write the streams as Two Mono Files or as One Stereo File S Note This option is for SCO eSCO only 5 Select the checkbox if you want to convert A Law and p law to Linear PCM CVSD are always converted to Linear PCM It s probably a good idea to convert to Linear PCM since more media players accept this format P Note This option is for SCO eSCO only 6 Select the Add Silence packets to insert the silence packets dummy packets for the reserved empty 153 Chapter 4 Capturing
74. time specified If no event is found at that time the analyzer goes to the nearest event either before or after the selected time based on the Go to the timestamp selection e Relative A relative search means that the analyzer begins searching from whatever event you are currently on and search for the next event a specific amount of time away 1 Select Absolute or Relative 2 Select the date and time using the drop down lists for Month Year Day Hour Minute Second 1 10000000 I Note Month and Year are not available if you select Relative 3 When you have specified the time interval you want to use click on the Go To Move Forward or Move Backward buttons to start the search from the current event Note When you select Absolute as Search for Go To is available When you select H Relative as Search for Move Forward or Move Backwardis available Go to the timestamp On or before On or after The analyzer searches for an event that matches the time specified If no event is found at the time specified the analyzer goes to the nearest event either before or after the specified time Choose whether to have the analyzer go to the nearest event before the specified time or after the specified time by clicking the appropriate radio button in the Go to the timestamp box If you are searching forward in the buffer you usually want to choose the On or After option If you choose the On or Before option it may be that the analyze
75. will appear selected on the left of the display The timestamp will change with the scrolling of the display Selecting Next Packet will select the next packet in time moving forward in time to the right If the next packet is not in the display the display will scroll to the next packet and it will appear selected on the right of the display The timestamp will change with the scrolling of the display o Multiple Segment Navigation Selecting Previous Packet will select the next packet moving back in time to the left on the segment and will select the previous packet regardless of which or segment it is in If the selected packet overlaps with the previous segment the display will show the packet selected in both segments If the previous packet is not shown in the timeline display or a portion of the packet is displayed the display will move the view port back in time and will display the selected packet in the top segment on the left edge Each segment s timestamps will synchronously change as the view port scrolls backwards in time m Selecting Next Packet will select the next packet moving forward in time to the right on the to the next packet regardless of which row or segment it is in If the next packet overlaps on a following segment the display will show the packet selected in both segments If the next packet is not shown in the timeline display on any segment or a portion of the packet is displayed the display will
76. within the ComProbe analyzer produces a wealth of information for analysis This mass of information by itself however is just that a mass of information There has to be ways to manage the information ComProbe software provides a number of different methods for making the data more accessible One of these methods is Find Decode Pattem Time GoTo Special Events Bookmark Seach fee imestan You Day Hou Go to the bmesismp On or before the penhad ime On ot alter the pecihed time Figure 5 1 Find Dialog 156 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data Find as the name suggests is a comprehensive search function that allows users to search for strings or patterns in the data or in the frame decode You can search for errors control signal changes bookmarks special events time and more Once the information is located you can easily move to every instance of the Find results 5 1 1 Searching within Decodes Searching within decodes lets you to do a string search on the data in the Decode Pane of the Frame Display window To access the search within decodes function 1 Opena capture file to search bag Open the Event Display PD or Frame Display window 3 Click on the Find icon or choose Find from the Edit menu 4 Click on the Decode tab of the Find dialog Note The tabs displayed on the Find dialog depend on the product you are running and the content H of the
77. 0 10000000 Figure 6 6 Example csv Event Display Export Excel spreadsheet 6 6 2 1 Export Filter Out You can filter out data you don t want or need in your text file This option is available only for serial data In the Filter Out box choose which side to filter out the DTE data the DCE data or neither side don t filter any data For example if you choose the radio button for DTE data the DTE data would be filtered out of your export file and the file would contain only the DCE data You can also filter out Special Events which is everything that is not a data byte such as control signal changes and Set I O events Non printable characters or both If you choose to filter out Special Events your export file would contain only the data bytes Filtering out the non printable characters means that your export file would contain only special events and data bytes classified as printable In ASCII printable characters are those with hex values between 20 and S7e 6 6 2 2 Exporting Baudot When exporting Baudot you need to be able to determine the state of the shift character In a text export the state of the shift bit can be determined by the data in the Character field When letters is active the character field shows letters and vice versa 186 Chapter 7 General Information 7 1 System Settings and Progam Options 7 1 1 System Settings Open the System Settings window by choosing System Settings from the
78. 00000000000000 device list will display the device Dxced9177018e4 Public Ta Pita Ta Ta aa aa Tara Ta aT TaTa Ta aa ata aa Ya ata TATA TUGTOG control menu that will Select Ox477b6c729571 Public Select LE Device DO0000 on one of these menu items will f perform the following actions Add LE Device Table 3 5 LE Device Database Control Menu Will place this device into the LE Device field in the Device Under Test tab The device must be selected highlighted in the list prior to making this menu selection If multiple devices have been selected highlighted in the list the first device in the list is placed in the Device Under Test Will deleted the selected highlighted device from the database Selecting highlighting multiple devices in the list will delete all of those devices Used for manual entry of a device into the database A new device entry will append to the end of the device list To enter data double click on the field and type in the data For the BD Addr Type field double click and tab to select available types See the following image Public 0x00000000000000000000000000000000 lt Added Device gt Figure 3 2 Add Menu Option Fields Display Editing a Device Any device entry can be edited by double clicking in the field An edit box will open and new device information can be typed in BD Addr BD Addr Type Identity Resolving Key IRK Nickname Oxd0tt5083937b Public OxDOOOOOOOOOONOOOOOOOOOOONNOOOONNN Tile
79. 01 seconds or 2 is negative The reason that the discontinuity trigger is set at 4 01 seconds is because the maximum connection interval time is 4 seconds 104 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data A discontinuity is indicated by a cross hatched pattern drawn between two packets and a corresponding vertical dashed line in the throughput graph When the timestamp delta is greater than 4 01 seconds the discontinuity is a cosmetic convenience that avoids excessive empty space When the timestamp delta is negative the discontinuity is necessary so that the packets can be drawn in the order that they occur 4 4 2 9 low energy Timeline Navigating and Selecting Data Buttons menu items and keystrokes can be used to go to the next or previous packet next or previous invalid interframe spacing IFS next or previous error packet and the first or last packet e f there is no selected packet in the timeline First Packet Next Packet O and Last Packet D are enabled but Previous Packet Q is not e A single packet is selected either by clicking on it navigating to it or selecting it in the Frame Display o Single Segment Navigation Selecting Previous Packet will select the next packet in time moving back in time to the left regardless of which row it is on If the previous packet is not in the display or if a portion of the packet is visible the display will scroll to the next packet and it
80. 03 A6 2a04 A few tings of note e Inthe code above lines begging with a semi colon are comments e If you want to change the base handle of the GAP service change the 1 to some other number e If you want to comment out the entire service comment out the base handle If no A is defined the software will ignore A1 A2 and so on 205 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 7 General Information 7 3 Contacting Technical Support Technical support is available in several ways The online help system provides answers to many user related questions Frontline s website has documentation on common problems as well as software upgrades and utilities to use with our products On the Web http fte com support supportrequest aspx Email tech_support fte com If you need to talk to a technical support representative about your ComProbe BPA low energy product support is available between 9 am and 5 pm U S Eastern Time zone Monday through Friday Technical support is not available on U S national holidays Phone 1 434 984 4500 Fax 1 434 984 4505 Instructional Videos Frontline provides a series of videos to assist the user and may answer your questions These videos can be accessed at fte com support videos aspx On this web page use the Video Filters sidebar to select instructional videos for your product 206 Appendicies Appendix A Application Notes 207 ComProbe BPA low energy
81. 124 started 3 730 11 57 15 465497 Open OBEX channel For Help Press Fl Figure 4 88 Message Sequence Chart Window How do access the chart You access the Message Sequence Chart by selecting the icon H or MSC Chart from the View menu from the Control window or Frame Display What do I see on the dialog 2 D N At the top of the dialog you see four icons that you use to zoom in and out of the display vertically and horizontally The same controls are available under the View menu There are three navigation icons also on the toolbar This takes you to the first Information Frame This takes you to first Protocol State Message This takes you to the first Error Frame Click here to learn more about this option If there is both Classic and low energy packets there will be a Classic and LE tab at the top of the dialog 136 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data File Edit View Help IAZANR BZROSCO BSS Classic LE All Layers Ctrl Summary Non Msg Summary LE BB LE ADV LE DATA LE LL A Classic and LE Tabs shown if both Classic and LE packets are available NESN 0 A MD 0 Length 0 Figure 4 89 Classic and LE tabs If the Classic tab is selected you will see Classic protocols If you select the LE tab you will see LE Protocols If there is only Classic or only LE the Classic and LE tabs will not appear Al Layers BBE LMP L CAP A
82. 128 bits long In the attribute database the handle is unique while the UUID is not unique The ComProbe software detects and stores the relationships mappings between handle and UUID during the GATT discovery process But sometimes there is no GATT discovery process because e The discovery has previously taken place and both devices stored the mappings and the discovery will not repeat at every subsequent connection e The developer owns both devices in the conversation and chose to ignore discovery because the mappings are known e The devices are in development and the code to perform the mappings has not been written yet The solution to this problem is to 1 define the mappings in a file and 2 then pre loading the mapping using the ComProbe software Creating handle UUID mapping file Create a file named ATT_Handle_UUID_Preload ini in the root directory of C Users Public Public Documents Frontline Test Equipment My Decoders but the file can be located anywhere Assume that you want to create a GATT service starting at handle 1 Create a section in the ini file called Service Base Handles A 1 A will be your first service Make the base handle equal to the handle of your service You can use all upper and lower case letters so you can have up to 52 service handles Next add the following section Advertiser Handles Generic Access Profile GAP AO 1800 A1 2803 A2 2a00 A3 2803 A4 2a01 A5 28
83. 2 eee cece eee ccc eee c cece eee eeeeeeeeceeeeeees 180 Figure 6 3 Frame Display Print Preview Dialog 22 ee eee cee eee ccc eee cece eeeeeeeees 181 Figure 6 4 Event Display Print Dialog _ 2 22 2 eee ce ec e cece cece eee e cee ceeeeeeceeceees 183 Figure 6 5 Event Display Export Example csv file 184 Figure 6 6 Example csv Event Display Export Excel spreadsheet 2 2 e cece eee eeeeee 186 Figure 7 1 System Settings Single File Mode 0 cece cece cece e cece cece eeeeeeees 188 Figure 7 2 Advanced System Options dialog 2 2 a 190 Figure 7 3 Start Up Options dialog AA 191 Figure 7 4 File Locations dialog a 192 Figure 7 5 File Locations Browse dialog e eee e ee eee a aaao aoaaa cece ce eeeeeeeeeeees 192 Figure 7 6 Example Side Names Where Slave and Master are current eeee 194 XV Chapter 1 ComProbe Hardware amp Software Frontline Test Equipment ComProbe family of protocol analyzers work with the following technologies e Classic Bluetooth e Bluetooth low energy e Dual Mode Bluetooth simultaneous Classic and low energy e Bluetooth Coexistence with 802 11 e Bluetooth HCI USB SD High Speed UART e NFC e 802 11 Wi Fi e SD e USB e HSU High Speed UART The ComProbe hardware interfaces with your computer that is running our robust software engine cal
84. 3 1 BPAle I O Settings Datasource 3 1 1 BPA Low Energy datasource Toolbar Menu The datasource dialog toolbar and menu options are listed below Table 3 1 BPA Low Energy Datasource Toolbar o Start Sniffing button to begin sniffing All settings are saved automatically when you start sniffing Pause button to stop sniffing settings are saved automatically when you start sniffing Help button opens the help file Save button to save the configuration if you made changes but did not begin sniffing All Table 3 2 BPA Low Energy datasource Menu fenu Item Vescriptio File Save and Exit options self explanatory Hides or displays the toolbar BPA Low Energy Start Sniffing Stop Sniffing Help Opens ComProbe Help and About BPA Low Energy 14 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings 3 1 2 BPA low energy Devices Under Test You can select the ComProbe BPA low energy analyzer for sniffing Bluetooth low energy communications on available devices AG Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual j E OO m o MA a BPA Low Energy datasource e Eee File View BPALowEnergy Help PINADOB data Sniffer Diagnostics Fitter out ADV packets for Non configured devices Figure 3 3 BPA Low Energy datasource Devices Under Test Tab KG ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 3 Configurat
85. 4 1 8225 s 1458 1 25 ms time intervals 54x27 2 255 1800 1 25 ms time intervals 60x30 2 1225 5 2178 1 25 ms time intervals 66x33 3 24 5 259 1 25 ms time intervals 72x56 3 8025 5 2042 1 25 ms time intervals 78x39 4 415 3528 1 25 ms time intervals 84 42 5 0625 s 4050 1 25 ms time intervals 90 45 108 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Zoom Menu Multiple Segment Each selection defines the timeline view port the number of segments and number of 1 25 ms markers withing the segment For example selecting 7 5 ms 6 1 25 ms time intervals 3x2 will display 7 5 ms of the total timeline in 3 segments of with 2 markers per segment for a total of 6 markers The scroll bar at the left of the segments will scroll the view through the timeline 4 4 3 Coexistence View The Coexistence View displays Classic Bluetooth Bluetooth low energy and 802 11 packets and throughput in one view You access the Coexistence View by clicking its button lad in the Control window or Frame Display toolbars or Coexistence View from the View menus m Coexistence View bpa bt le wf hs 18 842 packets cfa File Format Zoom Navigate Help CCOOOA gt a gt a 9 4 e FARM Packets O All Selected O Viewport 8 8 Awg throughput 1s o Ga hroughput Over Time Throughput bits s bits s m dc O Packet Payload Both Timeline 5GHz 2 4GHz Both Selecte
86. 4Publie Documents Frontline Test EquipmentyhMy Log Files My Methods C Users Public DocumentssFrontline Test EquipmentsMy Methods 4 IF Modify CO Use Last Opened Folder for Capture Files Figure 7 4 File Locations dialog 2 Select the default location you wish to change 3 Click Modify 4 Browse to a new location Specify My Decoders directory a di Public b gt di Desktop F d Public Documents r di Frontline Test Equipment di My Capture Files di My Configurations My Decoders di My Log Files gt di My Methods d My Node Databases _ lb e Figure 7 5 File Locations Browse dialog 5 Click OK 6 Click OK when finished 192 Chapter 7 General Information ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual If a user sets the My Decoders directory such that it is up directory from an installation path multiple instances of a personality entry may be detected which causes a failure when trying to launch Frontline For example if an Frontline product is installed at C Users Public Public Documents Frontline Test Equipment My Decoders then My Decoders cannot be set to any of the following e C My Decoders e C Users My Decoders e C Users Public My Decoders e C Users Public Public Documents My Decoders e or to any directory that already exists in the path C Users Public Public Documents Frontline Test Equipment My Decoders Default Capture File Folder Checkbox If the Us
87. 6 5 Figure 4 84 Timeline header with discontinuity 15 625 ms rel 7 21484 s abs Figure 4 85 Timeline duration footer with discontinuity For example the timeline above has a zoom level duration of 15 625 ms the relative time shown in the footer But the discontinuity graphic consumes the width of a Bluetooth slot 625 us and that area is 7 19984 s of absolute time as shown by the Gap value in the header So the absolute time is 7 21484 s Zoom level duration Bluetooth slot duration Gap duration 1925 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 15 625 ms 625 us 7 19984 s 0 015625 s 0 000625 s 7 199840 s 0 015000 s 7 199840 s 7 214840 s 7 21484 s 4 4 3 32 High Speed Bluetooth High speed Bluetooth packets where Bluetooth content hitches a ride on 802 11 packets have a blue frequency range box instead of orange as with regular 802 11 packets both are shown below and the tool tip has two colors orange for 802 11 layers and blue for Bluetooth layers abappit Packet Kani Pabia FI Pane GHE Cont Maie i Pricer H bia Speed Iah heen ei BE 11 bala ot Dala a NAG abt Paang Tapa FIFAN D 103 Ni GAGA AM Gadi Teaser Pass Presta AA 1 a au CHAT Ngalan Lapat bira Blame SI ke Pieced ID LACAF ALL Cata Lata ok Save Figure 4 86 High speed Bluetooth packets have a blue frequency box and a two tone tool tip
88. 84 avg MM Bluetooth driver 0 0 m 400 ms point m Bluetooth datasource 0 0 m 802 11 driver 0 0 802 11 datasource 0 0 Throughput Over Time High Speed Live Mode I l For Help Press F1 Figure 4 11 High Speed Live Window 135 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 4 4 4 About The Message Sequence Chart MSC The Message Sequence Chart MSC displays information about the messages passed between protocol layers MSC displays a concise overview of a Blutetooth connection highlighting the essential elements fo the connection At a glance you can see the flow of the data including role switches connection requests and errors You can look at all the packets int he capture or filter by protocol or profile the MSC is color coded for a clear and easy view of your data H Message Sequence Chart MSC o 8 2s ALAL AMOSCOHB BSB All Layers Ctrl Summary Non Msg Summary BB LMP L2CAP SDP RFCOMM 3 635 11 57 15 345497 Open signaling channel H RFCOMM_SABM Channel Signaling Length 0 3 640 11 57 15 348624 RFCOMM channels that are Open 3 640 11 57 15 348624 Signaling Parameter Negotiation Channel Signaling Length 10 FC Sender Supports CF Parameter 3 650 11 57 15 354874 Negotiation Channel Signaling Length 10 FC Responder Supports CF bana pa Baseband connection encryption 3 723 11 57 15 461
89. C will display the same ARAR ANOS O NN Bag information as the Frame Display Ali Layers ui Summary Mon king Semmery LE Bb LE ADY LE DATA LE LL L2CAP ATT SUP Decoder pane Frames are synchronized between the Frame Display Summary pane and the MSC so clicking on a frame in either window will select that same frame in the other window Also the al protocol tabs are the same in each Updated channel map used window To see the pairing process click on the SMP tab ha Contin Valye x7H7569e1 Je97175730245a647567H9a SHF Pairing Costin In the image above we see Frame 35 539 Condom Vabe sifa d 7494084 Tcbedbbtiee 91990915 i initiating the pairing from the master Pos Hg Prana PL device The response SMP_Pairing Response is sent from the slave in Frame 35 545 SMP_ Pairing Confirm occurs Figure 13 MSC SMP Paring BPA 600 low energy capture 217 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Appendicies between the master and the slave devices at Frame 39 591 and 39 600 respectively Clicking on the MSC LE LL tab will show the process of encrypting a session link Clicking on Frame 39 617 displays the LL ENC REQ command from the master to the slave In the MSC below this command you will see the data transferred that includes SKD ter used to generate the LTK At Frame 39 623 the slave responds with LL_ENC_RSP sending SKD ve to generate LTK at the master Up to this point all transmissions
90. CDC CO ha ee ee 202 7 2 6 4 Communication Control Characters eee eee eee cece eee eee eee ceeeee 202 7 2 7 The Frontline Serial Driver cc cee ce eee ee ee eee eee ees 204 7 2 8 DecoderScript Overview _ 2 a 204 7 2 9 Bluetooth low energy ATT Decoder Handle Mapping 0 0 eee eee eee eee eceeeeeees 205 7 3 Contacting Technical Support _ 2 222 a 206 Appendicies aoaaa aoaaa aoaaa aaao a aaao 0 aaa L LDL L LDLo 22o a222 arna 207 Appendix A Application Notes _ 2 22 a 209 A 1 Decrypting Encrypted Bluetooth low energy 2 eee eee cece cece cece e cece eeeeeeeee 211 A 1 1 How Encryption Works in Bluetooth low energy cece eee cece cece ecececceeceees 211 a a AA ee 211 A 1 3 Pairing Methods a 212 A 1 4 Encrypting the Link 2 0 02 00000000 aaao cece oaaao oaaao aaroo 213 A 1 5 Encryption Key Generation and Distribution 2 22 22 eee cece eee eee c cece eceeeeeeees 213 A 1 6 Encrypting The Data Transmission 20 cece ce eee ce eee cece eee eee ee ceeceeeees 214 A 1 7 Decrypting Encrypted Data Using ComProbe BPA 600 low energy Capture 214 A 2 Bluetooth low energy Security eee cece ce cece cee cece eee e cece eee oorno nann 221 A 2 1 How Encryption Works in Bluetooth low energy e cece eee cece ecceecceeceees 222 ALL AA 222 A 2 3 Pa
91. Capture Files 178 INCLUDE 79 Include Exclude 79 L2CAP 30 L2CAP Override Decode Information 31 Layer Colors 76 LF 203 Link Key 40 LSB 42 Live Update 52 Logical Byte Display 64 Logical Bytes 64 Long Break 56 Low Energy Timeline Button Bar Legend 93 Discontinuities 104 Legend 99 Navigating and Selecting Data 105 Zooming 106 low energy Timeline Introduction 92 93 Low Power 56 Main Window 6 Message Sequence Chart 136 Message Sequence Chart Find and Go To 140 Message Sequence Chart Go To 141 Appendicies Minimizing 13 Missing Decode Information 27 33 Mixed Channel Sides 54 Mixed Sides Mode 54 Modem Lead Names 193 Modify Display Filters 84 85 Multiple Event Displays 51 Multiple Frame Displays 67 N NK 203 Node Filters 82 Nonprintables 186 Notes 177 NU 202 Number Set 53 Numbers 201 Octal 53 Open 51 Open Capture File 178 Options 187 189 190 194 Other Term Subterm 12 Override Decode Information 28 31 34 Overriding Frame Information 47 Overrun Errors 169 p Packet Error Rate PER Stats 144 Packet Error Rate 144 PER Stats Scroll Bar 150 Panes 67 237 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Pattern 159 Pause 38 Performance Notes 197 Printing 182 Printing from the Frame Display 179 Progress Bars 201 Protocol Protocol Layer Colors 76 Protocol Layer Filtering 91 Protocol Stack 44 45 47 Q Quick Filtering 91 R Radix 53 74 Reframe 46 Reframing 46 Relative Ti
92. Data Packets are color coded to indicate attribute Retransmit Bad Packet Can t Decrypt or Invalid IFS master Tx technology Classic Bluetooth Bluetooth low energy or 802 11 and category type Selection Box Attribute Bad Packet MasternTx Master Technology Classic Bluetooth Packet Category or Type ACL Figure 4 70 Each packet is color coded The innermost box which indicates packet category type is the packet proper in that its vertical position indicates the channel its length indicates the packet s duration in the air its left edge indicates the start time and its right edge indicates the end time The height of Classic Bluetooth and Bluetooth low energy packets indicates their frequency range 1 MHz and 2 MHz respectively Since 802 11 channels are so wide 22 MHz 802 11 packets are drawn with an arbitrary 1 MHz height and centered within a separate frequency range box which indicates the actual frequency range Selecting a packet by clicking on it draws a selection box around it as shown above and highlights the applicable entries in the legend Selected Retransmit Bad Packet Cant Decrypt Invalid IFS ke Discontinuity UE IR NAN Click on any bold entry above to enable navigation Figure 4 71 Highlighted entries in the legend for a selected packet Summary information for a selected packet is displayed in the timeline header Selected Packet 15 457 Timestamp
93. Fip dala dracbon breshed Fip dala edraction started a i Fie WDocuments and Seftings tob Deskiog data mdrachon Mg Processing Frame 540 10034 Fip dete edraction Grashed Files whose extensions ane unknown CADocuments and Selling tab Deskiop data edracton BipSippr ipl ppProfbes BPP 1 Unknown Rename to Processing Frame Done UH HHAUUNOUUUHUNNNONOUONOUOUHONNNONNUOR Figure 4 14 Data and Audio Extraction Status If you selected Open Files s After Extraction the files open automatically 10 If you did not select this option you can open a file by simply double clicking on the name Also if a file type is unknown you can select the file and it appears in the Rename to text box 154 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Data Extraction Status BipBppFipOppProfiles cta File C Documents and Setting dab Desktop date extachon Eine por ipOppPiotiesBIP Ling is Opened Bp data extracton frished Figure 4 15 Rename To in the bottom section of Data Extraction Status Then you can rename the file adding a file type to attempt to open the file When you are finished select Close to close the dialogs 155 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data The following sections describe how to navigate through the data and how to find specific data or packet conditions of interest to the user 5 1 Find Capturing and decoding data
94. Frame Number Timestamp Frame Contents 1 7 5 2012 6 05 23 966944 PM 00 ff b2 00 15 aa d be 89 Be 00 13 2 7 5 2012 6 05 23 967570 PM 18 ff ae 00 15 aa d6 be 89 8e 00 13 3 7 5 2012 6 05 23 968195 PM 4e ff b3 00 15 aa dei be 89 Be 00 13 4 7 5 2012 6 05 23 994441 PM 00 ff b2 00 15 aa d6 be 89 8e 00 13 6 6 J 96 b1 eb d7 90 96 b1 eb d7 90 96 b1 eb d7 90 eb d7 90 96 b1 eb d7 90 96 b1 eb d7 90 J 5 7 5 2012 6 05 23 995066 PM 18 ff ae 00 15 aa d6 be 89 8e 00 13 6 7 5 2012 6 05 23 995691 PM 4e ff b7 00 15 aa d6 be 89 8e 00 13 JI voooy os to ey ty H oo oo O XO J 4 mm b Figure 4 17 Sample Exported Frames Text File 4 4 1 11 Panes in the Frame Display 4 4 1 11 1 Summary Pane The Summary pane displays a one line summary of every frame in a capture buffer or file including frame number timestamp length and basic protocol information The protocol information included for each frame depends on the protocol selected in the summary layer box located directly below the main toolbar On a two channel circuit the background color of the one line summary indicates whether the frame came from the DTE or the DCE device Frames with a white background come from the DTE device frames with a gray background come from the DCE device The ComProbe USB Summary pane in displays a one line summary of every transaction in a capture buffer or 69 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA lo
95. In the piconet 2 on the Master side with the L2CAP CID 0x0000 and with the remote side TSID 0 the AVDTP is canying Unknown Modified by user Figure 3 17 Parameters Added to Decoder 4 To delete a parameter from the Initial Connections window select the parameter and click on the Delete button 5 Decoder parameters cannot be edited The only way to change a parameter is to delete the original as described above and recreate the parameter with the changed settings and selections and then click on the Add button 6 RFCOMM parameters are saved when the template is saved as described in Adding a New or Saving an Existing Template on page 24 3 2 5 2 RFCOMM Missing Decode Information ComProbe software usually determines the protocol carried in an RFCOMM payload by monitoring previous traffic However when this fails to occur the Missing Decoding Information Detected dialog appears and requests that the user supply the missing information The following are the most common among the many possible reasons for a failure to determine the traversal 33 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual e The capture session started after transmission of the vital information e The analyzer incorrectly received a frame with the traversal information e The communication monitored takes place between two players with implicit information not included in the transmission In any case either view the RFCOMM payloa
96. Information This chapter provides advanced system set up and configuration information timestamping information and general reference information such as ASCII baudot and EBCDIC codes This chapter also provides information on how to contact Frontline s Technical Support team should you need assistance 1 2 Computer Minimum System Requirements Frontline supports the following computer systems configurations e Operating System Windows 7 and 8 e USB Port USB 2 0 or USB 3 0 High Speed The ComProbe software must operate on a computer with the following minimum characteristics e Processor Core i5 processor at 2 7 GHz e RAM 4 GB e Free Hard Disk Space 20 GB 1 3 Software Installation 1 3 1 From CD Insert the ComProbe installer disc into your DVD drive Click on the Install CPAS shortcut and follow the directions Chapter 1 ComProbe Hardware amp Software ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 1 3 2 From Download Download the latest CPAS installer from FTE com Once downloaded double click the installer and follow the directions Chapter 2 Getting Started In this chapter we introduce you to the ComProbe hardware and show how to start the ComProbe analyzer software and explain the basic software controls and features for conducting the protocol analysis 2 1 BPA low energy Hardware The following sections describe the ComProbe BPA low energy hardware connectors and hardware setup 2 1 1 Connecting Powering 1 Insert t
97. Initiator Pairing Request Decode ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture 5 Random Number RAND 64 bit stored value used to identify the LTK A new RAND is generated each time a unique LTK is distributed Of particular importance to decrypting the encrypted data on a Bluetooth low energy link is LTK EDIV and RAND A 2 3 Pairing Methods The two devices in the link use the IO capabilities from Pairing Request and Pairing Response packet data to determine which of two pairing methods to use for generation of the Temporary Key TK The two methods are Just Works and Passkey Entry An example of when Just Works method is appropriate is when the IO capability input None and output None An example of when Passkey Entry would be appropriate would be if input Keyboard and output Display There are 25 combinations that result in 13 Just Works methods and 12 Passkey Entry methods In Just Works the TK O In the Passkey Entry method _ 6 numeric digits Input Keyboard 6 random digits Input Display lA third method Out Of Band OOB performs the same as Pass Key but through another external link such as NFC 223 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Appendicies SMP Code Pairing Confirm Contin Value Oxfade3 9494094 cbedbblfeeSiS9ScSd5 Figure 19 Initiator Pairing Confirm Example ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture SMP Code Pairing Contin Confirm Value Oxfic2569
98. K would be the focus however the IRK and CSRK were mentioned We revisit these keys because they are used in situations that require a lesser level of security First let us note that IRK and CSRK are passed in an encrypted link along with LTK and EDIV Use of the IRK and CSRK attempt to place an identity on devices operating in a piconet The probability that two devices will have the same IRK and generate the same random number is low but not absolute IRK and Bluetooth low energy Privacy Feature Bluetooth low energy has a feature that reduces the ability of an attacker to track a device over a long period buy frequently and randomly changing an advertising device s address This is the privacy feature This feature is not used in the discovery mode and procedures but is used in the connection mode and procedures If the advertising device was previously discovered and has returned to an advertising state the device must be identifiable by trusted devices in future connections without going through discovery procedure again The IRK stored in the trusted device will overcome the problem of maintaining privacy while saving discovery computational load and connection time The advertising devices IRK was passed to the master device during initial bonding The a master device will use the IRK to identify the advertiser as a trusted device CSRK and Signing for Authentication Bluetooth low energy supports the ability to authenticate data sent over
99. L2CAP Connect frames that follow If the PSM matches one the analyzer has stored the analyzer stores the source channel ID and destination channel ID and associates those channel IDs with the PSM and UUID for the next protocol Thereafter when the analyzer sees L2CAP frames using those channel IDs it can look them up in its table and know what the next protocol is In order for the analyzer to be able to auto traverse using a dynamically assigned PSM it has to have seen the SDP session giving the Protocol Descriptor Lists and the subsequent L2CAP connection using the PSM and identifying the source and channel IDs If the analyzer misses any of this process it is not able to auto traverse It stops decoding at the L2CAP layer For L2CAP frames carrying a known PSM 0x0001 for SDP for example or 0x0003 for RFCOMM the analyzer looks for Connect frames and stores the PSM along with the associated source and destination channel IDs In this case the analyzer does not need to see the SDP process but does need to see the L2CAP connection process giving the source and destination channel IDs 4 2 6 Providing Context For Decoding When Frame Information Is Missing There may be times when you need to provide information to the analyzer because the context for decoding a frame is missing For example if the analyzer captured a response frame but did not capture the command frame 47 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low en
100. Nad hG SO YATnaSD SEA 99 4 4 2 5 How Packets Are Displayed cece cece eee eee ccc cece cece eee eeceeceeceeeeeeees 99 A 4 26 Formal MENU dae okoc ar BANANA TIL EEL tubes aceasta ens adoeadonsnebeceaseyenwideceateseeudmmoese 100 4 4 2 7 low energy Timeline Visual Elements a 102 4 4 2 8 low energy Packet Discontinuities cece cece eee eee ceeceees 104 4 4 2 9 low energy Timeline Navigating and Selecting Data eee eee eee eee cece eee 105 4 4 2 10 low energy Timeline Zooming _ 22 22 cece cece cece cece cece eee eee ceeeeeeeees 106 AA 211 ZOOM MENU 2cccccenccucocaversecsatdaawniarcaddoncwasdesedoscessuehssaceudesccscecessesuuness 107 4 4 2 12 Single Segment Zoom 0a kawawa seawuscceew be ccddeseuteswe cide ccwca ddan caseeadesedewaneueeds 108 4 4 2 13 Multiple Segments ec cece cee cee cece cece cece eee e eee eeeeceeceeceeeeeees 108 4 4 3 Coexistence VieW __ 102 oe ee ee ee ee eee ees 109 4 4 3 1 Coexistence View Toolbar 20 lec eee eee cece cece cece cece eee eeeeeeeees 109 4 4 3 2 Coexistence View Throughput Indicators _ 22 2 l eee ee eee cece cece eee eeees 111 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 4 4 3 3 Throughput __ 2 22 2 2 eee ec cece eee LLALL eee eee eee aoaaa aaan 111 44 34 R dio BUONG ah AN Sacre eee ee bene es oe ne a a makipa AE an 112 AA AA Ha ef DUON AA APR camer 112 4 4 3 6 Selected radio button
101. Not only was Chappe s telegraph system the first working network with protocols synchronization of serial transmissions but it also used data encryption Although cryptography has been around for millenniums dating back to 2000 B C Chappe was the first to use it in a wide area network in the modern sense 221 2 i C Aare a lahi r ae a EE aes pai AN a kal a a ae _ i AG Fe Li i x i H TU i 1 Hay a ha ta Can Fi T roi Na aii om Hie ee E DE z k UE a Bete ee gt E Pa dl k no a i alg aii a 2 ws kl 1 Saw GA ca ai mp nI E J r I By i iy oe hh cS J T z I a E mi Di Tie F i ji ci years The station operators only knew the codes not what characters lag Figure 16 Chappe s Optical Telegraph ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Appendicies Of course anyone positioned between the telegraph stations that had Chappe s telegraph code in hand could decode the transmission So securing the code was of paramount importance in Chappe s protocol Modern wireless networks such as Bluetooth low energy employ security measures to prevent similar potentially man in the middle attacks that may have malicious intent Bluetooth low energy devices connected in a link can pass sensitive data by setting up a secure encrypted link The process is similar to but not identical to Bluetooth BR EDR Secure Simple Pairing One difference is that in Bluetooth low energy the confidential pa
102. Options menu on the Control window To enable a setting click in the box next to the setting to place a checkmark in the box To disable a setting click in the box to remove the checkmark When viewing a capture file settings related to data capture are grayed out 187 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 7 General Information Single File System Settings xe Capture Mode Single File oa Restart Capturing After Saving or Clearing Capture File Wrap File File Size in K 81373 Mir Mas Startup Advanced Figure 7 1 System Settings Single File Mode This option allows the analyzer to capture data to a file Each time you capture the file you must provide a file name The size of each file cannot larger than the number given in File Size in K The name of each file is the name you give it in the Name box followed by the date and time The date and time are when the series was opened e Restart Capturing After Saving or Clearing Capture File If the Automatically Restart feature is enabled the analyzer restarts capture to the file immediately after the file is closed e Wrap File When enabled the analyzer wraps the file when it becomes full The oldest events are moved out of the file to make room for new events Any events moved out of the file are lost When disabled the analyzer stops capture when the file becomes full Either reset the file or close your capture file to continue e Fil
103. Ox727272727272 37 52 00 0 CRC 0740176 30 961 39 ADV IND pub 08727272727272 37 52 00 0 5 LE ADV 30 962 39 SCAN REQ rand Ox482a51082fde pub 0727272727272 12 27 00 0 i omm S amin mam aN 9k32 3a CAM REP muhi Nu7272727272702 E 21 nnn Figure 4 41 low energy Timeline and Frame Display Packet Synchronization 4 4 2 7 low energy Timeline Visual Elements The low energy Timeline consists of the following visual elements e Time Markers Time markers indicated by vertical blue lines are shown at 1 25 ms intervals The markers are provided to help visualize the timescale and are also useful when using dual mode chips that do BR EDR and LE at the same time Time markers snap to the beginning of the first data packet by default but they can be snapped to the beginning or end of any packet by right clicking on a packet and selecting Align Time Marker to Beginning of Packet or Align Time Marker to End of Packet All other markers will shift relative to that new reference point Ox6e89bed6 D a Markersnapped to end of OxafSadbdd the selected packet creatinga new reference point for all other markers OxafSab45e Marker Interval L 25ms5 Figure 4 42 Timeline Markers Shown Snapped to End of Packet e Timestamp The beginning and ending timestamp for each segment is displayed beneath each segment When showing multiple segments the beginning timestamp is the same as the ending timestamp of the 102 ComProbe
104. PA low energy User Manual Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data The first three options are all fairly similar and are described together These options are searching for an event where e one or more error conditions changed e one or more error conditions occurred e one or more error conditions were off i e no errors occurred Selecting Which Errors to Search The section with the check boxes allows you to choose which errors the analyzer should look for Click on a box to check or un check it If you want to search only for overrun errors e check the box if shown e un check the other boxes To search for all types of errors e check all boxes The most common search is looking for a few scattered errors in otherwise clean data To do this type of search e choose to Search for an event where one or more error conditions occurred e choose which errors to look for e By default the analyzer looks for all types of errors In contrast searching for an event where one or more error conditions were off means that the analyzer looks for an event where the errors were not present For example if you have data that is full of framing errors and you know that somewhere in your 20 megabyte capture file the framing got straightened out you could choose to search for an event where one or more error conditions were off and choose to search only for framing The analyzer searches the file and finds the point at which framing errors stoppe
105. PKT LE ADV Data io CP H 1 i Channel Index 37 2402 MHz B Meets Predefined Filter Criteria for BT low energy devi Receive Status Received without errors Decryption Initiated No Signal Strength 7 medium he PDU Length 37 LE PKT 3 be Preamble Oxaa i Access Address Ox8e89bed6 i CRC Oxfe96e6 B LE ADY H PDU Type ADY_IND Advertiser Address Type random Payload Length 35 Advertiser Address Dx712500000002 B AD Data AD Element Length 2 i AD Type Flags B AD Data BR EDR Not Supported Yes i LE General Discoverable Mode Yes AD Element H Length 11 i AD Type Complete list of 16 bit UUIDs CAD Data UUID Health Thermometer UUID Heart Rate Monitor UUID Blood Pressure Monitor UUID Weight Scale UUID Body Composition AD Element i Length 13 Framet ASCII Hex on nom amp O NS RB O Summary Data note protocol tabs Filtered Data Set protocol tabs 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6235 E 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6285 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6335 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6479 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6529 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6534 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6537 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6579 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6584 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6587 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6773 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6823 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6873 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6878 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6881 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7060 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7065 1 27
106. Probe BPA low energy User Manual fae kat We Format iter Eockmatt Opens Wed Hip 2 PES V is2 a Pau LAS ka at o e DES COD A A P un PEO Linfdteed Baokmaski Confqpaed DT kas eneg dewces Fisl Fated Lice FI 29 HHE LE Anw LE DATA LE LL LAAF SAP ATT maa Di Dodo et NG of 44548e ee o ee A k ee ee U yY a L a b a b a M EFFY GF eF Tani fri A Paa d ic cer e BF if eh rria Fo Help Paras FI Figure 15 Decrypted Data Example Frame 39 723 Author John Trinkle Publish Date 9 April 2014 Revised 23 May 2014 219 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Appendicies 220 A 2 Bluetooth low energy Security Paris is quiet and the good citizens are content Upon seizing power in 1799 Napoleon sent this message on Claude Chappe s optical telegraph Chappe had invented a means of sending messages line of sight The stations were placed approximately six miles apart and each station had a signaling device made of paddles on the ends of a rotating regulator arm whose positions represented code numbers NM Each station was also outfitted with two telescopes for viewing the other stations in the link and clocks were used to synchronize the stations By 1803 a communications network extended from Paris across the countryside and into Belgium and Italy Chappe developed several coding schemes through the next few they represented
107. Probe BPA low energy User Manual Table 4 8 Bluetooth low energy Timeline Menus continued Menu Selection Description Zoom Zoom In Displays less of the timeline but in greater detail 2 eae Zoom Out Displays more of the timeline in less detail ie Zoom In Tool Displays a magnifying glass icon witha and an arrow that allows for precise positioning on the timeline Clicking will show less of the timeline around the point where the tools is clicked Zoom Out Tool Similar to the Zoom In Tool except with a sign in the magnifying glass and clicking will show more of the timeline around the point where the tool is clicked Single Segment Zoom Each selection defines the time displayed 1 segment and number of 1 25 ms markers withing the segment 437 5 ms 1x350 Displays one 437 5 ms segment with 350 markers 1 875 s 1x1500 Displays one 1 875 s segment with 1500 markers 3 75 s 1x3000 Displays one 3 75 ms segment with 3000 markers Multiple Segment Zoom Each selection defines the timeline view port the number of segments and number of 1 25 ms markers withing the segment For example selecting 7 5 ms 6 1 25 ms time intervals 8x2 will display 7 5 ms of the total timeline in 3 segments of with 2 markers per segment for a total of 6 markers 7 5 ms 6 1 25 ms time intervals 3x2 3 segments 2 markers per segment 1 25 ms x 6 7 5 ms total 1 25 ms x 2 2 5 ms per segment 22 5 ms
108. Reframing on page 46 for more information You cannot select a stack or change an existing one for a capture file loaded into the Capture File Viewer the Capture File Viewer is used only for viewing capture files and cannot capture data Protocol Stack changes can only be made from alive session 44 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 4 2 2 Creating and Removing a Custom Stack To create a custom stack arang a 1 Choose Protocol Stack from the Options menu on the Control window or click the Protocol Stack icon on the Frame Display toolbar 2 Select Build Your Own from the list and click Next 3 The system displays an information screen that may help you decide if you need to define your own custom stack Defining a custom stack means that the analyzer uses the stack for every frame Frames that do not conform to the stack are decoded incorrectly Click Next to continue Select Protocols 1 Select a protocol from the list on the left 2 Click the right arrow button to move it to the Protocol Decode Stack box on the right or double click the protocol to move it to the right 3 To remove a protocol from the stack double click it or select it and click the left arrow button 4 Ifyou need to change the order of the protocols in the stack select the protocol you want to move and click Select a protocol stack 802 11 MAC 802 11 Radio Air Sniffer
109. Resumed 55 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Table 4 4 Event Symbols continued Long Break Low Power The battery in the ComProbe is low Lt Short Break Eac Event SPY Mode only SPY events are commands sent by the application being spied on to the UART Star of Frame Marks the start of a frame banana akap O Ao CH iy Sync Hunt Entered Sync Lost Test Device Stopped Responding The analyzer lost contact with the ComProbe for some reason often because there is no power to the ComProbe Test Device Test Device Began Responding The analyzer regained contact with the ComProbe Responding The analyzer regained contact with the Test Device Began Responding The analyzer regained contact with the ComProbe Ti Timestamping Disabled Timestamping was turned off Events following this event are not timestamped Timestamping Enabled Timestamping was turned on Events following this event have timestamps Truncated Frame A frame that is not the same size as indicated within its protocol Unknown Event 4 3 7 6 Font Size The font size can be changed on several Event Display windows Changing the font size on one window does not affect the font size on any other window To change the font size 56 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 1 Click on Event Display menu Options and select Change the Fo
110. SMP tab are the key distribution frames 3 5MP Code Piang Lonia Lentini Yah bha eS S8 ad PT ly ECN E Ti 35 573 35 545 39591 33 600 hI Re i f rary ey Farg Request Para Reto Paging Contam Farg Corim T db Pa 36 3 BELAJ LAA i O00 14 0 witi motza DOO 00 0 Figure 10 SMP Pairing Confirm Frame 39 591 from Initiator Side 1 216 US ER ceed LA O04 38 335618 Biia 305645 awom 7605 atiam 735836 Appendicies ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual MP 23604 1 Panng Random 36 ptah 0005 765607 Code Ereryphon Iniomshon 39610 2 PakingRandam 56 O00000 ON0601 755938 LTE Qodd ec 740713821891161 cA bbi H BE 5 Encryption Infor 40 oaio 000502065841 33671 5 Master dente 34 OOOO 0005 02 12584 HEH 5 lantay rima al OO CN O00 DO Cele 185642 73 706 5 Signing Ir oma A DOO0001 00500 305843 710 Hi ldertivinioma 40 POO Oe 335613 33712 hi Identity Add 7i OO CI O00 DO Ct 336273 29714 M Signing irfoma 40 wwa 000502 336861 Figure 11 SMP Key Distribution Frames A 1 7 2 2 Link Layer The Link Layer LL protocol manages the Bluetooth low energy radio transmissions and is involved in starting link encryption To observe the decoded LL commands click on the Frame Display LE LL tab search for and select ControlPkt LL ENC REQ This command should originate with Side 1 the initiator of the encryption link In Figure 11 Frame 39 617 is selected in the Summa
111. Side 1 Tinetiamnp Dit 04 24 206463 00 D2 235700 0 04 38 335618 DO 04 38 65843 00 0801 706605 OO 0G 73835 DO CEO 765607 00 080 736633 DOS NG 06541 00 CEOS 125841 DOG 16554 DO OS 0S DOS 02 335613 OO Oe FPS OO Cite t On the left side of the figure above is the Frame Display Decoder pane that shows the decoded information supplied in the selected frame in the Summary pane Frame 35 539 Shown is the SMP data associated with and encrypted link MITM Protection Yes The requested keys are also shown Selecting Frame 35 545 would provide the response from the responder Side 2 and would contain similar information Selecting Frame 39 591 will display the Pairing Confirm from the initiator Side 1 in the Decoder pane The Confirm Value shown is the Mconfirm 128 bit random number that contains TK Pairing Request command Pairing Response command initiating device address and the responding device address Selecting Frame 39 600 would provide the Sconfirm random number from the responder Side 2 with similar information from that device but the random number would be different than Mconfirm Once pairing is complete and an encrypted session established the keys are distributed by the master and slave now identified by Side M and Side S respectively in the Summary pane In Frame 39 661 the slave has distributed LTK to the master to allow exchange of encrypted data Frame 39 661 through 39 714 in the Summary pane
112. T seomp j j Sum 2 s comp the appropriate CRC type for serial data PAC KORI AQF T s comp 5 Enter a Seed value in hexadecimal if desired OR 2 s com 6 Click OK to generate the CRC It appears in the byte information Si lines at the bottom of the Event Display window Whenever you La select a range of data a CRC using the algorithm you selected is calculated automatically Calculating CRC for interwoven data 4 3 5 Calculating Delta Times and Data Rates 1 Click on the Event Display icon PD on the Control window to open the Event Display window 2 Use the mouse to select the data you want to calculate a delta time and rate for 3 The Event Display window displays the delta time and the data rate in the status lines at the bottom of the window 51 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Event Display Homer cfa File Edit View Format Bookmarks Options Window Help 7 Op 1 ALA ke im BB PN SA MG O ce PA D Er Jo U u Pa 4 UG a UP IE JU u l 24 6c 00 24 Ob Sd 5c 00 01 5a 05 i Ai Ag ce 2 01 42 70 amp eS tse I o IU Figure 4 3 Delta fields 4 3 6 Switching Between Live Update and Review Mode The Event Display and Frame Display windows can update to display new data during live capture or be frozen to allow data analysis By default the Event Display continually updates with new data and the Frame Display is locked 1 Make sure the Lo
113. U56 7 6 11 0 FTS Help System he Adobe C53 C3 yph Lab Stock Icons Er Backgrounds Graphics Ef Basic Air Sniffing How To CO Network Vie 5 15 07 fe bmp kong odd FTS4Control camtasia videso cr Camtasia Blue with Filmstrip CjPrint User Guides Camba Blue no fiknstrip C3 ReboHelp graphics ase Save at pe Capture Files cia r Cancel Figure 6 1 Windows Save dialog 4 Type a file name in the File name box at the bottom of the screen 5 Browse to select a specific directory Otherwise your file is saved in the default capture file directory 6 When you are finished click OK 6 1 2 Saving the Entire Capture File with Save Selection 1 If you are capturing data click on the Stop icon j to stop data capture You cannot save data to file while it is being captured 2 Open the Event Display por Frame Display J window 3 Right click in the data 4 Select Save Selection or Save As from the right click menu 5 Click on the radio button labeled Entire File Save Entire File 6 Choose to save Events or Frames Choosing to save T Selection Events saves the entire contents of the capture file Choosing to save Frames does not save all events in the capture file Events Frames 1 tl 7 Type a file name in the As box at the bottom of the screen As Type fie name hen Click the Browse icon to browse to a specific directory E aoe es penton ie Otherwise your file is saved in the default capture
114. User Manual a Ji NewFTs v Tintin Baseband Captures Organize New folder Documents Date modified a Music Pictures No items match your search E Subversion BE Videos JE Computer L Local Disk C 2 goldmine5 rok C2 erp ftmas90 4 T File name A2DP_LegacyEncryption PerStatsExport csv m Save as type CSV Files csv Figure 4 102 Save As dialog in PER Stats Export 3 Select a location where you want to save the file in Save in 4 Enter a file name in File name 5 Select Save The file will be saved to that location 4 5 7 Packet Error Rate Scroll Bar The PER Stats Scroll Bar displays stats for all packets divided into equal time intervals Figure 4 103 PER Stats Scroll Bar e Captured data begins to appear on the left and fills the width of the bar left to right e The vertical bars in the Scroll Bar each indicate a fixed duration When data first appears in the Scroll Bar as it is being captured each bar equals one second When the data fills the bar reaching the right side limit 150 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data the last bar moves back to the center of the Scroll Bar The bars stay the same size but doubles in duration for example the first time the Scroll Bar fills the bars return to the middle but now each bar represent two seconds of time instead of one Each time t
115. User Manual Appendicies 208 Appendix A Application Notes A 1 Decrypting Encrypted Bluetooth low energy 20 2 cee cece cece cece eee c cece eceeeeeeees A 2 Bluetooth low energy Security A 3 Bluetooth Virtual Sniffing a 209 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Appendicies 210 A 1 Decrypting Encrypted Bluetooth low energy A 1 1 How Encryption Works in Bluetooth low energy Data encryption is used to prevent passive and active man in the middle MITM eavesdropping attacks on a Bluetooth low energy link Encryption is the means to make the data unintelligible to all but the Bluetooth master and slave devices forming a link Eavesdropping attacks are directed on the over the air transmissions between the Bluetooth low energy devices so data encryption is accomplished prior to transmission using a shared secret key A 1 2 Pairing A Bluetooth low energy device that wants to share secure data with another device must first pair with that device The Security Manager Protocol SMP carries out the pairing in three phases 1 The two connected Bluetooth low energy devices announce their input and output capabilities and from that information determine a suitable method for phase 2 2 The purpose of this phase is to generate the Short Term Key STK used in the third phase to secure key distribution The devices agree on a Temporary Key TK that along with some ran
116. User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Et Diii Packet 15 457 Classic DH1 oe Ff 2011 10 47 19 835783 AM Beginning Timestamp 671772011 10 41 19 836053 AM Ending Timestamp Duration 270 us Hole Master Channel 36 438 MHz Clock Ox011 3e610 Packet Status CAC Error L2CAP Flow Go Logical Link ID L CAP start or no fragmentation SEUN 1 ARON 0 Payload Length 9 534 of 17 bytes max Decmpted by Bluetooth ComProbe No Bad packet data Ox 45 02 02 00 Figure 4 75 A tool tip for a Classic Bluetooth packet 4 43 27 Relocating the tool tip You can relocate the tool tip for convenience or to see the timeline or throughput graph unobstructed while displaying packet information In the Format menu select Show Tooltips in Upper Left Corner of Screen and any time you mouse over a packet the tool tip will appear anchored in the upper left corner of the computer screen To return to viewing the tool tip adjacent to the packets deselect the tool tip format option in the menu 127 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual ad Coexistence View le 5niffer Capture GBE9ODAA 2 cfa File Zoom Navigate Help l w Show Packet Number w Show Packet Type Show Packet Subtype Hide Packet Text Auto Hide Packet Text When Duration gt 31 25 ms Increase Auto Hide Packet Count From 4 000 to 20 000 May Be Slow Use All Packets for Throughput Indicators Use Sele
117. VDTP AVDTP Signaling AZDP Also along the top of the dialog are a series of protocol tabs The tabs will vary depending on the protocols Clicking on a tab displays the messaging between the master and slave for that protocol For example if you select RFCOMM you will see the messaging between the RFCOMMfM Master and the RFCOMM S Slave Channel Signaling Length 0 Channel Signaling Length 0 The Non Message Summary tab displays all the non message items in the data AFCOMM signaling channel created The Ctrl Summary tab displays the signaling packets for all layers in one window in the order in which they are received The information in the colored boxes displays general information about the messaging The same is true for each one of the protocols If you want to see the all the messaging in one dialog you select the All Layers tab When you move the mouse over the message description you see an expanded tool tip If you position the cursor outside of the message box the tool tip will only display for a few seconds LMP timing accuracy req Address 1 Opcode LMP_max_slot Transaction ID Initiated by maste Max Slots 0x05 slots ot req Tran D Inittiated by slave If however you position the cursor within the tool tip box the message will remain until you move the cursor out of the box Additionally If you right click on a message description you wi
118. a frame The decode is presented in a layered format that can be expanded and collapsed depending on which layer or layers you are most interested in Click on the plus sign to expand a layer The plus sign changes to a minus sign Click on the minus sign to collapse a layer Select Show All or Show Layers from the Format menu to expand or collapse all the layers Layers retain their expanded or collapsed state between frames Protocol layers can be hidden preventing them from being l displayed on the Decode pane Right click on any protocol layer Hide L2CAP Layer In All Frames and choose Hide protocol name from the right click menu Expand All Nodes Provide AVDTP Rules In a USB transaction all messages that comprise the transaction are shown together in the detail pane The color coding that is GG Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual applied to layers when the detail pane displays a single message is applied to both layers and messages when the detail pane displays a transaction To keep the distinction between layers and messages clear each header of each message in the detail pane ends with the word Message or Messages The latter is used because data and handshake messages are shown as a single color coded entry Each protocol layer is represented by a color which is used to highlight the bytes that belong to that protocol layer in the Event Radix Binary and Character
119. ackets from non configured devices can be excluded as noted above 4 4 3 6 Selected radio button Selected packets the selected packet range is shown in the timeline header are used for average throughput and packets in the 1 second duration ending at the end of the last selected packet are used for 1 second except that Bluetooth low energy packets from non configured devices can be excluded as noted above Packets All Selected Viewport Selected Packets 15434 15437 Gan 4477 me Timestamp Delta 45 922 me Span 46 192 ms Figure 4 10 Timeline Header Showing Selected Packets 4 4 3 7 Viewport radio button The viewport is the purple rectangle in the Throughput Graph and indicates a specific starting time ending time and resulting duration Packets that occur within that range of time are used for average throughput and packets in the 1 second duration ending at the end of the last packet in the viewport time range are used for 1 second throughput except that Bluetooth low energy packets from non configured devices can be excluded as noted above Packets All Selected G Viewport 112 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Figure 4 51 Throughput Graph viewport 4 4 3 8 Indicator width The width of each indicator is the largest 1 second throughput seen up to that point for that technology Classic Bluetooth Bluetooth low energy or 802 11 where the 1 secon
120. ackets sent by the slave device are labeled 1 and packets sent by the master are labeled 2 Finally in a noisy environment it is also possible that the sniffer does not capture packets in the middle of a connection event If this occurs and the sniffer cannot determine the side for the remaining packets in that connection event the side is labeled U for unknown 4 4 1 11 2 Customizing Fields in the Summary Pane You can modify the Summary Pane in Frame Display Summary pane columns can be reordered by dragging any column to a different position Fields from the Decode pane can be added to the summary pane by dragging any Decodepane field to the desired location in the Summary pane header If the new field is from a different layer than the summary pane a plus sign is prepended to the field name and the layer name is added in parentheses The same field can be added more than once if desired thus making it possible to put the same field at the front and back for example of along header line so that the field is visible regardless of where the header is scrolled to An added field can be removed from the Summary pane by selecting Remove New Column from the right click menu The default column layout both membership and order can be restored by selecting Restore Default Columns from the Format or right click menus Changing Column Widths To change the width of a column 1 Place the cursor over the right column di
121. airing Response command the initiating device address and address type SMP Pairing Request and the responding device address and address type The resulting value is a random number Mconfirm that is sent to the responding SMP Pairing Response device by the Pairing Confirm command The responding device will SMP Pairing Confirm 5confirm validate the responding device data in the Pairing Confirm command and if it is correct will generate a Sconfirm value using the same methods as used to generate Mconfirm only with different 128 bit random number and TK The responding device will send a Pairing Confirm command to the initiator and if accepted the authentication Mrand process is complete The random number in the Mconfirm and Sconfirm data is Mrand and Srand respectively Mrand and Srand have a key role in setting encrypting the link Finally the master and slave devices exchange Mrand and Srand so that the slave can calculate and verify Mconfirm and the master can Figure 4 Message Sequence Chart SMP likewise calculate and verify Sconfirm Pairing A 1 4 Encrypting the Link The Short Term Key STK is used for encrypting the link the first time the two devices pair STK remains in each device on the link and is not transmitted between devices STK is formed by combining Mrand and Srand which were formed using device information and TKs exchanged with Pairing Confirmation Pairing Confirm A 1 5 Encryption Ke
122. al time in hundred nanoseconds from a specific point in time e Display Relative Timestamps shows the timestamp as the amount of time that has passed since the first byte was captured It works just like a stop watch in that the timestamp for the first byte is 0 00 00 0000 and all subsequent timestamps increment from there The timestamp is recorded as the actual time so you can flip back and forth between relative and actual time as needed e Selecting both values displays the total time in nanoseconds from the start of the capture as opposed to a specific point in time e Selecting neither value displays the actual chronological time When you select Display Relative Timestamp you can set the number of digits to display using the up or down arrows on the numeric list 196 Chapter 7 General Information ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 7 1 4 5 Displaying Fractions of a Second 1 Choose System Settings from the Options menu on the Control Pm window and click the Timestamping Options button or click the click the Timestamping Options icon f from the Event Display O window 2 Go to the Display Options section at the bottom of the window and find the Number of Digits to Display box 3 Click on the arrows to change the number You can display between O and 6 digits to the right of the decimal point 7 2 Technical Information 7 2 1 Performance Notes As a software based product the speed of your computer
123. alog with a list of saved templates 24 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings 2 Select click on and highlight the template marked for deletion and click the Delete button The system removes the selected template from the list of saved templates 3 Click the OK button to complete the deletion process and close the Delete dialog 4 Click the OK button on the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window to apply the deletion and close the dialog 3 2 2 Selecting A2DP Decoder Parameters Decoding SBC frames in the A2DP decoder can be slow if the analyzer decodes all the parts the header the scale factor and the audio samples of the frame You can increase the decoding speed by decoding only the header fields and disregarding other parts You can select the detail level of decoding using the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window J Note By default the decoder decodes only the header fields of the frame 1 Select Set Initial Decoder Parameters from the Options menu on the Control window or the Frame Display window 2 Click on the A2DP tab 3 Choose the desired decoding method AVDTP Securty L2caP RFcomm A20P use irx cP ubr SBC frames decoding Infomation Decode only the header fields of the SBC frame in detail Decode all the parts the header th
124. als 54x271 2 255 1800 1 25 ms time intervals 60 30 2 1235 2178 1 25 ms time intervals 66x33 3 245 259 1 25 ms time intervals 72 36 3 8025 5 3042 1 25 ms time intervals 78 39 4 47 s 3528 1 25 ms time intervals B429 5 0625 s 4050 1 25 ms time intervals 80 45 Figure 4 47 low energy Timeline Zoom menu 107 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 4 4 2 12 Single Segment Zoom Timeline view displayed 2 5 ms 1x 11 25 ms 1 9 33 75 ms 1x27 125 ms 1x100 437 5 ms 1350 1 875 s 11500 3 755 1x3000 Zoom Menu Single Segment Each selection defines the timeline displayed the number of segments and number of 1 25 ms markers withing the segment For example selecting 33 75 ms 1x27 will display 33 75 ms of the throughput graph in 1 segment with 27 markers The scroll bar at the bottom of the segment will scroll the throughput graph view port 4 4 2 13 Multiple Segments Timeline view displayed Numberof segments Markers per segment 7 5 ms 61 25 ms time intervals 3x27 22 5 ms 18 1 25 ms time intervals 6x3 90 ms 721 25 ms time intervals 12 6 202 5 ms 162 1 25 ms time intervals 18x91 360 ms 288 1 25 ms time intervals 24 12 562 5 ms 450 1 25 ms time intervals 30x15 610 ms 648 1 25 ms time intervals 36x18 1 1025 s 882 1 25 ms time intervals A221 1 44 s 1152 1 25 ms time intervals 48x2
125. also available on line at FTE com The main purpose of this manual is to describe DecoderScript the language used in writing decoders DecoderScript allows you to create new decoders or modify existing decoders to expand the functionality of your ComProbe protocol analyzer DecoderScript displays protocol data checks the values of fields validates checksums converts and combines field values for convenient presentation Decoders can also be augmented with custom C coded functions called methods to extend data formatting validation transformations and so on A decoder defines field by field how a protocol message can be taken apart and displayed The core of each decoder is a program that defines how the protocol data is broken up into fields and displayed in the Frame Display window of the analyzer software This manual provides instruction on how to create and use custom decoders When reading the manual for the first time we encourage you to read the chapters in sequence The chapters are organized in such a way to introduce you to DecoderScript writing step by step Screenshots of the ComProbe protocol analyzer have been included in the manual to illustrate what you see on your own screen as you develop decoders But you should be aware for various reasons the examples may be slightly different from the ones that you create The differences could be the result of configuration differences or because you are running a newer vers
126. am Delta Timestamp Al 1 660 109 00 00 41 1 4210 2012 3 55 10 85203 E Figure 4 34 Connection Filter selecting All 802 11 frames front 4 4 1 13 3 Protocol Filtering from the Frame Display 4 4 1 13 3 1 Quick Filtering on a Protocol Layer On the Frame Display click the Quick Filtering icon NG or select Quick Filtering from the Filter menu This opens a dialog that lists all the protocols discovered so far The protocols displayed change depending on the data received 91 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Quick Filtering and Hiding Protocols Protocols To Filter In Protocols To Hide Named Filters Kk All Frames With Errors All But the Last Layer Filter0 All Frames With Information All Frames With Information Filter AYDTP AVDTP Filter2 AVDTP Signaling AVDTP Signaling 5CO link Supported Baseband Baseband Filter3 Bluetooth FHS Bluetooth FHS Role Slave Headset Headset Configured BT low energy devic L2C4P L2CAP Exclude NULLs and POLLs LMP LMP Non Captured Info Non Captured Info PreConnection FHS PreConnection FHS e EE OK Cancel RFCOMM C RFCOMM SDP SDP Filtering shows only frames that contain the protocol desired but it shows the entire frame Hiding removes any protocol layers from displaying in any frame Figure 4 35 Frame Display Quick Filtering and Hiding Protocols Dialog The box on the left is Protocols To
127. ame Display by clicking on the icon on the Control window toolbar On the Frame Display low energy protocols are shown in light green tabs Click on the SMP protocol tab that will show only the SMP commands from the full data set SMP Code Farg Request ID Capabiihes Keybos Dp DOB data Bag DOB Suuthentcahon data noi presen J Auth sy Bonding Flags Bonding MITH MITH Piotecbon Yea Mason Encepphon Key See 16 Octets riista Kep Diairibuhon Encke Iniiator shall distribute LTE followed by EDT and Rand dey nasio shal distribute IAE followed by ika odder Sign Intiaa shall distnbute CSF hespandat Key Difinita Erker Responder shall distibute LTE lollowed by EDIY and Hand lar Responde shall distribute AE bollowred by tts address Sign Responder shall disinbule CSAK NG AP AE APA AEE ee PE POY AYY LOT POE LENA LE BB LE PKT LE ADV LE DATA LE LL L2CAP PO Data B Fiamat 13140 33 147 6539 15 545 Side Z Z Tt O ww we Pj fpj k Ph Cida Painng Request FPang Faded Fama Response Panny Cones Pawn Conima Fang Random Pawa Faraon Enenapibon Inim Master ldertiic lderhiy Irama Siging riga ldertity Ir erty Adat Siging Inform Frame Sre Deia BSESSEERHR RRR RSS 00 00 00 0 OO O10 00 00 000 OO OS ngg Ii 00 DOC Di DO ODOO O DO OOO 2 0 00 O00 Dadada iki Oo OC 00 1 00 00 000 00 0000 0 Oo OC 00 0 Figure 9 SMP Pairing Request Frame 35 539 from Initiator
128. an DES pabeeseeweecedewsadstaseedidecsscddenedbosateusceceweisewsese 21 3 2 1 Decoder Parameter Templates 2 222 lie eee eee ccc eee c eee cece eee eceeeeeeeeeees 23 3 2 1 1 Select and Apply a Decoder Template _ 0 222 2 lee eee cc cee eee eee ee 23 3 2 1 2 Adding a New or Saving an Existing Template o cece ce eee eee eee eee eeee 24 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 3 2 1 3 Deleting a Template cece cc ee eee eect ee eeeeee 24 3 2 2 Selecting A2DP Decoder Parameters _ 22 22 a 25 3 2 3 AVDTP Decoder Parameters ee ce cee ee ce cee cee eee eee ences 25 3 2 3 1 About AVDTP Decoder Parameters ce cece cece cece eee eeeeees 25 3 2 3 2 AVDTP Missing Decode Information 22 eee ee eee cece ee cee cece e cee eeeeeeeee 27 3 2 3 3 AVDTP Override Decode Information 002 e eee eee eee 28 3 2 4 L2CAP Decoder Parameters eeee eee ce ee ec eeeee eee eee ences 30 3 2 4 1 About L2CAP Decoder Parameters eee eee ee ce ce ce cece cece eee eeeeees 30 3 2 4 2 L2CAP Override Decode Information 2 2022 e eee ee eee ee eee eee 31 3 2 5 RFCOMM Decoder Parameters eee eee cee ce ce ce ee cece cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeee 32 3 2 5 1 About RFCOMM Decoder Parameters o eee eee eee cece eee eee eee 32 3 2 5 2 RFCOMM Missing Decode Information 22 eee e eee e
129. an also be prompted to Unframe by the Protocol Stack Wizard 1 Load your capture file by choosing Open from the File menu on the Control window 2 Select the file to load 3 Choose Protocol Stack from the Options menu on the Control window 4 Select None from the list 5 Click Finish The Protocol Stack Wizard asks you if you want to unframe your data and put it into a new file 6 Choose Yes The system removes the frame markers from your data puts the unframed data into a new file and opens the new file The original capture file is not altered See Reframing on page 46 for instructions on framing unframed data 4 2 5 How the Analyzer Auto traverses the Protocol Stack In the course of doing service discovery devices ask for and receive a Protocol Descriptor List defining which protocol stacks the device supports It also includes information on which PSM to use in L2CAP or the channel number for RFCOMM or the port number for TCP or UDP The description below talks about how the analyzer auto traverses from L2CAP using a dynamically assigned PSM but the principle is the same for RFCOMM channel numbers and TCP UDP port numbers The analyzer looks for SDP Service Attribute Responses or Service Search Attribute Responses carrying protocol descriptor lists If the analyzer sees L2CAP listed with a PSM it stores the PSM and the UUID for the next protocol in the list After the SDP session is over the analyzer looks at the PSM in the
130. an unencrypted ATT bearer between two devicesin a trust relationship If authenticated pairing has occurred and encryption is not required security mode 2 data signing is used if CSRK has been exchanged The sending device attaches a digital signature after the data in 225 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Appendicies the packet that includes a counter and a message authentication code MAC The key used to generate MAC is CSRK Each peer device in a piconet will have a unique CSRK The receiving device will authenticate the message from the trusted sending device using the CSRK exchanged from the sending device The counter is initialized to zero when the CSRK is generated and is incremented with each message signed with a given CSRK The combination of the CSRK and counter mitigates replay attacks A 2 8 Table of Acronyms Author John Trinkle Publish Date 21 May 2014 226 A 3 Bluetooth Virtual Sniffing A 3 1 Introduction The ComProbe software Virtual sniffing function simplifiesBluetooth development and is easy to use Frontline s Virtual sniffing with Live Import provides the developer with an open interface from any application to ComProbe software so that data can be analyzed and processed independent of sniffing hardware Virtual sniffing can also add value to other Bluetooth development tools such as Bluetooth stack SDKs Software Development Kits and Bluetooth chip development kits This white p
131. and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual slots into the extracted file If this option is not selected the audio packets are extracted without inserting the silence packets for the reserved empty slots 4 Note This option is for SCO eSCO only 7 Select Extract A Save As dialog appears Savein CJ AFH maze I AFH ChangedCfa Frm The application will assign a file name and file type B kr for each profile you select in Step 1 above The file type varies depending on the original profile A Cd separate file for each profile will be created but only for those profiles with available data 8 Select a location for the file 9 Click Save The Data Extraction Status and Audio Extraction Status dialogs appear When the process is complete the dialogs display what files have been created and where they are located Data Extraction Status BipBppFipOppP roliles cfa Bip data extraction stared ve Fie C Documents and Settings tab Desktop data extection CCC ee Timea velit tags ate oa Bip date edraction Fra Epp dala edracton started Fie C Documents and Settings tab Desktop data traction File Type One Stereo File Bop dala edrection frashed Path C Documents and Sethngs ab Desktop dats Fip data dracton started Filename Staus Format Output Fie Documents and Settings tab Deskiog dats extraction Ag Fip dala edrachon Brushed Fip data edraction started Fie Wocuments and Setimgs tab Deskion data extrachonre
132. ane when certain conditions are met These tabs appear only in the General group and apply to all technologies The tabs are 70 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data e Bookmarks appear when a bookmark is first seen e Errors appear when an error is first seen An error is a physical error in a data byte or an error in the protocol decode e Info appears when a frame containing an Information field is first seen The tabs disappear when the capture buffer is cleared during live capture or when decoders are reloaded even if one of the tabs is currently selected They subsequently reappear as the corresponding events are detected The tabs disappear when the capture buffer is cleared during live capture or when decoders are reloaded even if one of the tabs is currently selected They subsequently reappear as the corresponding events are detected Use the navigation icons keyboard or mouse to move through the frames The icons and o move you to the first and last frames in the buffer respectively Use the Go To icon ka to move to a specific frame number Placing the mouse pointer on a summary pane header with truncated text displays a tooltip showing the full header text KJ Frame Display HTC Headset A2DP cfa File Edit View Format Filter Bookmarks Options Window Help GSLEG6YF S2 MD PO MALAS la kB i PAPA TAU Master Len 36 a 0o E 8 O Find X A A f i ate SDP Header Length
133. anual Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data 3 When you have specified the pattern you want to use click on the Find Next or Find Previous buttons to start the search from the current event The result of the search is displayed in the in Frame Display and Event Display Refer to Searching by Decode on page 157 for information on Side Restrictions 5 1 3 Searching by Time Searching with Time allows you search on timestamps on the data in Frame Display and Event Display window To access the search by time function 1 Opena capture file to search 2 Open the Event Display BP or Frame Display 5 window 3 Click on the Find icon Ah or choose Find from the Edit menu 4 Click on the Time tab of the Find dialog Note The tabs displayed on the Find dialog depend on the product you are running and the content V4 of the capture file you are viewing Decode Pattem Time GoTo Special Event Bookmark Relative kamal sarap ataizi Bapu EET How Second 1 1 000000 Second a dh dl da Bilis e Go bo the bmestamp CG On o baoe the specified lima O Onor after the specihed lime Figure 5 6 Find by Time tab The analyzer can search by time in several different ways Search for Absolute Relative timestamp 161 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual e Absolute An absolute timestamp search means that the analyzer searches for an event at the exact date and
134. aper discusses e Why HCI sniffing and Virtual sniffing are useful e Bluetooth sniffing history e What is Virtual sniffing e Why Virtual sniffing is convenient and reliable e How Virtual sniffing works e Virtual sniffing and Bluetooth stack vendors e Case studies Virtual sniffing and Bluetooth mobile phone makers e Virtual sniffing and you e Where to go for more information A 3 2 Why HCI Sniffing and Virtual Sniffing are Useful Because the Bluetooth protocol stack is very complex a Bluetooth protocol analyzer is an important part of all Bluetooth development environments The typical Bluetooth protocol analyzer taps a Bluetooth link by capturing data over the air For many Bluetooth developers sniffing the link between a Bluetooth Host CPU and a Bluetooth Host Controller also known as HCl sniffing is much more useful than air sniffing HCl sniffing provides direct visibility into the commands being sent to a Bluetooth chip and the responses to those commands With air sniffing a software engineer working on the host side of a Bluetooth chip has to infer and often guess at what their software is doing With HCl sniffing the software engineer can see exactly what is going on HCl sniffing often results in faster and easier debugging than air sniffing 22 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Appendicies ComProbe software s Virtual sniffing feature is a simple and easy way to perform HCl sniffing Virtual sniffing is no
135. ark Select the This exactly describes the search for event where i state radio button y One or more of these changed ik oc Next i One or more of these occured GN exactly lel ane in Find Previous One or more of these was off describes the state Find Previous e This changes the normal check boxes to a elp series of radio buttons labeled On Off On Off Don t Care SS and Don t Care for each error Reserved COC Side Restriction Search without regard to data origin o On means that the error occurred Search only these sides o Off means that the error did not E Slave occur Master o Don t Care means that the analyzer ignores that error condition e Select the appropriate state for each type of error Example If you need to find an event where just an overrun error occurred but not any other type of error you would choose overrun error to be On and set all other errors to Off This causes the analyzer to look for an event where only an overrun error occurred If you want to look for events where overrun errors occurred and other errors may have also occurred but it really doesn t matter if they did or not choose overrun to be On and set the others to Don t Care The analyzer ignores any other type of error and find events where overrun errors occurred To find the next error click the Find Next button To find an error that occurred earlier in the
136. ay 4 Right click in the sides panel on the right of the data display and select Display Sides Together A check mark is displayed Click on Display Sides Together to remove the check mark and return to side by side display Na ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 4 3 7 5 List of all Event Symbols By default the Event Display shows all eventsevents which includes control signal changes start and end of frame characters and flow control changes If you want to see only the data bytes click on the All Events button Click again to display all events Click on a symbol and the analyzer displays the symbol name and sometimes additional information in the status lines at the bottom of the Event Display window For example clicking on a control signal change symbol displays which signal s changed In addition to data bytes the events shown are in alphabetical order Table 4 4 Event Symbols Broken Frame The frame did not end when the analyzer expected it to This occurs most often with protocols where the framing is indicated by a specific character control signal change or other data related event Buffer Overflow Indicates a buffer overflow error A buffer overflow always causes a broken Control Signal Change One or more control signals changed state Click on the symbol and the analyzer displays which signal s changed at the bottom of the Event Display window Data Ca
137. be Protocol Analysis System Version gt Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System Three buttons appear at the bottom of the dialog Run Cancel and Help When the dialog first opens Cancel and Help are active and the Run button is inactive grayed out Pur starts the selected protocol stack closes the dialog and exits the user back to the desktop takes the user to this help file as does pressing the F1 key 3 Expand the folder and select the data capture method that matches your configuration 4 Click on the Run button and the ComProbe Control Window will open configured to the selected capture method Chapter 2 Getting Started ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual A Note If you don t need to identify a capture method then click the Run button to start the analyzer Creating a Shortcut A checkbox labeled Create Shortcut When Run is located near the bottom of the dialog This box is un checked by default Select this checkbox and the system creates a shortcut for the selected method and places it in the Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System lt version gt desktop folder and in the start menu when you click the Run button This function allows you the option to create a shortcut icon that can be placed on the desktop In the future simply double click the shortcut to start the analyzer in the associated protocol Supporting Documentation The Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System directory contains
138. bene aan Hepa LIDI 11001000 DOO 10 00001001 O10 Cro B aay E yer OLED 0140121134 01101110 02100101 DOT E vert HIF Estender nagan Pirau O0000011 DOD10101 00010001 96011111 00010001 oy Fear Dha Type Conga to 1688 MUD AMALGAM Ph Peat town water Veen Sie Ce had Cattle A Mantis es PA ARAB ee Mg Tuy Pa a Na a a a AA NN NG NA NB AGE Pa Pala s pano Pg Ny RUN etsy ns PAA a PALAPA a a yH PARK RA KR AA AA AA NA oh T ee an BH Frames Feed in 275 Frans Fy Selected BA ieee oar Ca eg Figure 4 5 Frame Display Extended Inquire Response EIR displays extensive information about the Bluetooth devices that are discovered as data is being captured EIR provides more information during the inquiry procedure to allow better filtering of devices before connection and sniff subrating which reduces the power consumption in low power mode Before the EIR tab was created this type of information was not available until a connection was made to a device Therefore EIR can be used to determine whether a connection can should be made to a device prior to making the connection Note If a Bluetooth device does not support Extended Inquiry Response the tab displays Received Signal Strength Indication RSSI data which is less extensive than EIR data 4 2 Protocol Stacks 43 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 4 2 1 Protocol Stack Wizard The Protocol Stack wizard is where you define the protocol stack you want the analyzer to us
139. buffer to where you are click the Find Previous button 5 1 8 Find Bookmarks Searching with Bookmarks allows you search on specific bookmarks on the data in Frame Display and Event Display window Bookmarks are notes reminders of interest that you attach to the data so they can be accessed later To access the search for bookmarks 1 Opena capture file to search 2 Open the Event Display po or Frame Display window 3 Click on the Find icon AA or choose Find from the Edit menu 4 Click on the Bookmarks tab of the Find dialog Note The tabs displayed on the Find dialog depend on the product you are running and the content of the capture file you are viewing 170 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data Find Ethernet Sniffer Decode Patten Time GoTo Special Everts Bookmark Frame 4 Book 44 First eror 12 6 2010 11 25 48 18062 Frame 105 Source k moonet 12 6 2010 11 25 55 72534 Frame 103 The bmelanp seems ko be off on thes frame 72 Go To E Figure 5 11 Find Bookmark tab There are several ways to locate bookmarks e Select the bookmark you want to move to and click the Go To button e Simply double click on the bookmark e Click the Move Forward and Move Back buttons to move through the frames to the bookmarks shown in the window When the bookmark is found it is highlighted in the window There are three ways to modify bookmarks 1 Click on Delete to
140. capture file you are viewing Decode Patten Time Search For Sting In Decode C Search Foe All Errore O Search Foe Fiame ST O Search Foe Indoemation Frames Figure 5 2 Find Decode Tab Search for String 157 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Oecede Patter Time GoTo 5pecid Event Signal Emor Bor O Search For Sting In Decode C lgnere cate C3 Seach For All Emors Hele O Search For Frame Enos Oink O Search Far Information Frames Sade Revinchon Search vahou regad bo data ongin C Search onb these sides w OTE m OE Figure 5 3 Find Decode Tab Side Restriction There are several options for error searching on the Decoder tab e Search For String in Decoder allows you to enter a string in the text box You can use characters hex or binary digits wildcards or a combination of any of the formats when entering your string Every time you type in asearch string the analyzer saves the search The next time you open Find the drop down list will contain your search parameters e Search for All Errors finds frame errors as well as frames with byte level errors such as parity or CRC errors e Search for Frame Errors Only finds frame specific errors such as frame check errors e Search for Information Frame only searches information frames 1 Enter the search string 2 Check Ignore Case to do a case insensitive search 3
141. captured You can also load a previously saved capture file and save a portion of that file to another file This feature is useful if someone else needs to see only a portion of the data in your capture file On the Control window toolbar you can set up to capture a single file Click here to see those settings There are two ways to save portions or all of the data collected during a data capture Click here to see how to capture data to disk 6 1 1 Saving the Entire Capture File This option is only available when you select Single File from the Capture Mode on System Settings Click here to learn more about selecting Save options from System Settings 1 If you are capturing data click on the Stop Capture icon to stop data capture You cannot save data to file while it is being captured 2 Open the Event Display por Frame Display p window 3 Click the Save Fa icon or select Save from the File menu 175 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data Saveas OO O ajz My Documents CODFT54BT Tomas Dawid 1 W My Computer 9PTS4Cortrol DH Plus Wideo am i 4 My Network Places CIFT54Cortrol DH Video eit Frontbne Ethertest 7 COIFT54Corarol No Capture bo Buffer ex Frontline ETS48T 7 11 5 0 E2FT54Contrd Intro M 1 FI Frontline FTS4Control Demo 7 10 13 0 C3FT54Contral Intro Video 1 Ef Frontline FTS4Cortrol Demo 7 10 16 0 J JFTS54Cortrol Modbus Video ff Frontline FTS4
142. cates a hexadecimal value cannot be transmitted in Async PPP To get around this a Ox7d is transmitted before the byte The 0x7d says to take the next byte and subtract 0x20 to obtain the true value In this situation the Event pane displays 0x7d 0x23 while the Radix pane displays 0x03 4 4 1 5 Sorting Frames By default frames are sorted in ascending numerical sequence by frame number Click on a column header in the Summary pane to sort the frames by that column For example to sort the frames by size click on the Frame Size column header An embossed triangle next to the header name indicates which column the frames are sorted by The direction of the triangle indicates whether the frames are in ascending or descending order with up being ascending Note that it may take some time to sort large numbers of frames 4 4 1 6 Frame Display Find Frame Display has a simple Find function that you can use to search the Decode Pane for any alpha numeric value This functionality is in addition to the more robust Search Find dialog Frame Display Find is located below the toolbar on the Frame Display dialog Frame Display bpa bt le cfa e36 YY SZ MA PAN AAAS hi Om 3 OO Find RB C Sum Figure 4 12 Frame Display Find text entry field Where the more powerful Search Find functionality searches the Decode Binary Radix and Character panes on Frame Display using Timestamps Special Events Bookmarks Patterns etc
143. ce the cursor over the text and a ToolTip pops up with the full text of the filter The following icons all change how the panes are arranged on the Frame Display Additional layouts are listed in the View menu 61 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Table 4 5 Frame Display Toolbar Icons continued Show Default Panes Returns the panes to their default settings Show Only Summary Pane Displays only the Summary pane Shall All Panes Except Event Pane Makes the Decode pane taller and the Summary pane narrower Toggle Display Lock Prevents the display from updating Go To Frame First Frame Moves to the first frame in the buffer Previous Frame Moves to the previous frame in the buffer Next Frame Moves to the next frame in the buffer Last Frame Moves to the last frame in the buffer Find on Frame Display only searches the Find Decode Pane for a value you enter in the text box Find Previous Occurrence Moves to the previous occurrence of the value in the Frame Display Find Find Next Occurrence Moves to the next occurrence of the value in the Frame Display Find Cancel Current Search Stops the current Frame Display Find 62 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 5 Frame Display Toolbar Icons continued sa ee ee SN Summary Drop Down Box Lists all the protocols fo
144. cece ee eee eee eee ee aooaa 49 4 3 3 Opening Multiple Event Display Windows 2 a 51 4 34 Calculating CRES Ol FESS o 0 2 25 aka 8t mah O CUA an AUG NANO N Tan a aang NG RD a 51 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 4 3 5 Calculating Delta Times and Data Rates 51 4 3 6 Switching Between Live Update and Review Mode 2 2 cece cece cece cc cccceccceeceeees 52 4 3 7 Data Formats and Symbols _ 2 222 2 eee eee cece cee cee cee eee cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 52 4 3 7 1 Switching Between Viewing All Events and Viewing Data Events 52 4 3 7 2 Switching Between Hex Decimal Octal or Binary 2 22 22 ee eee eee eee eee eee eeee 53 4 3 7 3 Switching Between ASCII EBCDIC and Baudot eee eee cece cece ee ecee 54 4 3 7 4 Selecting Mixed Channel Sides _ _ 2 22 2 2 e cece e cece cece cece cece eee eee cece ee eeeeeeeeeee 54 4 3 7 5 Listof all Event Symbols ad aaa en a aa a a AA AA Nal 55 OFT OT OW SILO 56 4 4 Analyzing Protocol Decodes 2 eee cece e cece cece cece cece cee ceeeeceececeececceececeeceeeees 57 4 4 1 Frame Display WindOW aaa ie TOE AA deen ote AGA tate NAGA RA cess 57 4 4 1 1 Frame Display Toolbar a 60 4 4 1 2 Frame Display Status Bar 2 22 2 ec cece cece cece cece cece ce eceeceeeeees 63 4 4 1 3 Hiding and Revealing Protocol Layers in the Frame Display 2 eeeeeeee 63 4 4 1 4 Physical vs Lo
145. ces are only ever slave and never master at all the second long term key exchange is optional during the pairing process Note f you use Copy Paste to insert the Long Term Key ComProbe software will auto correct Si remove invalid white spaces to correctly format the key 2 Enter a PIN or out of band OOB value for pairing This optional information offers alternative pairing methods Click here to learn more about these possible pairing values One of two pieces of data allow alternative pairing 1 PIN is a six digit or less if leading zeros are omitted decimal number 2 Out of Band OOB data is a 16 digit hexadecimal code which the devices exchange via a channel that is different than the le transmission itself This channel is called OOB For off the shelf devices we cannot sniff OOB data but in the lab you may have access to the data exchanged through this channel Click here to see how to capture data after completing the configuration Sniffer Diagnostics Checking this box will record communications traffic between ComProbe software and the ComProbe BPA low energy hardware Most often used in conjunction with Frontline Technical Support instructions should the user have problems with their hardware Checking this box will not affect capture analysis or display of data Filter out ADV packets for Non Configured devices Checking this box will filter out advertising packets from devices not specified in the LE Device
146. ck icon i is active so the display is locked and unable to scroll 2 Click the Unlock a icon again to resume live update The analyzer continues to capture data in the background while the display is locked Upon resuming live update the display updates with the latest data You can have more than one Event Display or Frame Display window open at a time Click the Duplicate View icon g to open additional Event or Frame Display windows The lock resume function is independent on each window This means that you can have two Event Display windows open simultaneously and one window can be locked while the other continues to update 4 3 7 Data Formats and Symbols 4 3 7 1 Switching Between Viewing All Events and Viewing Data Events By default the analyzer on the Event Display dialog shows all events that include e Data bytes e Start of frame e End of frame characters e Data Captured Was Paused lAn event is anything that happens on the circuit or which affects data capture Data bytes control signal changes and long and short breaks are all events as are I O Settings changes and Data Capture Paused and Resumed 52s ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Click on the Display All Events icon to remove the non data events Click again to display all events See List of all Event Symbols on page 55 for a list of all the special events shown in the analyzer and what they mean 4 3 7 2 Sw
147. coder 204 Viewing Data Events 52 W Wrap Buffer File 187 Zooming 131 Appendicies ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual zooming cursor 121 239 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Appendicies 240
148. cosmetic nicety to avoid lots of empty space A negative discontinuity is an error 4 776 ba Lal 218 data points plot oughput Over Ba eg EN PT Figure 4 57 A negative discontinuity 4 223 634 s 780 400 ms data point 194 data points piot Throughput Over Time 12011 1233307 46176 PM 0 01 34 659531 SoU 12235 084 805707 PM Figure 4 58 Three positive discontinuities 4 4 3 14 Viewport The viewport is the purple rectangle in the Throughput Graph It indicates a specific starting time ending time and resulting duration and is precisely the time range used by the Timeline The packet range that occurs within this time range is shown above the sides of the viewport 116 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Figure 4 59 Throughput Graph Viewport The viewport is moved by dragging it or by clicking on the desired location in the Throughput Graph the viewport will be centered at the click point The viewport is sized by dragging one of its sides or by using one of the other zooming techniques See the Zooming subsection in the Timeline section for a complete list 4 4 3 15 Swap button The Throughput Graph and Timeline can be made to trade positions by clicking the Swap button Clicking the Swap button swaps the positions of the Throughput Graphs and the Timelines 117 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data m Coexistence View bpa bt le wf hs
149. ct the Reset button Ca which is located above the right portion of the Scroll Bar to discard all stats for packets received up to that point e The Reset button is only available when you are capturing data 4 5 8 Packet Error Rate Excluded Packets ID packets and packets that are missing channel numbers such as HCI and BTSnoop will not display data ID packets are excluded because they can not have errors or indicate retransmission and therefore dilute the percentages for other packet types Packets without channel numbers are excluded because the graphs are channel specific Before packets are captured the Scroll Bar in Classic Bluetooth PER Stats contains the message ID packets and packets without a channel number such as HCI are excluded and the Scroll Bar in Bluetooth low energy PER Stats contains the message Packets without a channel number such as HCl are excluded 152 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Figure 4 104 Example Excluded Packets Message in Scroll Bar Classic Bluetooth 4 6 Data Audio Extraction You use Data Audio Extraction to pull out data from various decoded Bluetooth protocols Once you have extracted the data you can save them into different file types such as text files graphic files email files mp3 files and more Then you can examine the specific files information individually 1 You access this dialog by selecting Extract Data Audio from
150. cted Packets for Throughput Indicators Use Viewport Packets for Throughput Indicators Set 802 11 Tx Address Show Packet Throughput how Payload Throughput Show Both Packet and Payload Throughput Show 5 GHz Timeline Show 2 4 GHz Timeline Show Both 5 GHz and 2 4 GHz Timelines Show Timelines Which Have or Had Packets Auto Mode hannels 5how Low Energy Packets From Configured Devices Only Show All Low Energy Packets iHz E PIT Ni Large Throughput Graph Show Dots in Throughput Graph Dots Reveal Overlapped Data Points Show Zoomed Throughput Graph Facket 15 452 802 11 Mana r B201 10 41 19 789867 AM Beginning Piitan BATAAN 10 41 19 790907 AM Ending Timestamp 128 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Figure 4 77 Coexistence View Timeline Tool Tip Shown Anchored to Computer Screen 4 4 3 28 The two Timelines There are two Timelines available for viewing one for the 5 GHz range and one for the 2 4 GHz range Classic Bluetooth and Bluetooth low energy occur only in the 2 4 GHz range 802 11 can occur in both Witwer Packet Range EE Parketa mmm Selected Pocket Nona u ih k5 I ih Ta seem ce effe see ee ee an eee eee ee eee mn M M fl AMBO S205 SGT eS Pi PANA AE Figure 4 78 5 GHz and 2 4 GHz 802 11 packets The y axis labels show the channels for each technology and are color coded Blue Classic Bluetooth Gr
151. ctive file Packet Decoder 23 pps BES e Wire Exit ComProbe Protocol Analysis System 2 The Control window will open again Click on the Control Window File menu and select Go Live High Speed Mode File Options Methods Help For Help Press F1 134 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data O ComProbe Protocol Analysis System HSView cfa Sax File Edit View Options Window Help Go Live kill E Go Live High Speed Mode Open Capture File i Ctrl O Close Save Select High Speed Live Mode to see the Reframe Coexistence High Speed View Unframe Recreate Companion File 1 C Users HSView cfa Exit ComProbe Protocol Analysis System 3 Click on the Control window Start Capture button to begin capturing data Click on the Coexistence View button zana the High Speed View will appear 9 ComProbe Protocol Analysis System 802 11 File View Live Options Window Help a Al A Se 802 11 SN 0102120052 2 Click on Coexistence View to see the High Speed View The Coexistence View High Speed Live Mode window will appear Coexistence View High Speed Live Mode File Format Zoom Navigate Help BOOT e a H D E a G Captured Packets Dropped Packets Graph Info 2 325 packets 100 m O packets 0 m 0 01 24 624649 m 60 packets s 27 avg Packets dropped at m 212 data points 103 048 bits s 62 0
152. cular topics e Chapter 1 ComProbe Hardware and Software This chapter will describe the minimum computer requirements and how to install the software e Chapter 2 Getting Started Here we describe how to set up and connect the hardware and how to apply power This chapter also describes how to start the ComProbe software in Data Capture Methods You will be introduced to the Control window that is the primary operating dialog in the ComProbe software e Chapter 3 Configuration Settings The software and hardware is configured to capture data Configuration settings may vary for a particular ComProbe analyzer depending on the technology and network being sniffed There are topics on configuring protocol decoders used to disassemble packets into frames and events e Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data This Chapter describes how to start a capture session and how to observe the captured packets frames layers and events e Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data Here you will find how to move through the data and how to isolate the data to specific events often used for troubleshooting device design problems e Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data When a live capture is completed you may want to save the captured data for future analysis or you may want to import a captured data set from another developer or for use in interoperability testing This chapter will explain how to do this for various data file formats e Chapter 7 General
153. d Auto Retransmit LE Devices Bad Packet O Configured O All Can t Decrypt Invalid IFS 2 Discontinuity Click on any bold entry above to enable navigation Channels 2 4 GHz For Help Press Fl Figure 4 48 Coexistence View Window 4 4 3 1 Coexistence View Toolbar COO 4949 9 HAL P AJB Figure 4 49 Coexistence View Toolbar The toolbar contains the following selections 109 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Table 4 9 Coexistence View Toolbar icons aaa ia a aman PA 110 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 9 Coexistence View Toolbar icons continued Ca as Te When selected the cursor changes from Scroll k to a context aware zooming cursor Click on normal cursor to remove the zooming cursor Zooming cursor Scroll Lock Unlock during live capture mode Reset during live capture mode Clears the display 4 4 3 2 Coexistence View Throughput Indicators Packets O All Selected Viewport Awg throughput bits Figure 4 50 Coexistence View Throughput Indicators Throughput indicatorsshow average throughput and 1 second throughput for Classic Bluetooth all devices master devices and slave devices are each shown separately Bluetooth low energy and 802 11 4 4 3 3 Throughput Throughput is total packet or payload size in bits of the includ
154. d Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual e When the selected frame is still being captured all Frame Display panes except the Summary pane display Frame incomplete 4 4 1 1 Frame Display Toolbar The buttons that appear in the Frame Display window vary according to the particular configuration of the analyzer For controls not available the icons will be grayed out Table 4 5 Frame Display Toolbar Icons leon O Description P Control Brings the Control window to the front Open File Opens a capture file a O Settings Opens the I O Settings dialog Start Capture Begins data capture to a user designated file Stop Capture Closes a capture file and stops data capture to disk Save Save the currently selected bytes or the entire buffer to file J Clear Discards the temporary file and clears the display D Event Display Brings the Event Display window to the front Show Message Sequence Chart Message Sequence Chart MSC displays information about the messages passed between protocol layers Duplicate View Creates a second Frame Display window identical to the first Apply Modify Display Filters Opens the Display Filter dialog Quick Protocol Filter brings up a dialog box where you can filter or hide one or more protocol layers Protocol Stack brings up the Protocol Stack Wizard where you can change the stack used to decode framed data 60 ComProbe BPA l
155. d has the indicated center frequency Channels do not overlap Channels 0 through 36 are Data channels Channels 37 through 39 are Advertising channels 37 2402 MHz D 2404 MHz 1 2406 MHz 2 2408 MHz 3 2410 MHz 4 2412 MHz 5 2414 MHz 6 2416 MHz 7 2418 MHz 8 2420 MHz 9 2422 MHz 10 2424 MHz 38 2426 MHz 11 2428 MHz 12 2430 MHz 13 2432 MHz 14 2434 MHz 15 2436 MHz 16 2438 MHz 17 2440 MHz The row labels are placed at the center frequency of each channel 40 2442 MHz 41 2443 MHz 42 2444 MHz 43 2445 MHz 44 2446 MHz 45 2447 MHz 46 2448 MHz 47 2449 MHz 48 2450 MHz 49 2451 MHz 18 2442 MHz 19 2444 MHz 20 2446 MHz 21 2448 MHz 22 2450 MHz 50 2452 MHz 51 2453 MHz 52 2454 MHz 53 2455 MHz 54 2456 MHz 55 2457 MHz 56 2458 MHz 57 2459 MHz 58 2460 MHz 59 2461 MHz 23 2452 MHz 24 2454 MHz 25 2456 MHz 26 2458 MHz 27 2460 MHz 60 2462 MHz 61 2463 MHz 62 2464 MHz 63 2465 MHz 64 2466 MHz 65 2467 MHz 66 2468 MHz 67 2469 MHz 68 2470 MHz 69 2471 MHz 28 2462 MHz 29 2464 MHz 30 2466 MHz 31 2468 MHz 32 2470 MHz 70 2472 MHz 1 2473 MHz 72 2474 MHz 73 2475 MHz 74 2476 MHz 75 2477 MHz 6 2478 MHz 77 2479 MHz 8 2480 MHz 33 2472 MHz 34 2474 MHz 35 2476 MHz 36 2478 MHz 39 2480 MHz 802 11 2 4 GHz In the 802 11 2 4 GHz frequency range there are 11 channel
156. d occurring Searching for an event where the error conditions changed means that the analyzer searches the data and stop at every point where the error condition changed from on to off or off to on For example if you have data where sometimes the framing is wrong and sometimes right you would choose to search framing errors where the error condition changed This first takes you to the point where the framing errors stopped occurring When you click Find Next the analyzer stops at the point when the errors began occurring again Clicking Find Previous will search backwards from the current postion The analyzer takes the current selected byte as its initial condition when running searches that rely on finding events where error conditions changed The analyzer searches until it finds an event where error conditions changed or it reaches the end of the buffer at which point the analyzer tells you that there are no more events found in the buffer If you are searching for an exact match the analyzer asks you if you want to continue searching from the beginning of the buffer Searching for Exact Error Conditions 169 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual To search for an exact state means that the analyzer finds events that exactly match the error conditions that you specify k3 Find BPA500 cfa Decode Paitem Time Go To Special Events Error Bookm
157. d of this frame and other frames with the same channel as hex data or assist the analyzer by selecting a protocol using this dialog Note that you may use the rest of the analyzer without addressing this dialog Additional information gathered during the capture session may help you decide how to respond to the request for decoding information If you are not sure of the payload carried by the subject frame look at the raw data shown under data in the Decode pane inthe Frame Display You may notice something that hints as to the profile in use In addition look at some of the frames following the one in question The data may not be recognizable to the analyzer at the current point due to connection setup but might be discovered later on in the capture 3 2 5 3 RFCOMM Override Decode Information The Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog allows the user to override an existing parameter at any frame in the capture where the parameter is used If you have a parameter in effect and wish to change that parameter 1 Select the frame where the change should take effect and select Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters from the This is the Summary Pane Options menu or by selecting a frame in the frame display and choosing from the right click pop up menu and make the needed changes Copy Selection to Clipboard Save Selection Go To 2 Change the RFCOMM parameter by selecting from the Show Frame Size Column Change the Se
158. d throughput is calculated anew each time another packet is received The 1 second throughput indicator will never exceed this width but the average throughput indicator can For example the image below has a large average throughput because the Selected radio button was selected and a single packet was selected and the duration in that case is the duration of the single packet which makes for a very small denominator in the throughput calculation When the average throughput exceeds the indicator width a plus sign is drawn at the right end of the indicator Packets CO All Selected O Viewport Awg throughput bits ts Figure 4 52 Average throughput indicators show a plus sign when the indicator width is exceeded fe Cti Figure 4 53 A single selected packet 113 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 4 4 3 9 Coexistence View Throughput Graph Shows Zora i IA 93 433 ma Li ip pat Thrceptped Dem Tire Viewpot synichroniced with Zoomed Throughput Graph ma and Timelines D7 802 11Packet Classic Packet Se Throughput Throughput LEPacket Throughput a Bala Na Pg Classic Payload 002 11 Payload ee Throughput Figure 4 54 Coexistence View Throughput Graph The Throughput Graph is a line graph that shows packet and or payload throughput over time as specified by the radio buttons in the Throughput group If the Both radio butto
159. dd or Modify Bookmark Li icon on one of the toolbars or c Right click on the frame event and choosing Add Bookmark 3 In the dialog box add a comment up to 84 characters in the text box to identify the bookmark 4 Click OK Once you create a bookmark it will be saved with the rest of the data in the cfa file When you open a cfa file the bookmarks are available to you 172 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data Modify 1 Select the frame or event with the bookmark to be edited 2 There are three ways to access the Add Modfy Bookmark dialog a Select Add or Modify Bookmark from the Bookmarks menu on the Frame Display and Event Display b Select the Add or Modify Bookmark Li icon on one of the toolbars or c Right click on the frame event and choosing Modify Bookmark on the selection 3 Change the comment in the dialog box 4 Click OK The edited bookmark will be saved as a part of the cfa file 5 You can also select Display All Bookmarks O from the Frame Display and Event Display toolbar or the Bookmarks menu the Find window will open on the Bookmark tab Select the bookmark you want to modify and click the Modify button Change the comment in the dialog box and click OK Delete 1 Select the frame or event with the bookmark to be deleted 2 There are three ways to access the Add Modfy Bookmark dialog a Select Add or Modify Bookmark from the Bookmarks m
160. ddition to choosing to Reframe you can also be prompted to Reframe by the Protocol Stack Wizard 1 Load your capture file by choosing Open from the File menu on the Control window and select the file to load 2 Select the protocol stack by choosing Protocol Stack from the Options menu on the Control window select the desired stack and click Finish 3 If you selected a protocol stack that includes a frame recognizer different from the one used to capture your data the Protocol Stack Wizard asks you if you want to reframe your data Choose Yes 4 The analyzer adds frame markers to your data puts the framed data into a new file and opens the new file The original capture file is not altered See Unframing on page 46 for instructions on removing framing from data 4 2 4 Unframing This function removes start of frame and end of frame markers from your data The original capture file is not altered during this process You cannot unframe from the Capture File Viewer accessed by selecting Capture File Viewer or Load Capture File to start the software and used only for viewing capture files 46 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data To manually unframe your data 1 Select Unframe from the File menu on the Control window Unframe is only available if a protocol stack was used to capture the data and there is currently no protocol stack selected In addition to choosing to Unframe you c
161. ded to any particular multi octet boundary as might otherwise be suggested by the diagram Data Format All integer values are stored in big endian order with the high order bits first 7 2 3 Ring Indicator The following information applies when operating the analyzer in Spy mode or Source DTE No FTS Cables mode When using the cables supplied with the analyzer to capture or source data Ring Indicator RI is routed to a different pin which generates interrupts normally There is a special case involving Ring Indicator and computers with 8250 UARTs or UARTs from that family where the state of RI may not be captured accurately Normally when a control signal changes state from high to low or low to high an interrupt is generated by the UART and the analyzer goes to see what has changed and record it 200 Chapter 7 General Information ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Ring Indicator works a little differently An interrupt is generated when RI changes from high to low but not when RI changes from low to high If Ring Indicator changes from low to high the analyzer does not know that RI has changed state until another event occurs that generates an interrupt This is simply the way the UART works and is not a deficiency in the analyzer software To minimize the chance of missing a Ring Indicator change the analyzer polls the UART every millisecond to see if RI has changed It is still possible for the analyzer to miss a Rin
162. dia selected to ATRAC family calry APT K a so Codec Figure 3 13 AVDTP Override of Frame Information Media Codec Selection Each entry in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog takes effect from the specified frame onward or until redefined in this dialog on a later frame If you are unhappy with your changes you can undo them by simply choosing your override from the dialog box and pressing the Remove Override button After pressing OK the capture file will recompile as if your changes never existed so feel free to experiment with desired changes if you are unsure of what configuration to use CPAS Info reve Note If the capture has no user defined overrides H then the system displays a dialog stating that no user defined overrides exist This buffer contains no user overridden items o 29 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 3 2 4 L2CAP Decoder Parameters 3 2 4 1 About L2CAP Decoder Parameters Each entry in the Set Initial Decoder Parameters dialog takes effect from the beginning of the capture onward or until redefined in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog AVDTP Security L2CAP RFCOMM A2DP use iPx TCP UDP Initial Connections in effect from beginning of capture onward until redefined in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog Stream Master nd Channel ID Address DataSource DS No set O for Single DS Caries
163. displayed if the channel is not available in the most recent channel map that is in or before the last selected packet even if that channel map comes before the first selected packet Bluetooth Adaptive Frequency Hopping processes will block channels determined to be unreliable These channels are not available because the Bluetooth devices have decided not to use them e s changes the size of the entire dialog e c changes the contrast of the dialog 146 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data e The Reset button is only available in live mode The button will appear in the lower right hand corner of the Channels section Clicking on the Reset button will clear all prior data from PER Stats 4 5 2 Packet Error Rate Pie Chart and Expanded Chart The Expanded PER Stats Chart in the upper right displays detailed information about the channel selected from the main channel dialog Expanded Chart Pie Chart e When PER Stats is first opened Channel 0 is displayed in the expanded chart e The top orange number on the Y Axis displays the maximum number of packets in Snap Mode If Snap Mode is turned off the number will display in light blue e The number of the selected channel is displayed in the upper left corner of the expanded chart e The combined value of Header and Payload CRC errors for the channel is displayed in red as a percentage to the ri
164. dition dialog is self configuring which means that when you Select each frame under Conditions the following displayed fields depend on your selection With each subsequent selection the dialog fields will change depending on you selection in that field Set Condition S E Currently Active Condition lt Untitled gt Include Exclude Condition Select each frame where the protocol X AVCTP x field x Command Response x IIs Not Present 7 v All Fields Advanced Cancel Help Figure 4 21 Example Set Conditions Self Configuring Based on Protocol Selection 78 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Set Condition 5 Currently Active Condition lt Untitled gt Include Exclude Condition Select each frame in the range 187 to 234 Enter decimal numbers by typing in the number directly and hexadecimal numbers by starting the number with Ox Advanced Figure 4 22 Example Set Conditions Self Configuring Based on Frame Range 2 Select Include or Exclude to add filtered data or keep out filtered data respectively 3 Select the initial condition for the filter from the drop down list 4 Set the parameters for the selected condition in the fields provided The fields that appear in the dialog box are dependent upon the previous selection Continue to enter the requested pa
165. dom numbers creates the STK 3 In this phase each device may distribute to the other device up to three keys a the Long Term Key LTK used for Link Layer encryption and authentication b the Connection Signature Resolving Key CSRK used for data signing at the ATT layer and c the Identity Resolving Key IRK used to generate a private address Of primary interest in this paper is the LTK CSRK and IRK are covered briefly at the end Bluetooth low energy uses the same pairing process as Classic Bluetooth Secure Simple Pairing SSP During SSP initially each device determines its capability for input and output IO The input can be None Yes No or Keyboard with Keyboard having the ability to input a number The output can be either None or Display with Display having the ability to display a 6 digit number For each device in a paring link the IO capability determines their ability to create encryption shared secret keys 211 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Appendicies The Pairing Request message is transmitted from the initiator containing the IO capabilities authentication data availability authentication requirements key size requirements and other data A Pairing Response message is transmitted from the responder and contains much of the same information as the initiators Pairing Request message thus confirming that a pairing is successfully negotiated In the sample SMP decode in the figure at the right note T SMP the
166. e the packet are highlighted P Data Start E crece E Data Cont DJ Unabis Hr e Bold text indicates that the type of packet has been seen in the timeline min lEmpty E vend FS E Data Ctr EH BB Bata Unknown Selected C Unikam FA Discontinuity 4 4 2 4 The Timeline The low energy Timeline shows Bluetooth packets within a specific period of time Time is shown as one or more contiguous segments Within each segment are one or more source access address or radio rows L Bluetooth low energy Timeline le Sniffer_Capture_GB6900AA_2 cfa File Format Zoom Nav Help Average Packet Throughput Throughput Over Time m O Side 1 Average Payload Throughput 092 m pea ee O anny 47 bits s D Packet Throughput Unknown slave Payload Throughput If Data Start ta LY CRC Error Pia O 1 Second Packet Throughput P Data Cont Mal 31 GA TA aiba A tha ss nia AN TT aka a a AA Ue tee 546 NI Both F Data Ctri CJ Invalid IFS 1 Second Payload Throughput 0 bits s i Bf Data Unknown Configured Devices C Unknown O Selected Width peak 47 008 O All Devices Discontinuity Packet 108 370 Adv Advertising Adv Type ADY IND Timestamp 3 14 2013 12 29 29 277668 PM Duration 376 us Prev Next Timestamp Deltas 18 463 ms 768 us Prev Next Gaps 18 087 ms 392 us CP 0 Oxaf9ab45e Channel Index 37 2402 MHz Meets Predefined Filter Criteria for BT low energy devices No Event S
167. e 4 104 Example Excluded Packets Message in Scroll Bar Classic Bluetooth 153 Figure 5 1 Find Dialog _ 22 22 a 156 Figure 5 2 Find Decode Tab Search for String a 157 Figure 5 3 Find Decode Tab Side Restriction eee cee cece cece e cece eee ceeceeeeees 158 Figure 5 4 Find Pattern Tab 2 22 2 l ee ccc ce cee cee eee cece cece cece eee eeceeceeceeeceeeeees 160 Figure 5 5 Find Pattern Tab Side Restrictions cee cece cece eee cece cece eeeeeeees 160 Figure 5 6 Find by Time tab _ 2 2 2 2 a 161 Figure 5 7 Find Go To tab _ 2 2 2 lee ee ec ceeececeecee ee eee e cence aooaa annn 163 Figure 5 8 Find Special Events tab _ 2 22 2 oo a 165 Figure 5 9 Find Signal tab _ 2 222222 e ce eee cece eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeenees 166 Figure 5 10 Find Error tab 20 22 o cee cc cece cece cece cece cece cece eee eceeceeceeceeeeeees 168 Figure 5 11 Find Bookmark tab _ 22 22 eee ec cece cee cee cece eee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeee 171 Figure 5 12 Bookmarked Frame 3 in the Frame Display 2 a 172 Figure 5 13 Find Window Bookmark tab Used to Move Around With Bookmarks 174 XIV ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Figure 6 1 Windows Save dialog _ 2 222 occ cence aaa LaaLa aL LaaLa aoaaa aoaaa aaan 176 Figure 6 2 Frame Display Print Dialog _ 222
168. e Last Opened Folder for Capture Files checkbox is checked then the system automatically changes the default location for saving capture files each time you open a file from or save a file to a new location For example let s say the default location for saving capture files is Drive A gt Folder A Now you select the Use Last Opened Folder for Capture Files checkbox The next time however you open a capture file from a different location Folder B gt Removable Flash Drive for example Now when you save the capture file it will be saved to Folder B gt Removable Flash Drive Also all subsequent files will be saved to that location This remains true until you open a file from or save a file to a different location There is one caveat to this scenario however Let s say you have selected Use Last Opened Folder for Capture Files and opened a file from a location other than the default directory All subsequent capture files will be saved to that location Suppose however the next time you want to save a capture file the new file location is not available because the directory structure has changed a folder has been moved a drive has been reassigned a flash drive has been disconnected etc In the case of a lost directory structure subsequent capture files will be saved to the default location ComProbe software will always try to save a file to the folder where the last file was opened from or saved to if Use Last Opened Folder for Capture F
169. e Show Filters dialog The system displays the Hide Show Filters dialog with a list of all user dude each frame where the protocol Data field ASCII Contains the Substring defined filters 2 i 2 Select the filter to be hidden from the Cancel Hep combo box 3 Click the Hide button The Hide button is only showing if the selected filter is currently showing in the Frame Display 4 Click OK The Hide Show Filters dialog box closes and the system hides the filter and removes the filter tab from the Frame Display If a display filter is hidden the following steps will reveal that filter in the Frame Display 1 Select Hide Show Display Filters from the Filter menu in the Frame Display window to open the Hide Show Filters dialog The system displays the Hide Show Filters dialog with a list of all user defined filters 2 Select the filter to be revealed from the combo box 3 Click the Show button 4 Click OK The Hide Show Filters dialog box closes and the system reveals the filter in the Frame Display You can also open the Quick Filter dialog and check the box next to the hidden filter to show or hide a display filter 83 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Hamed Filters Filter JASON LL 7 Filter Filterz Filter Role Slave SCO link Supported Filters Figure 4 25 Using Named Filters Section of Quick Filters to Show Hide Filters
170. e Size The size of the file will depend of the available hard disk space 1 Click the Min button to see set the minimum acceptable value for the file size 2 Click the Max button to see set the maximum acceptable value for the file size 188 Chapter 7 General Information ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual FTS4USB dl You can accept these values or you can enter a unique file size Butif you try to close the dialog after entering a value greater A Enter an integer between 1096 and 1848267 than the maximum or less than the minimum you will see the following dialog e Start up Opens the Program Start up Options window Start up options let you choose whether to start data capture immediately on opening the analyzer e Advanced Opens the Advanced System Options window The Advanced Settings should only be changed on advice of technical support 7 1 1 1 System Settings Disabled Enabled Options Some of the System Settings options are disabled depending upon the status of the data capture session e As the default all the options on the System Settings dialog are enabled e Once the user begins to capture data by selecting the Start Capture button some of the options on the System Settings dialog are disabled until the user stops data capture and either saves or erases the captured data e The user can go into the Startup options and Advanced system options on the System Settings dialog and make changes to the
171. e border to re size the pane 4 4 1 10 Frame Display Byte Export The captured frames can be exported as raw bytes to a text file 267 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 1 From the Frame Display File menu select Byte Export J Frame Display le modified channel maps HID_kbd cant_decrypt_ Edit View Format Filter Bookmarks Options Window Go Live Open Capture File Close Save Save Selection Reframe 1 le modified channel maps HID_kbd cant_decrypt_GATT cfa 2 example_btsnoop_hcilog cfa 3 C Users BPA500 cfa 4 C Users SDIO_20121005 cfa Print Print Preview Export Byte Export HTML Export Reload Decoders Recreate Companion File Figure 4 14 Frame Display File menu Byte Export 2 From the Byte Export window specify the frames to export e All Frames exports all filtered in frames including those scrolled off the Summary pane Filtered in frames are dependent on the selected Filter tab above the Summary pane Filtered out frames are not exported e Selected Frames export is the same as All Frames export except that only frames selected in the Summary pane will be exported Byte Export Z8 Export raw bytes from the currently selected filter tab All Frames O Selected Frames Figure 4 15 Byte Export dialog Click the OK button to save the export Clicking the Cancel button wi
172. e buffer o Select one of the four radio buttons to choose the condition that must be met in the search o Select one or more of the checkboxes for Pin 1 2 3 or 4 o Click Find Next to locate the next occurrence of the search criteria or Find Previous to locate an earlier occurrence of the search criteria 5 1 7 Searching for Data Errors The analyzer can search for several types of data errors Searching for data error sallows you to choose which errors you want to search for and whether to search the DTE or DCE data or both Bytes with errors are shown in red in the Event Display window making it easy to find errors visually when looking through the data To access the search by time function 1 Opena capture file to search 2 Open the Event Display PD or Frame Display window 3 Click on the Find icon AA or choose Find from the Edit menu 4 Click on the Errors tab of the Find dialog Note The tabs displayed on the Find dialog depend on the product you are running and the content S of the capture file you are viewing k3 Find BPA500 cfa Decode Pattern Time Search for event where One or more of these changed One or more of these occured 1 This exactly i R One or more of these was off se rees ME tale Side Restriction eI coy Search without regard to data origin Search only these sides E Slave E Master Figure 5 10 Find Error tab Searching for event where 168 ComProbe B
173. e is started m If you choose Cancel the dialog closes with no changes e The link key pin code can be changed while sniffing and the changes will be automatically saved in the configuration file o While the device is sniffing click in the Classic Encryption link key pin code field This action places the focus on that window o Change the link key pin code o The Status window at the bottom of the page will inform the user to move focus away from the link key pin code window o Click the mouse outside the link key pin code field or press the Tab key This action will remove the focus from the link key pin code window O The link key pin code changes are in order to automatically save changes move focus away from field when editing is complete Clear Automatically saving pin code automatically saved to the configuration file 4 1 4 Extended Inquiry Response Extended Inquiry Response EIR is a tab that appears automatically on the Frame Display window when you capture data 42 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data france Display FIS i TE ee BoD 186600 Samy CG KATA Uinitered Faveband Extended Inguny Rosponeo Snillerbobug Fiap 4 Pathe Lene Ze 00101111 11111111 G0060601 20111905 11100110 a e Baseband MO1011101 11010011 00010011 00000000 00000001 kiye ingay Pani ne minan DOOD0000 OO000010 00000000 20000700 E E
174. e of the panes highlights the corresponding element in all the other panes 4 4 1 11 9 Change Text Highlight Color Whenever you select text in the Binary Radix or Character panes in Frame Display the text is displayed with a highlight color You can change the color of the highlight Select Color Text Highlight Color Selector 1 Select Change Text Highlight Color from the Cancel Options menu You can also access the option by right clicking in any of the panes Defaults 2 Selecta color from the drop down menu Other 3 Click OK The highlight color for the text is changed TE ce Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Select Cancel to discard any selection Select Defaults to return the highlight color to blue 4 4 1 12 Protocol Layer Colors 4 4 1 12 1 Data Byte Color Notation The color of the data in the panes specifies which layer of the protocol stack the data is from All data from the first layer is bright blue the data from the second layer is green the third layer is pink etc The protocol name for each layer in the Decode pane is in the same color Note that the colors refer to the layer not to a specific protocol In some situations a protocol may be in two different colors in two different frames depending on where it is in the stack You can change the default colors for each layer Red is reserved for bytes or frames with errors In the Sum
175. e scale factors and the audio samples of the SBC frame in detail Figure 3 8 A2DP Decoder Settings 4 Follow steps to save the template changes or to save a new template 5 Click the OK button to apply the selection and exit the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window 3 2 3 AVDTP Decoder Parameters 3 2 3 1 About AVDTP Decoder Parameters Each entry in the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window takes effect from the beginning of the capture onward or until redefined in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters window se Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual AVDTP Security L2CAP RFCOMM A2DP use IPX Tcr UDP Initial Connections in effect from beginning of capture onward until redefined Piconet DataSource DS No enter 0 for single DS 0 v Role Slave x L2CAP channel W L2CAP channel is Multiplexed Remote side TSID AVDTP is canying AVDTP Signaling v Add Figure 3 9 AVDTP parameters tab The AVDTP tab requires the following user inputs to complete a parameter e Piconet Data Source DS No When only one data source is employed set this parameter to O zero otherwise set to the desired number of data sources e Role This identifies the role of the device initiating the frame Master or Slave e L2CAP Channel The channel number O through 78 o L2CAP channel is Multiplexed when checked indicates that L2CAP is multiplexed with u
176. e when decoding frames To start the wizard 1 Choose Protocol Stack from the Options menu on the Control window or click the Protocol Stack icon 3 on the Frame Display 2 Selecta protocol stack from the list and click Finish Most stacks are pre defined here If you have special requirements and need to set up a custom stack see Creating and Removing a Custom Stack on page 45 Select a Protocol Stack ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Select a protocol stack __ Build Your Own __ 802 11 MAC 802 11 Radio Air Sniffer BlueCore Serial Protocol BCSP from Cambridge Silicon Radio with autotraverse Bluetooth HC UART H4 with autotraverse Bluetooth HC USB with autotraverse Bluetooth virtual transport with autotraverse Fictitious Protocol with autotraverse H4DS with autotraverse jwt_Protocol LE BB MWS Wireless Coexistence Interface 2 Current Protocol Stack Bluetooth Virtual Transport with Auto traverse 1 If you select a custom stack i e one that was defined by a user and not included with the analyzer the Remove Selected Item From List button becomes active 2 Click the Remove Selected Item From Listbutton to remove the stack from the list You cannot remove stacks provided with the analyzer If you remove a custom stack you need to define it again in order to get it back If you are changing the protocol stack for a capture file you may need to reframe See
177. e1 3692125795345264256208a Figure 20 Responder Pairing Confirm Example ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture Initiator Responder The initiating device will generate a 128 bit random number that is combined with TK the Pairing Request command the Pairing Response command the initiating device address and address type SMP Pairing Request and the responding device address and address type The resulting O value is a random number Mconfirm that is sent to the responding MAPEO EAE device by the Pairing Confirm command The responding device will validate the responding device data in the Pairing Confirm command SMP Pairing Confirm 5confirm and if it is correct will generate a Sconfirm value using the same methods as used to generate Mconfirm only with different 128 bit random number and TK The responding device will send a Pairing Confirm command to the initiator and if accepted the authentication Mrand process is complete The random number in the Mconfirm and Sconfirm data is Mrand and Srand respectively Mrand and Srand sisia have a key role in setting encrypting the link Finally the master and slave devices exchange Mrand and Srand so that the slave can calculate and verify Mconfirm and the master can Figure 21 Message Sequence Chart likewise calculate and verify Sconfirm SMP Pairing A 2 4 Encrypting the Link The Short Term Key STK is used for encrypting the link the first time the two devic
178. ece ee eee 120 Figure 4 64 Zoomed Throughput Graph Largest Value Snaps to Top 22 e eee eee eee eee 120 Figure 4 65 Zoomed Throughput Graph Freeze Y keeps the y axis constant _ 121 Figure 4 66 802 11 Source Address Dialog _ 2 22 22 e eee eee e cece cece eeeeeeceeees 122 Figure 4 67 802 11 Source Address Drop Down Selector ce cece cece ccccecceeceeeeeee 123 Figure 4 68 Coexistence View Legend _ _ 22 ee eee eee eee eee cece cece cece eee aooaa nannan 124 Figure 4 69 Coexistence View Timelines cece cee ce ccc cece cece cece eccceeccecceececeeceeees 124 Figure 4 70 Each packet is color coded __ _ 22 22 le cece eee ee cee cece eee eee e cece ee eeeeeeeeeeees 125 Figure 4 71 Highlighted entries in the legend for a selected packet _ 22 220 e eee eee cece eee 125 Figure 4 72 Timeline header for a single selected packet _ 2 2 222 ee cece cece eee cece eeees 125 Figure 4 73 Timeline header for multiple selected packets e cece cece cece eeeeeeeee 126 Figure 4 74 Descriptive text on timeline packets _ 22 22 le eee eee ee eee cece cece eeeeees 126 Figure 4 75 A tool tip for a Classic Bluetooth packet cee cece eee cece eceeeeeeeeees 127 Figure 4 76 Coexistence View Format Menu Show Tooltips on Computer Screen 128 Figure 4 77 Coe
179. ecoder pane for profile hints 27 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 3 2 3 3 AVDTP Override Decode Information The Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog allows the user to override an existing parameter at any frame in the capture where the parameter is used If you have a parameter in effect and wish to change that parameter 1 Select the frame where the change should take effect 2 Select Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters from the Options menu or by selecting a frame in the frame display and choosing from the right click pop up menu and make the needed changes 3 Select the rule you wish to modify from the list of rules 4 Choose the protocol the selected item carries from the drop down list and click OK If you do not have any previously overridden parameters you may set parameters for the current frame and onwards by right clicking the desired frame and choosing Provide AVDTP Rules from the right click pop up menu This is the Summary Pane Copy Selection to Clipboard Save Selection If you have a parameter in effect and wish to change it there are two Go To parameters that may be overridden for AVDTP Change the Show Frame Size Column Selected Item to Carry and if AVDTP Media is selected the codec Show Timestamp Column type Because there are times when vital AVDTP configuration 7 Show Delta Column F information may not be transferred over the air we
180. ection filter From the Frame Display Filter menu Click on the Frame Display Filter menu Connection Filter selection From the drop down menu select Classic or Bluetooth low energy The options are 86 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data e Classic Bluetooth o All will filter in all Classic Bluetooth frames You are in effect filtering out any Bluetooth low energy frames and are selecting to filter in all the Classic Bluetooth links o Links displays all the master slave links You can select only one link to filter in The selected link will filter in only the frames associated with that link e Bluetooth low energy o All will filter in all Bluetooth low energy frames You are in effect filtering out any Classic Bluetooth frames and are selecting to filter in all Bluetooth low energy access addresses o Access Addresses displays all the low energy slave device s access address You can select only one access address to filter The selected link will filter in only the frames associated with that access address e 802 11 o All will filter in all 802 11 frames You are in effect filtering out any other technology frames e HCI o All will filter in all HCI frames You are in effect filtering out any other technology frames Frame Display TestFileSlimmer cfa File Edit View Format Liwe Filte Bookmarks Options Window Help A 3 Ya a Quick Filtering z a AG F m
181. ed Available icons appear in color while unavailable icons are not visible Grayed out icons are available for the ComProbe hardware and software configuration in use but are not active until certain operating conditions occur All toolbar icons have corresponding menu bar items or options Table 2 1 Control Window Toolbar Icon List eee eee Ka Open File Opens a capture file ve I O Settings Opens settings Start Capture Begins data capture to disk E Stop Capture Available after data capture has started Click to stop data capture Data can be reviewed and saved but no new data can be captured Save Saves the capture file Jf Clear Clears or saves the capture file Chapter 2 Getting Started ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Table 2 1 Control Window Toolbar Icon List continued Description Event Display framed data only Opens a Event Display with the currently selected bytes highlighted Frame Display framed data only Opens a Frame Display with the frame of the currently selected bytes highlighted Bluetooth low energy Packet Error Rate Statistics Opens the Packet Error Rate Statistics window 2 3 2 Configuration Information on the Control Window The Configuration bar just below the toolbar displays the hardware configuration and may include I O settings It also provides such things as name of the network card address information ports in use etc 2 3 3 Status Informa
182. ed packets divided by the Throughput duration of the included packets where Packet Payload Both 111 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual e Packet size is used if the Packet or Both radio button is selected in the Throughput group e Payload size is used if the Payload radio button is selected in the Throughput group e Included packets are defined separately for each of the radio buttons that appear above the throughput indicators e Duration of the included packets is measured from the beginning of the first included packet to the end of the last included packet 4 4 3 4 Radio Buttons Packets All Selected Viewport The radio buttons above the throughput indicators specify which packets are included Radio button descriptions are modified per the following e Bluetooth low energy packets from non configured devices are excluded if the Configured radio button in the LE Devices group is selected LE Devices C Configured e Frame Display filtering has no effect here in that packets that are filtered out in O Al Frame Display are still used here as long as they otherwise meet the criteria for each radio button as described below 4 4 3 5 All radio button All packets are used for average throughput and packets Packets All O Selected Viewport occurring in the last 1 second of the session are used for 1 second throughput except that Bluetooth low energy p
183. ee eee cece ec ee ceeeeeeeees 33 3 2 5 3 RFCOMM Override Decode Information 222 2c eee eee ee ee ee ee eee 34 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 2 a 36 We Capture Dalal sacs jokes fate sees see sees PAPA 36 4 1 1 Air Sniffing Positioning Devices a 36 4 1 2 Capturing Data to Disk General Procedure eee e cece cece cece cece eee eeeeeeees 38 4 1 3 Capturing Data with BPA 500 Devices 20 2 eee a 40 4 1 4 Extended Inquiry Response _ _ 22 222 eee cece ccc cece cece cece eee cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 42 AZ POUOCON SACKS 4 53515 Sea ucaeet NANANA BESO nee ESEE O S 43 4 2 1 Protocol Stack Wizard a ets ee eg econ eerie eae te eee ees acess a 44 4 2 2 Creating and Removing a Custom Stack ee ce eee cece cece ccc e ee ceeceeeeceeeeeeees 45 4 2 3 Reframing a codec kokak nA aho aman 0NG naa phh bowcnuobshecetuntodidebeduntenssuedewecsiveakoodeoreus 46 ADA WANA ad anita kaaa aah E E bama kada sa Nana D aa AFAL a Damage hdd basa a had Local 46 4 2 5 How the Analyzer Auto traverses the Protocol Stack e eee eee cece eee eeeee 47 4 2 6 Providing Context For Decoding When Frame Information Is Missing _ 47 4 3 Analyzing Byte Level Data _ 22 22 lee ccc cee ce cece eee ence eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 48 4 3 1 Event Display 2 22 a 48 4 3 2 The Event Display Toolbar 2 ieee cece cece ce eee
184. eeeees 54 Figure 4 9 Event Display Options menu 22 oe eee eee eee cee cece cece cece eceeeececceececeeceeeees 57 Figure 4 10 Event Display Font Size Selection a 57 Figure 4 11 Frame Display with all panes active 2 lee eee cece cece eee cece eecececceceeeeees 58 Figure 4 12 Frame Display Find text entry field c eee cece ee ceeeeee 64 Figure 4 13 Search Find Dialog _ 2 2 2 occ cece cece cece cece cece cece ce ceeeeeceecececeeeseeeeees 65 Figure 4 14 Frame Display File menu Byte Export c cece c cece eee eeeeeee 68 Figure 4 15 Byte Export dialog cece cece cece cece ccc ee ceceeeececeeeececeeeees 68 Figure 4 16 Save As dialog 2 2 2 c eee cece cece eee eee e cece cece ceeeeceeeeeeeee 69 Figure 4 17 Sample Exported Frames Text File le eee cece cee cece cece ec ecceeeccecceeeees 69 Figure 4 18 Example Protocol Tags 2 2 22 2 lec eee cece cece cece cece cece ee ceeeeceeeeeeeeeee 70 Figure 4 19 Summary pane right with Tooltip on Column 5 Tran ID u cece eeeeeeee 71 Figure 4 20 Frame Display Protocol Layer Color Selector cece cece ee cee ce eeeee 76 Figure 4 21 Example Set Conditions Self Configuring Based on Protocol Selection 78 Figure 4 22 Example Set Conditions Self Configuring Based on Frame Range
185. een Bluetooth low energy Orange 802 11 The 5 GHz timeline has only 802 11 channel labels and the rows alternate orange and white one row per channel The 2 4 GHz timeline has labels for all three technologies The rows alternate blue and white one row per Classic Bluetooth channel The labels going left to right are 802 11 channels Bluetooth low energy advertising channels Bluetooth low energy regular channels and Classic Bluetooth channels The Viewport Packet Range above the timelines shows the packet range and packet count of packets that would be visible if both timelines were shown i e hiding one of the timelines doesn t change the packet range or count This packet range matches the packet range shown above the viewport in the Throughput Graph as it must since the viewport defines the time range used by the timelines When no packets are in the time range each of the two packet numbers is drawn with an arrow to indicate the next packet in each direction and can be clicked on to navigate to that packet the packet number changes color when the mouse pointer is placed on it in this case ee An arrow points to the next packet when no packets are in the time range 1AT An arrowed packet number changes color when the mouse pointer is on it Clicking navigates to that packet The header shows information for packets that are selected 129 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual
186. eloped air sniffers because they saw a market need and because they realized that they could charge a high price USD 525 000 and higher Two Bluetooth chip companies Silicon Wave and Broadcom were using Frontline s Serialtest serial analyzer to capture serial HCI traffic and then they would manually decode the HCI byte stream This manual decoding was far too much work and so independently Silicon Wave and Broadcom each requested that Frontline produce a serial HCI Bluetooth analyzer that would have all the features of Serialtest In response to these requests Frontline developed SerialBlue the world s first commercially available serial HCI analyzer The response to SerialBlue was very positive When we asked our Bluetooth customers what they wanted next we quickly learned that there was a need for an affordable air sniffer that provided the same quality as SerialBlue We also learned that the ultimate Bluetooth analyzer would be one that sniff air and sniff HCI simultaneously As work was progressing on our combination air sniffer and HCI sniffer the functional requirements for Bluetooth analyzers were changing It was no longer good enough just to decode the core Bluetooth protocols LMP HCI L2CAP RFCOMM and OBEX Applications were beginning to be built on top of Bluetooth and therefore application level protocol decoding was becoming a requirement For example people were starting to browse the Internet using Bluetooth enabled ph
187. en the template is saved as described in Adding a New or Saving an Existing Template on page 24Adding a New or Saving an Existing Template on page 24 3 2 3 2 AVDTP Missing Decode Information The analyzer usually determines the protocol carried in an AVDTP payload by monitoring previous traffic However when this fails to occur the Missing Decoding Information Detected dialog appears and requests that the user supply the missing information The following are the most common among the many possible reasons for a failure to determine the traversal e The capture session started after transmission of the vital information e The analyzer incorrectly received a frame with the traversal information e The communication monitored takes place between two players with implicit information not included in the transmission In any case either view the AVDTP payload of this frame and other frames with the same channel as hex data or assist the analyzer by selecting a protocol using this dialog gathered during the capture session may help you decide how to respond to the request for J Note You may use the rest of the analyzer without addressing this dialog Additional information decoding information If you are not sure of the payload carried by the subject frame look at the raw data shown data in the Decoder pane on the Frame Display You may notice something that hints as to the profile in use In addition look at some of the frames
188. enu on the Frame Display and Event Display b Select the Add or Modify Bookmark a 1 icon on one of the toolbars or c Right click on the frame event and choosing Modify Bookmark on the selection 3 Click on the Delete button The bookmark will be deleted 4 You can also select Display All Bookmarks O from the Frame Display and Event Display toolbar or the Bookmarks menu the Find window will open on the Bookmark tab Select the bookmark you want to delete and click the Delete button 5 2 2 Displaying All and Moving Between Bookmarks There are three ways to move between bookmarks 1 Press the F2 key to move to the next frame or event with a bookmark 2 Select Go to Next Bookmark from the Bookmarks menu 3 Click the Display All Bookmarks icon Ll Select the bookmark you want to move to and click the Go To button or simply double click on the bookmark Click the Move Forward and Move Back buttons to cycle through the bookmarks 173 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Find dual mode capture 01 cfa Figure 5 13 Find Window Bookmark tab Used to Move Around With Bookmarks To delete a bookmark select it and click the Delete button To modify a bookmark select it and click the Modify button Click Remove All to delete all the bookmarks 1742 Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data 6 1 Saving Your Data You can save all or part of the data that you have
189. ept the default name provided by the system and click OK The Set Condition dialog box closes and the system applies the modified filter Note When a display filter is applied a description of the filter appears to the right of the toolbar in H the Frame Display windows Note The OK button on the Set Condition dialog box is unavailable grayed out until the H condition selections are complete Deleting a Condition in a Filter If a display filter has two or more conditions you can delete conditions If there is only one condition set in the filter you must delete the filter using Delete Display Filters from the Filters menu 84 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 1 Click the Display Filters icon Y on the Frame Display window or select Apply Modify Display Filters from the Filter menu to open the Set Condition dialog box Click on the Advanced button to show the condition in Boolean format The dialog box displays the current filter definition To display another filter click the Open P3 icon and select the filter from the pop up list of all the saved filters Set Condition 5 ES Currently Active Condition Filters Include Exclude Condition ADOR where the protocol Baseband field LT ADDR Is Egu AND In the range 178 to 43 Delete selected condtion Figure 4 26 Set Condition Dialog in Advanced View 2 Select the desired condition from the filter de
190. er 27 38 47 00100111 For Help Press F1 4953 0b Captured Byte Information Figure 4 2 Event Display Click on an event to find out more about it The three status lines at the bottom of the window are updated with information such as the time the event occurred for data bytes the time the byte was captured the value of the byte in hex decimal octal and binary any errors associated with the byte and more Events with errors are shown in red to make them easy to spot When capturing data live the analyzer continually updates the Event Display as data is captured Make sure the Lock icon a is displayed on the toolbar to prevent the display from updating Clicking on the icon again will unlock the display While locked you can review your data run searches determine delta time intervals between bytes and check CRCs To resume updating the display click the Lock icon again You can have more than one Event Display open at a time Click the Duplicate View icon g to create a second independent Event Display window You can lock one copy of the Event Display and analyze your data while the second Event Display updates as new data is captured Event Display is synchronized with the Frame Display and Mesage Sequence Chart dialogs Selecting a byte in Event Display will also select the related frame in the Frame Display and the related message in the Message Sequence Chart 4 3 2 The Event Display Toolbar A Home
191. er Parameters dialog allows the user to override an existing parameter at any frame in the capture where the parameter is used If you have a parameter in effect and wish to change that parameter e Select the frame where the change should take effect e Select Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters from the Options menu and make the needed changes You can also right click on the frame to select the same option 22 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings Options Window Help Directories ww Check for New Releases at Startup Side Names Protocol Stack Set Initial Decoder Parameters Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters Automatically Request Missing Decoding Information Figure 3 6 Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters from Control window moa His GOQ Tm LAB Unfiltered Info Configured BT low energy devices Errors l Baseband LHF PreConnection FH5 Bluetooth FHS L2CAP SDP UELLE B Frame Role Addr OLCI Channel Frame Type PYF Bit Cmd CmdType K0 Masher 1 Ox00 0 SABEM 1 o Al Slave 1 0x00 LA 1 ae Master 1 0x00 o UIH o Com Param Nag K3 Slave 1 0x00 a UIH O Fes Param Neg Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters 52 RFCOMM Rules in effect from frame 57 onward until redefined here for a later frame On the Slave side with Server Channel 13 RFCOMM is carying Hands Free Ovemdden by user Change the Selected Item to Cary Hands F
192. ergy User Manual indicating the command The analyzer provides a way for you to supply the context for any frame provided the decoder supports it The decoder writer has to include support for this feature in the decoder so not all decoders support it Note that not all decoders require this feature If the decoder supports user provided context three items are active on the Options menu of the Control window and the Frame Display window These items are Set Initial Decoder Parameters Automatically Request Missing Decoding Information and Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters These items are not present if no decoder is loaded that supports this feature Set Initial Decoder Parameters is used to provide required information to decoders that is not context dependent but instead tends to be system options for the protocol Choose Set Initial Decoder Parameters in order to provide initial context to the analyzer for a decoder A dialog appears that shows the data for which you can provide information If you need to change this information for a particular frame 1 Right click on the frame in the Frame Display window 2 Choose Provide lt context name gt Alternatively you can choose Set Subsequent Decoder Parameter from the Options menu 3 This option brings up a dialog showing all the places where context data was overridden 4 Ifyou know that information is missing you can t provide it and you don t want to see dialogs asking for
193. es pair STK remains in each device on the link and is not transmitted between devices STK is formed by combining Mrand and Srand which were formed using device information and TKs exchanged with Pairing Confirmation Pairing Confirm A 2 5 Encryption Key Generation and Distribution To distribute the LTK EDIV and Rand values an LE LL encrypted session needs to be set up The Control Pkt LL ENC REQ initiator will use STK to enable encryption on the Random vector Randi 0kx277c021b15512393 link Once an encrypted link is set up the LTK is Encrypted diversiher EDIV Ox8 te distributed LTK is a 128 bit random number that Master session key identiher 5KDm Ox21db57dd0157d323 the slave device will generate along with EDIV Master iraiakzabon vector Mm b034efc33 and Rand Both the master and slave devices can distribute these numbers but Bluetooth low energy is designed to conserve energy so the slave device is often resource constrained and Figure 22 Encryption Request from Master Example ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture 224 Appendicies ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual does not have the database storage resources for holding LTKs Therefore the slave will distribute LTK EDIV and Rand to the master device for storage When a slave begins a new encrypted session with a previously linked master device it will request distribution of EDIV and Rand and will regenerate LTK LE LL Control P
194. es the data so that more fits on one page Current Page The current page text box displays the Page of page number this is currently shown in the dialog You can enter a number in the text box then press Enter and the dialog will display the data for that page Page navigation If the data requires multiple pages the navigation buttons will take you to e The first page e The previous page e The next page e The last page Close Print Preview Closes the dialog and returns to the Message Sequence Chart Select Font Size Allows selection of the print font size from the drop down control 4 5 Packet Error Rate Statistics The Packet Error Rate PER Stats view provides a dynamic graphical representation of the Packet Error Rate for each channel The dialog displays a graph for each Classic Bluetooth channel numbered O through 78 and for each Bluetooth low energy channel numbered O through 39 Packet Error Rate Stats assist in detecting bad communication connections When a high percentage of re transmits and or header payload errors occur careful analysis of the statistics indicate whether the two devices under test are experiencing trouble communicating or the packet sniffer is having difficulty listening Generally if the statistics display either a large number of re transmits with few errors or an equal number of errors and re transmits then the two devices are not communicating clearly However if the statistics displa
195. eshooting a network link 7 1 4 1 Timestamping Options The Timestamping Options window allows you to enable or disable timestamping and change the resolution of the timestamps for both capture and display purposes To open this window Choose Set Timestamp Format from the Options menu on the Frame Display and Event Display window or click on the Timestamping Option ga icon in the Event Display toolbar The Timestamping Options window will open 194 Chapter 7 General Information ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Timestamping Options Store Timestamps This item takes effect immediately Capture Options storage Resolution 0 50 Microseconds high resolution 7 Cancel Note 1 To apply resolution changes you must restart the program Help Note 2 Finer resolutions increase the capture file size Click Help for more information on how timestamps affect sistem performance Display Options Display Raw Timestamp Value Display Relative Timestamps Number of digits to display to the right of the decimal point Figure 7 1 Timestamping Options dialog 7 1 4 2 Enabling Disabling Timestamp To enable timestamping click to make a check appear in the check box Store Timestamps This time takes effect immediately Removing the check will disable timestamping 7 1 4 3 Changing the Timestamp Resolution This option affects the resolution of the timestamp stored in the capture file The defa
196. ets duration and Y Axis max and it also has two controls Selected Packets e Selecting MHz On pm displays the megahertz value for Selected Duration Duration Per Bar in Scrollbar each channel in the main channels chart and also in the expanded chart Channel Graph Y Axis Max mpa ii Bara KAO ma e Selecting MHz of DA removes the megahertz value Selected Packets displays the packet range selected in the Scroll Bar This includes inapplicable Inapplicable packets include Wi Fi packets Sniffer Debug packets any packets that are not relevant to PER Stats Inapplicable packets do not appear as part of the Additional Statistics packets Selected Duration identifies the total anount of time in the selected packet range displayed in the Scroll Bar Duration Per Bar in Scrollbar identifies the amount of time represented by each bar in the Scroll Bar The Channel Graph Y Axis Max can display two different values When the Snap Arrow is orange P the values for channels in the main chart are shown in relative terms in Snap Mode This means that one channel or channels with the greatest value is snapped to the top of the chart In the graphic below left 148 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Channel 33 is snapped to the top of the chart The channel s with the greatest value become a full scale reference display for the other channels that have been relatively scaled Channel c
197. ew Name box Optionally click the Apply button and the new name will appear in the Filters combo box and the New Name box will empty This option allows you to rename several filters without closing the Rename Filter dialog each time 4 Click OK The Rename Filter dialog box closes and the system renames the filter 4 4 1 13 2 Connection Filtering Connection Filtering allows the user to view a subset of the total available packets within the Frame Display The subset can include data from a single Bluetooth connection or all of the BR EDR packets all of the low energy packets all of the 802 11 packets or all of the HCI packets Bluetooth Applicability A connection device pair is identified by 1 A Link for Classic Bluetooth 2 An Access Address for Bluetooth low energy The link ID is a number that the ComProbe software assigns to identify a pair of devices in a BR EDR connection In the Frame Display details pane the Baseband layer contains the link ID field if the field s value is not O An Access Address is contained in every Bluetooth low energy packet The Access Address identifies a connection between a slave and a master or an advertising packet Connection filtering displays only the frames protocols summary details and events for the selected connections S Note Connection Filters are not persistent across sessions 4 4 1 13 2 1 Creating a Connection Filter In the Frame Display there are four ways to create a conn
198. f the dialog box and repeat steps 4 and 5 for the next condition Use the up t and down 4 arrow icons on the left side of the dialog box to order your conditions and the delete button e to delete conditions from your filter 7 Continue adding conditions until your filter is complete 8 Include parentheses as needed and set the boolean operators 9 Click OK 10 The system displays the Save Named Condition dialog Provide a name for the filter condition or accept the default name provided by the system and click OK Save Named Condition e e pc FF Ce User Defined Conditions FilterU Figure 4 24 Save Named Filter Condition Dialog The Set Condition dialog box closes creates a tab on the Frame Display with the filter name and applies the filter When a display filter is applied a description of the filter Filter Include each frame where the protocol Data exists appears to the right of the toolbar in the Frame Display windows Note The OK button on the Set Condition dialog box is unavailable grayed out until the condition selections are complete 81 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 4 4 1 13 1 5 Defining Node and Conversation Filters There are two steps to using Node and Conversation display filter Define the filter conditions and then apply the filter to the data set The analyzer combines both filter definition and application in one dialog 1
199. field If Sync with First Master has been selected in the LE Device field checking this box will have not affect the purpose of this option is to reduce the advertising traffic in situations where there are many devices advertising traffic can clutter the captured data with unnecessary packets 3 1 3 BPA Low Energy LE Device Database The LE Device Database contains information about low energy devices that have been discovered or entered by the user K3 BPA Low Energy datasource a8 File View BPA Low Energy Help c HO Devices Under Test LE Device Database BPA low energy Infomation BD Addr BD Addr Type Identity Resolving Key IRK Nickname Oxd0ff5083937b Public Ox00000000000000000000000000000000 Tile Oxced9177018e4 Public 0x00000000000000000000000000000000 0x472b6c789571 Public 0x00000000000000000000000000000000 Oxea 14fed798c3 Public 0x00000000000000000000000000000000 Device 1 0x000000000000 Public 0x00000000000000000000000000000000 lt Added Device gt Figure 3 1 BPA Low Energy datasource LE Device Database Tab The LE Device Database is automatically updated when you perform certain operation such as entering encryption information from the Devices Under Test dialog 18 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings Device Control Menu BD Addr BD Addr Type Identity Resolving Key IRK Right clicking anywhere in the Oxdoff5083937b Public Dx000000000000000000
200. finition 3 Click the Delete Selected Line fye icon 4 Edit the Boolean operators and parentheses as needed 5 Click OK The system displays the Save Named Condition dialog Ensure that the filter name is displayed in the text box at the top of the dialog and click OK If you choose to create an additional filter then provide a new name for the filter condition or accept the default name provided by the system and click OK The Set Condition dialog box closes and the system applies the modified filter Note When a display filter is applied a description of the filter appears to the right of the toolbar in the Frame Display windows Note The OK button on the Set Condition dialog box is unavailable grayed out until the condition selections are complete Renaming a Display Filter 1 Select Rename Display Filters from the Filter menu in the Frame Display D window to open the Rename Filter dialog The system displays the Rename Filter dialog with a list of all user defined filters in the Filters combo box 85 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Rename Filters Filters Filter Description Indude each frame where the protocol Baseband field LT ADDR Is Equal To 6 New Name Filter0 1 Apply Figure 4 27 Rename Filters Dialog 2 Select the filter to be renamed from the combo box 3 Enter a new name for the filter in the N
201. following the one in question The data may not be recognizable to the analyzer at the current point due to connection setup but might be discovered later on in the capture RT IPLI RRB semen l L2CAP figured BT low energy devices SCO link Supported Errors a AVDTP Connection FHS Bluetooth FHS L2CAP SDP RFCOMM i recs eadset Non Captured Info B AVDTP Type Signal B Frame AVDTP Type A Role Frame Size De Timestamp phe Aca 92 Signal 5 Master 15 5 3 2011 1 47 26 596810 Addas b 93 Signal 5 Slave NG 00 5 3 2011 1 47 26 811181 Transaction Labet 14 94 Signal 5 Master 16 00 5 3 2011 1 47 26 833056 Packet Type Single Packet 95 Signal 5 Slave 25 00 5 3 2011 1 47 26 952430 Mesiage Tupa Flesnon s Accact 96 Signal 5 Master 16 DO 5 3 2011 1 47 26 974303 1 Signaling Identifier AYDTP DISCOVER 99 Signal 5 Slave 29 00 5 3 2011 1 47 27 389922 i ACP Stream Endpoint ID 1 101 Signal 5 Master 27 00 5 3 2011 1 47 27 413047 In use No 103 Signal 5 Slave 15 00 5 3 2011 1 47 27 601168 104 Signal 5 Master 16 00 5 3 2011 1 47 27 605543 TSEP SNk 105 Signal 5 Slave 15 00 5 3 2011 1 47 27 731166 ACP Stream Endpoint ID 6 In use No Media Type Audio 800011000 00001010 00101011 00011111 00001011 TSEP SNF N10011101 01011010 00000001 00000001 00000110 RO0000000 00000001 01110100 11100010 00000001 Yooooo0i100 BEEE 00011000 00001006 P Figure 3 11 Look in D
202. fy which event number to go to CRC Change the algorithm and seed value used to calculate CRCs To calculate a CRC select a byte range and the CRC appears in the status lines at the bottom of the Event Display Mixed Sides Serial data only By default the analyzer shows data with the DTE side above the DCE side This is called DTE over DCE format DTE data has a white background and DCE data has a gray background The analyzer can also display data in mixed side format In this format the analyzer does not separate DTE data from DCE data but shows all data on the same line as it comes in DTE data is still shown with a white background and DCE data with a gray background so that you can distinguish between the two The benefit of using this format is that more data fits onto one screen Character Only The analyzer shows both the number hex binary etc data and the character ASCII EBCDIC or BAUDOT data on the same screen If you do not wish to see the hex characters click on the Character Only button Click again to go back to both number and character mode Number Only Controls whether the analyzer displays data in both character and number format or just number format Click once to show only numeric values and again to show both character and numeric values 50 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data l All Events Controls whether the analyzer shows all events in the window o
203. g Indicator change if RI and only RI changes state more than once per millisecond UARTs in the 8250 family include 8250s 16450s 16550s and 16550 variants If you have any questions about the behavior of your UART and Ring Indicator please contact technical support 7 2 4 Progress Bars The analyzer uses progress bars to indicate the progress of anumber of different processes Some progress bars such as the filtering progress bar remain visible while others are hidden The title on the progress bar indicates the process underway 7 2 5 Event Numbering This section provides information about how events are numbered when they are first captured and how this affects the display windows in the analyzer The information in this section applies to frame numbering as well When the analyzer captures an event it gives the event a number If the event is a data byte event it receives a byte number in addition to an event number There are usually more events than bytes with the result is that a byte might be listed as Event 10 of 16 when viewing all events and Byte 8 of 11 when viewing only the data bytes The numbers assigned to events that are wrapped out of the buffer are not reassigned In other words when event number 1 is wrapped out of the buffer event number 2 is not renumbered to event 1 This means that the first event in the buffer may be listed as event 11520 of 16334 because events 1 11519 have been wrapped out of the buffer S
204. g of the capture onward or until redefined in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog This selection is not present if no decoder is loaded that supports this feature Set Subsequent E Opens the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog Decoder where the user can override an existing parameter at any Parameters frame in the capture Each entry takes effect from the specified frame onward or until redefined in this dialog on a later frame This selection is not present if no decoder is loaded that supports this feature Automatically Request Missing Decoder Information When checked this selection opens a dialog that asking for missing frame information When unchecked the analyzer decodes each frame until it cannot go further and it stops decoding This selection is not present if no decoder is loaded that supports this feature Enable Disable Audio Expert When enabled the Audio Expert System is active other wise it is not available Only available when an Audio Expert System licensed device is connected System The Windows menu selection applies only to the Control window and open analysis windows Frame Display Event Display Message Sequence Chart Bluetooth Timeline Bluetooth low energy Timeline and Coexistence View All other windows such as the datasource are not affected by these selections II ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 2 Getting Started Table 2 6 Control Window Windows Menu Se
205. g will appear in the graph area 4 4 3 18 Zoom Cursor Selecting the Zoom Cursor button changes the cursor to the zoom cursor TX The zoom cursor is controlled by the mouse wheel and zooms the viewport and thus the Timelines and the Zoomed Throughput Graph The zoom cursor appears everywhere except the Throughput Graph which is not zoomable in which case the scroll cursor is shown When the zoom cursor is in the Timelines or Zoomed Throughput Graph zooming occurs around the point in time where the zoom cursor is positioned When the zoom cursor is outside the Timelines and the Zoomed Throughput Graph the left edge of those displays is the zoom point 4 4 3 19 Comparison with the Bluetooth Timeline s Throughput Graph The Throughput Graphs for Classic Bluetooth in the Coexistence View and the BluetoothTimeline can look quite different even though they are plotting the same data The reason is that the Coexistence View uses timestamps while the BluetoothTimeline uses Bluetooth clocks and they do not always match up exactly This mismatch can result in the data for a particular packet being included in different intervals in the two Throughput Graphs and can have a significant impact on the shapes of the two respective graphs This can also result in the total duration of the two Throughput Graphs being different Another factor that can affect total duration is that the BluetoothTimeline s Throughput Graph stops at the last Classic Bluet
206. ght of the channel number e The megahertz MHz value is displayed in light blue text if the MHz option is selected in the Additional Statistics section e The number of packets with no errors is displayed in light green in the bar chart e All the values except MHz change dynamically when multiple time periods are selected in the Scroll Bar e When you select the g in the upper right corner the bar chart is replaced by a pie chart The pie chart applies to all channels not a selected channel To return to the bar chart click on the channel again or click on the E in the upper right hand corner 147 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 4 5 3 Packet Error Rate Legend The Legend displays color coded information about the channel selected Bluetooth low energy For Bluetooth low energy The number of Packets with No Errors and percentage of packets with No Errors in relationship to total packets for the channel is displayed in green The number of Packets with CRC Errors and percentage of packets with CRC Errors in relationship to total packets for the channel is displayed in dark red Total packets and Total percentage is displayed in light blue For a description of the Channel Not Available symbol see PER Stats Channel 4 5 4 Packet Error Rate Additional Statistics This Additional Statistics section of PER Stats displays MHz information about selected pack
207. gical Byte Display _ 2 0 222 c eee ce eee eee cece eee e cece eeeeeeeees 64 Malco Or PME PRINS oreroraa e E e scenes cesseseeseee 64 4 4 1 6 Frame Display Find 2 20 ee ec cecc ec eee e eee eee e cece eee ececeeeeeeeeees 64 4 4 1 7 Synchronizing the Event and Frame Displays 22 22 cece cece cece ccc ceccecceeeeees 66 4 4 1 8 Working with Multiple Frame Displays 222 2 ce eee eee ee cee cece cece eeeeeees 67 4 4 1 9 Working with Panes on Frame Display 2 22 ee eee eee eee cece cece ec eeceeeceeeeeees 67 4 4 1 10 Frame Display Byte Export ce cece cece cece cece eee eee ooann 67 4 4 1 11 Panes in the Frame Display 22 2 cece cee cece cece cece cee eeceeeeeeceeees 69 4 4 1 11 1 Summary Pane ec eee eee eee eee eee 69 4 4 1 11 2 Customizing Fields in the Summary Pane 22 eee cece cece cece ce cecceeeeceees 72 4 4 1 11 3 Frame Symbols in the Summary Pane 022 eee eee eee eee cece eee eeeee 73 441114 Decode Pane occcccccuccesccchusdvddecscedecekedaccudecdcdes ctusedeeceetousnedecusseesendds 73 4 4 1 11 5 Radix or Hexadecimal Pane ee eee ce ee ee ee ee eens 74 A ADAG Character Pane AA AA 74 4 4 1 11 7 Binary Pane cc cee cee cee cece eee diea 75 AA LO EN N E 2onn Raa ces AG AA AA AN AG TA cenaboveacue 75 4 4 1 11 9 Change Text Highlight Color ec cece cece ccc eee
208. give users the l Add New Column Help 0 ability to choose between the four AVDTP channel types for each Remove New Column p L2CAP channel carrying AVDTP as well as codec type We attemptto O SA E aaa make our best guess at codec information when itis not transferred ee ama over the air but we realize we may not always be correct When we Add Bookmark make a guess for codec type we specify it in the summary and decode Export panes by following the codec with the phrase best guess by analyzer joe a a Provide AVDTP Rules This is to let you know that this information was not obtained over the AA Kapa rovide L2CAP Rules air and that the user may wish to alter it by overriding AVDTP TILE FPP parameters Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters 28 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings Override of Frame Information Rules in effect from frame 94 onward until redefined here for a later frame On the Slave side with the L2CAP CID 07401 the AVDTP is carrying Signalling packets overridden by user On the Master side with the L2CAP CID 0x0042 the AVDTP is carrying Signalling packets discovered by analyzer Change the Selected Item to Carry AVDTP Sionalinc ka AVDTP Signaling AVDTP Media AVDTP Reporting AVDTP Recovery Figure 3 12 AVDTP Override of Frame Information Item to Carry Codec selection SBC Hr appears when MPEG 1 2 Audio d ae ae Me
209. gy Devices Under Test LE Encryption 1 Enter the Long Term Key for the LE Encryption The Long Term Key is similar to the Link key in Classic It is a persistent key that is stored in both devices and used to derive a fresh encryption key each time the devices go encrypted Click here to learn more about the Long Term Key In LE the long term key is generated solely on the slave device and then during pairing is distributed to a master device that wants to establish an encrypted connection to that slave in the future Thus the long term key is transmitted over the air albeit encrypted with a one time key derived during the pairing process and discarded afterwards the so called short term key The long term key is directional i e it is only used to for connections from the master to the slave referring to the roles of the devices during the pairing process If the devices also want to connect the other way round in the future the device in the master role during the pairing process also needs to send its own long term key to the device in the slave role during the pairing process also encrypted with the short term key of course so that the device which was in the slave during the pairing process can be a master in the future and connect to the device which was master during the pairing process but then would be in a slave role 17 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Since most simple LE devi
210. hat subset of the frame is highlighted in the other panes Protocol Tabs Protocol filter tabs are displayed in the Frame Display above the Summary pane e These tabs are arranged in separate color coded groups These groups and their colors are General white Classic Bluetooth blue Bluetooth low energy green 802 11 orange USB purple and SD brown The General group applies to all technologies The other groups are technology specific noes ogm Classic Bluetooth blue Bookmark info Baseband L2CAP TES LE BB LE PET LE ADV 802 11 Radio 802 11 MAC Data aaa Bluetooth low energy green Gell ica OO Co a Uu 802 14 orange Figure 4 18 Example Protocol Tags e Clicking on a protocol filter tab in the General group filters in all packets containing that protocol regardless of each packet s technology e Clicking on a protocol filter tab in a technology specific group filters in all packets containing that protocol on that technology e A protocol filter tab appears in the General group only if the protocol occurs in more than one of the technology specific tab groups For example if L2CAP occurs in both Classic Bluetooth and Bluetooth low energy there will be L2CAP tabs in the General group the Classic Bluetooth group and the Bluetooth low energy group Select the Unfiltered tab to display all packets There are several special tabs that appear in the Summary p
211. he USB cable mini connector into the USB port on the ComProbe BPA low energy hardware 2 Insert the other end of the USB cable into the PC mini USB port Figure 2 1 BPA low energy Hardware USB Port 2 2 Data Capture Methods This section describes how to load Frontline Test Equipment Inc ComProbe Protocol Analysis System software and how to select the data capture method for your specific application ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 2 Getting Started 2 2 1 Opening ComProbe Data Capture Method On product installation the installer creates a folder on the windows desktop labeled Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System lt version gt 1 Double click the Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System desktop folder This opens a standard Windows file folder window bb H Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System 12 11 662 0 Include in library Share with Burn New folder a S dle Mame sktop di Development Tools wnloads di Documentation cent Places di Maintenance Tools ogle Drive 88 Capture File Viewer EL ComProbe 802 11 with Wireshark z E E E E cuments dy Pocuments Select to open Capture Methods Figure 2 2 Desktop Folder Link 2 Double click on Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System and the system displays the Select Data Capture Method dialog SJ Note You can also access this dialog by selecting Start gt All Programs gt Frontline ComPro
212. he bars cycle to the middle the time they represent doubles When the bars move and the Viewport see below is not maximized the Viewport moves with the bars so that the same packet range is indicated When the Viewport is maximized it stays maximized regardless of what the bars do This ensures that the display can be made to reflect all packets at all times by maximizing the e The Viewport is used to select single i or multiple vertical bars e You can drag the sides of the Viewport or the slider buttons to select multiple bars representing a greater time range e You can click and drag the Viewport within the Scroll Bar e When you select a packet range in Frame Display that includes only some of the frames in PER Stats the Viewport snaps up against the side of the bar with the unselected frames in e When you select a packet range in Frame Display that includes all of the frames in PER Stats the Viewport displays a space between the Viewport sides and the bar iL e Double clicking anywhere inside the Scroll Bar selects the entire Scroll Bar Double clicking again toggles back to the previous size of the Viewport e Selecting Ctrl A is the same as double clicking e Clicking on a vertical bar left justifies the Viewport to that bar e Shift clicking on a bar extends the nearest Viewport side to include that bar e The Home key moves the Viewport to the left edge e The End key moves the Viewport to the right edge e Pressing the
213. he filter and the NOT operator excludes conditions from the filtered results Include parentheses in a compound filter to nest condition sets within larger condition sets and force the filter processing order There are two steps to using a compound filter Define the filter conditions and then apply the filter to the data set The analyzer combines both filter definition and application in one dialog 1 Click the Display Filters icon Y on the Frame Display window or select Apply Modify Display Filters from the filter menu to open the Set Condition dialog box 2 Click the Advanced button on the Set Condition dialog box 3 Select Include or Exclude radio button Now you can set the conditions for the filter 4 Select the initial condition for the filter from the combo box at the bottom of the dialog for Select each frame Condition Select each frame where the protocol 5 Set the parameters for the selected condition in with the conversation the fields provided The fields that appear in the Vee dialog box are dependent upon the previous selection Continue to enter the requested parameters in the fields provided until the conditions statement is complete 80 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data NOT Condition where the protocol 7777 exists x le gt lie Figure 4 23 Two Filter Conditions Added with an AND Operator 6 Click the plus icon on the left side o
214. host DTE i e for Bluetooth controllers Send is Host gt Controller Receive is Controller gt Host Note Some Datalink Types already encode some or all of this information within the Packet Data With these Datalink Types these flags should be treated as informational only and the value in the Packet Data should take precedence Cumulative Drops A 32 bit unsigned integer representing the number of packets that were lost by the system that created the packet file between the first packet record in the file and this one Packets may be lost because of insufficient resources in the capturing system or for other reasons Note some implementations lack the ability to count dropped packets Those implementations may set the cumulative drops value to zero Timestamp Microseconds A 64 bit signed integer representing the time of packet arrival in microseconds since midnight January 1st O AD nominal Gregorian In order to avoid leap day ambiguity in calculations note that an equivalent epoch may be used of midnight January 1st 2000 AD which is represented in this field as OXOOEO3AB44A676000 Packet Data Variable length field holding the packet that was captured beginning with its datalink header The Datalink Type field of the file header can be used to determine how to decode the datalink header The length of the Packet Data field is given in the Included Length field Note that the length of this field in not necessarily roun
215. ight halves will move towards the left and right edges respectively Zooming using the toolbar buttons in a multiple segment display is relative to the number of segments If you have a single display and zoom out they will become two segments then three segments then six and so forth Selecting a Zoom icon or on the toolbar zooms in our out The current Zoom setting is shown in the center of the timeline segment information bar at the bottom of each timeline segment If you are in multiple segments the segment information bar will show the zoom level with the text Contiguous time segment x n where x is 1 2 3 segment and n is the total number of segments For example Contiguous time segment 2 3 106 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 4 4 2 11 Zoom menu Zoom In Ctrl Plus Zoom Cut Ctrl Minus oom In Tool oom Out Tool Selection Tool 2 5 ms 1x2 11 25 ms 1x9 33 75 ms 1x27 125 ms 1x100 437 5 ms 1x350 1 875 s 1x1500 3 75 s 3000 1 5 ms 61 25 ms time intervals 3x2 22 5 ms 18 1 25 ms time intervals 63 90 ms 721 25 ms time intervals 12x6 202 5 ms 1621 25 ms time intervals 16x9 360 mg 288 1 25 ms time intervals 4x12 562 5 ms 450 1 25 ms time intervals 30 15 S10 ms 648 1 25 ms time intervals 36x18 1 1025 s 882 1 25 ms time intervals A271 1 44 s 1152 1 25 ms time intervals 48x24 1 8225 s 1458 1 25 ms time interv
216. iles is checked If however the location is not accessible files are saved to the default directory that is set at installation If the checkbox is unchecked then the system always defaults to the directory listed in the File Locations dialog 7 1 3 Side Names The Side Names dialog is used to change the names of objects and events that appear in various displays The Side Names dialog will change depending on the sniffing technology in use at the time the software was loaded Changes to the Names are used throughout the program 193 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 7 General Information Side Names Default Namez Current Hames Slave Master Figure 7 6 Example Side Names Where Slave and Master are current 1 To open the Side Names dialog choose Side Names from the Options menu on the Control window 2 Tochange aname click on the name given in the Current Names column and then click again to modify the name a slow double click 3 Select OK to initiate the changes The changes that have been made will not fully take effect for any views already open Closing and reopening the views will cause the name change to take effect 4 Torestore the default values click the Set Defaults button 7 1 4 Timestamping Timestamping is the process of precise recording in time of packet arrival Timestamps is an optional parameter in the Frame Display and Event Display that can assist in troubl
217. ill accomplish the same objectives although the datasource setup will be slightly different for each device 214 Appendicies ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual A 1 7 1 Setting up the BPA 600 1 Run the ComProbe Protocol Analysis Software sPa 600 datasource and select Bluetooth Classic low energy r T a BPA 600 This will bring up the BPA 600 datasource window This is where the parameters are set for sniffing including the aaa devices to be sniffed and how the link is to be S _ Devices Under Test Device Database LE Device Database BPA 600 Information LE Only Classic Only Single Connection Dual Mode Classic Only Multiple Connections decrypted LE Device i Classic Device amp 00025b00aae0 UGO 2 Select Devices Under Test tab on the Datasource window Classic Encryption T R Enter New Long Tem Key 3 Click select LE Only TZE Enter New PIN OOB data 4 Todecrypt encrypted data transmissions Curent Link Key Pa a between the Bluetooth low energy devices the ComProbe analyzer needs to know the LTK because this is the shared secret used to encrypt the session There are two ways to provide this information and which to select will depend on the pairing method Just Works or Passkey Entry Figure 7 ComProbe BPA 600 low energy only datasource settings LE Encryption a Passkey Entry is easiest if you have the code that was Enter New Long Term Key displayed or entered du
218. in Chapter 2 Getting Started ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Table 2 2 Control Window File Menu Selections continued Live amp Open Capture File Opens a Windows Open file dialog at the default location Capture Public Documents Frontline Test Equipment My Capture File Files Capture files have a cfa extension Saves the current capture or capture file Opens a Windows Save As dialog at the default location Public Documents Frontline Test Equipment My Capture Files Exit ComProbe Shuts down the ComProbe Protocol Analysis System and all Protocol Analysis open system windows System Recent capture files A list of recently opened capture files will appear The View menu selections will vary depending on the ComProbe analyzer in use Table 2 3 Control Window View Menu Selections Live amp Event Display Ctrl Opens the Event Display window for analyzing byte level Capture Shift E data File Frame Display Ctrl Opens the Frame Display window for analyzing protocol Shift M level data Bluetooth low energy Opens the Bluetooth low energy Timeline window for Timeline analyzing protocol level data in a packet chronological format and in packet throughput graph Bluetooth low energy Opens the Bluetooth low energy PER Stats window to Packet Error Rate show a dynamic graphical representation of the error rate for Statistics each low energy channel Table 2 4 Control Window Edit Menu Selections
219. ince row numbers refer to the event numbers they work the same way In the above example the first row would be listed as 2d00 which is hex for 11520 The advantage of not renumbering events is that you can save a portion of a capture file send it to a colleague and tell your colleague to look at a particular event Since the events are not renumbered your colleague s file use the same event numbers that your file does 7 2 6 Useful Character Tables 7 2 6 1 ASCII Codes LU Oe EP EOT ENGIACK EEL BE UT ee LO SD LE ix oue oct oc2 Dc3 0C4 nak SyN ETB CAN ew suslesclrs Tes Rs us left 201 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 7 General Information 7 2 6 2 Baudot Codes DEC HEX LETTERS FIGURES K NUL LANK LIL 7 oO pan sic 2 um eeel Uu LP a a TAN A ee ae eee SG as a aa LE F GURES FIGURES TONS 39 n1883 53 TE 31 WF TENERS LETTERS 7 2 6 3 EBCDIC Codes hex xO x1 x2 x3 ed os 6 KA xB x xD KE xF Ox NUL S0H STS ETX PF HT L LC DEL SHA NT EE ix DLE OCT OC2 TM RES NL 6s IL CAN EM ec Curfirs iss Rs Us LFS em Soup Jewolaod EL mi j gr LTTE ee rkKi t mi n olela r Ex S tT utviw x yz E Fx O 1 2 3 4 51 6 7 86159 wet W w HHT 7 2 6 4 Communication Control Characters Listed bel
220. ing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual The Go To Frame dialog disappears and the selected frame is highlighted in the chart Once you have identified the frame in Go To you can 1 use the Search Previous a and Search Next i buttons or 2 F2 and F4 keys to move to the next or previous frame in the chart 4 4 4 3 Message Sequence Chart First Error Frame When you select Go to first error frame from the toolbar X the Select layer dialog appears Select layer Select layer 42DP AVOTP Signaling BE Once you select a layer then OK the first error for that layer will be displayed If no error is found a dialog will announce that event FIS4BT AN Error Frame was not Found 4 4 4 4 Message Sequence Chart Printing Lr TI There are three standard MSC print buttons Print Preview Print and Cancel Printing D s 142 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Print Preview 1 When you select Print Preview me the Print Setup dialog appears 2 You next need to select your printer from the drop down list set printer properties and format the print output 3 Then you select OK After you select OK the Message Sequence Chart Print Preview dialog appears SEARRE Pac Jos MAD PIED sev Page 1 of5 LMP M LMP S LMP version req BT version of Master vi arr Tran ID Initiated by master VersNr v1 2 LMP wersion res lt 4 T version of Slave v1 1
221. inning of capture onward until redefined in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog On the Slave side with CID 0000 Address 0 and DataSource 1 LAC AP is canying AMP Test Manager On the Master side with CID 0000 Address 0 and DataSource LACAP is camying SMP On the Master side with CID k004e Address 0 LACAP is canying Raw Data Figure 3 15 Parameters Added to Decoder To delete a parameter from the Initial Connections window select the parameter and click on the Delete button Decoder parameters cannot be edited The only way to change a parameter is to delete the original as described above and recreate the parameter with the changed settings and selections and then click on the Add button L2CAP parameters are saved when the template is saved Adding a New or Saving an Existing Template on page 24 3 2 4 2 L2CAP Override Decode Information The Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog allows the user to override an existing parameter at any frame in the capture where the parameter is used If you have a parameter in effect and wish to change that parameter o Chapter 3 Configuration Settings 1 Select the frame where the change should take effect ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual A EN ISinnalinn 2 Select Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters from the Options menu or by selecting a frame in the frame display and choosing from the right click pop up menu and make the needed changes Refer to
222. ion Settings The default value in the LE Device drop down is Sync with First Master Devices in the LE Device Database may be selected Once a device is selected or if any other change is made to the Devices Under Test tab the toolbar save button E becomes available Clicking on this button will save the current Devices Under Test settings that will be available the next time you open ComProbe BPA low energy analysis To begin sniffing Bluetooth low energy simply click the red Start button ie on the datasource toolbar Specifying the LE Device Address You may specify the LE device you are testing by typing in or choosing its address BD ADDR You can type it directly into the drop down or choose it from the existing previous values list in the drop down Alternatively you can open the LE Device Database tab right click on any device in the list and click on Select LE Device in the pop up menu The selected device s BD Addr and Nickname will appear in the LE Device field To enter the device manually type the address 12 digit hex number 6 octets The Ox is automatically typed in the drop down control Note If one device changes its address and the other device does not then select the device H address that does not change for the LE Device Address field Once you have the devices address identified the next step is to identify the Encryption LE Encryption LE Enciyption Long Tenn Key PINOOB data Figure 3 4 BPA low ener
223. ion of the program Do not worry if an icon seems to be missing a font is different or even if the entire color scheme appears to have changed The examples are still valid Examples of decoders methods and frame recognizers are included in this manual You can cut and paste from these examples to create your own decoders A quick note here Usually the pasted code appears the same as the original in your editor Some editors however change the appearance of the text when it is pasted something to do with whether it is ASCII or Unicode text If you find that the pasted text does not appear the same as the original you can transfer the code into a simple text editor like Notepad save it as an ANSI ASCII file then use it in your decoder These files are installed in the FTE directory of the system Common Files directory The readme file in the root directory of the protocol analyzer installation contains a complete list of included files Most files are located in My Decoders and My Methods We will be updating our web site with new and updated utilities etc on a regular basis and we urge decoder writers to check there occasionally 204 Chapter 7 General Information ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 7 2 9 Bluetooth low energy ATT Decoder Handle Mapping Low energy device attributes contain a 16 bit address called the attribute handle Each handle is associated with an attribute Universally Unique Identifier UUID that is
224. ires the following user inputs to complete a parameter e Stream Identifies the role of the device initiating the frame master or slave e Server Channel The Bluetooth channel number O through 78 e DLCI This is the Data Link Connection Identifier and identifies the ongoing connection between a client and a server 33 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings e Data Source DS No When only one data source is employed set this parameter to O zero otherwise set to the desired data source e Carries UUID Select from the list to apply the Universal Unique Identifier UUID of the application layer that RFCOMM traverses to from the following o OBEX o SPP o encap asyncPPP o Headset o FAX o Hands Free o SIM Access o VCP o UDI o Raw Data Adding Deleting and Saving RFCOMMParameters 1 From the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window click on the RFCOMMtab 2 Setor select the RFCOMMdecoder parameters 3 Click ont he ADD button The Intial Connection window displays the added parameters Initial Connections in effect from beginning of capture onward until redefined In the piconet 2 on the Slave side with the L2CAP CID 0x0000 and with the remote side TSID 0 the AVDTP is canying Signalling packets Modified by user In the piconet 2 on the Master side with the L2CAP CID 0x0000 and with the remote side TSID 1 the AVDTP is canying Reporting packets Modified by user
225. iring Methods _ 22 22 a 223 A24 Encrypting the LINK cane ce coe seve AYE NANA KG HAYAN DIG a icdueneeeteddeesuensedeeesceiwes aoe 224 IX ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual A 2 5 Encryption Key Generation and Distribution 2 22 eee ee eee eee eee eee 224 A 2 6 Encrypting The Data Transmission a 225 A 2 7 IRK and CSRK Revisited 2 ccc cc eee sceaceeetecdcnscuccgsaeecededducceteceeessesadeceabsoneneseieds 225 A 2 8 Table of Acronyms 22 cece cece eee ccc cece c cece e cece aooaa aoaaa oaaao aaraa nannan 226 A 3 Bluetooth Virtual Sniffing 222 ei cece ce cc cece eee eee eee cece ce eeeeeeeeeeee 227 Aad ghee ep KAP PE 227 A 3 2 Why HCI Sniffing and Virtual Sniffing are Useful 22022 e eee eee 227 A 3 3 Bluetooth Sniffing History a 228 A 3 4 Virtual Sniffing What is it 2 22 2 cece cece cee cece cece cece eeeceeeeee 228 A 3 5 The Convenience and Reliability of Virtual Sniffing 20 22 cece eee eee eee eee eee 229 A 3 6 How Virtual Sniffing Works 0 cece cece cece cece ccc cece ee ceeeeeeeees 229 A 3 7 Virtual Sniffing and Bluetooth Stack Vendors e eee eee eee cece cece ecececceeceees 229 A 3 8 Case Studies Virtual Sniffing and Bluetooth Mobile Phone Makers _ 230 A 3 9 Virtual Sniffing and You 2 22 eee cee cece cee cee cee cece cece cece ee eeeceeceeceseeeees 230 List of Figure
226. iring Response message is transmitted from the responder and contains much of the same information as the initiators Pairing Request message thus confirming that a pairing is successfully negotiated In the sample SMP decode in the figure at the right note T SMP the keys identified Creating a shared secret key is an Code Pairing Request luti that j lint di 10 Capabilities KeyboardDisplay EE NDIUHONALY Process INALIHVOIVES Several iNtermeuiary OOB data flag OOB Authentication data not present keys The resulting keys include AuthReg Bonding Flags Bonding MITH MITM Protection es Maximum Encryption Key Size 16 Octets 1 IRK 128 bit key used to generate and resolve random address Initiator Key Distribution Enckey Initiator shall distribute LTE followed by EDY and Rand 2 CSRK 128 bit key used to sign data and ve rify IdFey Initiator shall distribute IAK followed by its address g di ta z Sign Initiator shall distribute CSAE signatures on the receiving device 3 Responder Key Distribution Encke Responder shall distribute LTE followed by EDI and Rand 3 LTK 128 bit key used to generate the session key for ldKey Responder shall distribute IRK followed by its address j Sign Responder shall distribute CSAK an encrypted connection ign Hesp istribu 4 Encrypted Diversifier EDIV 16 bit stored value used to identify the LTK A new EDIV is generated each time a new LTK is distributed Figure 18 Sample
227. itching Between Hex Decimal Octal or Binary On the Event Display window the analyzer displays data in Hex by default There are several ways to change the radix used to display data Go to the Format menu and select the radix you want A check mark next to the radix indicates which set is currently being used Format Bookmarks Hexadecimal Decimal Octal Binary Y ASCI 7 bit ASCI EBCDIC Baudot Figure 4 6 Format Menu 1 Right click on the data display header labels and choose a different radix z Cum a Cam Tam Cum l i mi l m l m Display numbers in Binary SE Display numbers in Octal Oda Display numbers in Decimal x5 Display numbers in Hexadecimal Figure 4 7 Header labels right click 2 Or right click anywhere in the data display and select a different radix lThe base of a number system Binary is base 2 octal is base 8 decimal is base 10 and hexadecimal is base 16 53 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Oa 9a amp 30 Copy the selection and put it on the 24 Save As Go to an Event Number 5e N 2f Find 197 Od v Display Only Numbers 44 Display Only Characters Display Sides Together mm v Display all Event Information Yy numbers in Binary Display numbers in Octal Display numbers in Decimal Display numbers in Hexadecimal Figure 4 8 Data displa
228. ities and from that information determine a suitable method for phase 2 2 The purpose of this phase is to generate the Short Term Key STK used in the third phase to secure key distribution The devices agree on a Temporary Key TK that along with some random numbers creates the STK 3 In this phase each device may distribute to the other device up to three keys a the Long Term Key LTK used for Link Layer encryption and authentication b the Connection Signature Resolving Key CSRK used for data signing at the ATT layer and 222 Appendicies ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual c the Identity Resolving Key IRK used to generate a private address Of primary interest in this paper is the LTK CSRK and IRK are covered briefly at the end Bluetooth low energy uses the same pairing process as Classic Bluetooth Secure Simple Pairing SSP During SSP initially each device determines its capability for input and output IO The input can be None Yes No or Keyboard with Keyboard having the ability to input a number The output can be either None or Display with Display having the ability to display a 6 digit number For each device in a paring link the IO capability determines their ability to create encryption shared secret keys The Pairing Request message is transmitted from the initiator containing the IO capabilities authentication data availability authentication requirements key size requirements and other data A Pa
229. ive Yellow Waiting for the master to resume transmission When you are capturing data there are several important concepts to consider Files are placed in My Capture Files by default and have a cfa extension Choose Directories from the Options menu on the Control window to change the default file location Watch the status bar on the Control window to monitor how full the file is When the file is full it begins to wrap which means the oldest data will be overwritten by new data Click the Stop icon to temporarily stop data capture Click the Start Capture icon again to resume capture Stopping capture means no data will be added to the capture file until capture is resumed but the previously captured date remains in the file To clear captured data click the Clear icon Jf o If you select Clear after selecting Stop a dialog appears asking whether you want to save the data m You can click Save File and enter a file name when prompted f you choose Do Not Save all data will be cleared If you choose Cancel the dialog closes with no changes A1 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual o Ifyou select the Clear icon while a capture is occurring m The capture stops m A dialog appears asking if you want to save the capture m You can select Yes and save the capture or select No and close the dialog In either case the existing capture file is cleared and a new capture fil
230. kt LL_LENC_RSP Slave session key identiher SKDs Onc26aa3044187892e Slave inaiaization vector W3 054702256 Figure 23 Encryption Response from Slave Example ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture A 2 6 Encrypting The Data Transmission Data encryption begins with encrypting the link The Session Key SK is created using a session key diversifier SKD The first step in creating a SK is for the master device to send Link Layer encryption request message LL_ ENC_REQ that contains the SKD miga The SKD aa is generated using the LTK The slave receives SKD aster generates SKD and generates SK by concatenating parts of SKD and SKD _ The slave device responds ast slav with an eneryption response message LL_ENC_RSP that contains SKD x the Bi will create the same SK Now thata SK has been calculated the master and slave devices will now aaah a handshake process The slave will transmit unencrypted LL START ENC REQ but sets the slave to receive encrypted data using the recently calculated SK The master responds with encrypted LL START ENC RSP that uses the same SK just calculated and setting the master to receive encrypted data Once the slave receives the master s encrypted LL START ENC RSP message and responds with an encrypted LL START ENC RSP message the Bluetooth low energy devices can now begin transmitting and receiving encrypted data A 2 7 IRK and CSRK Revisited Earlier in this paper it was stated that LT
231. l In the following diagram we see a three segment display showing the timeline flow Timeline Begining Timestamp Timeline Segment End of Segment Timestamp Timeline Row1 Timeline Row2 Timeline Row3 End of upper segment is beginning of segment below Timeline Row1 Timeline Row2 Timeline Row3 End of upper segment is beginning of segment below Timeline Row1 Timeline Row2 Timeline Row3 Timeline Ending Timestamp Figure 4 38 Diagram of low energy Timeline Flow with Segment and Row Relationship e Rowscan display either source device access addresses or the three radios receiving the data You choose with methods by selecting Show Device Address Rows or Show Radio Rows from the Format menu 4 4 2 6 Format Menu Show Device Address Rows will display rows of packets Zoom Navigate Help from sending devices The source device address will appear Alan a on the left of each row Show Radio Rows Show Radio Rows will display rows packets received on radios 0 1 or 2 The radio number will appear on the left of each row o The Addr rows display packets sent by that access address for all devices or configured devices You select All Devices or Configured Devices using the radio buttons The address shown is the access address for the device 100 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Selected Packet 57 120 Adv Type ADV IND Timestamp
232. lear Capture Buffer 187 CN 203 Coexistence View 109 le Devices Radio Buttons 123 Legend 124 Set Button 122 Throughput Graph 114 Discontinuities 115 Dots 118 Swap Button 117 Viewport 116 Zoom Cursor 121 Zoomed 119 Freeze Y 120 Unfreeze Y 120 Y Scales Frozen 120 Throughput Indicators 111 Throughput Radio Buttons 123 234 Appendicies Timeline Radio Buttons 123 Timelines 124 discontinuities 131 high speed 133 packet 124 two timelines 129 Toolbar 109 Tooltip 115 relocate 115 127 Color of Data Bytes 76 Colors 76 Comma Separated File 183 Compound Display Filters 80 Confirm CFA Changes 178 Context For Decoding 47 Control Characters 202 Control Signals 55 193 Control Window 13 187 Configuration Information 8 Conversation Filters 82 CPAS Capture Data 40 CPAS Control Window Toolbar 7 CR 203 CRC 51 CSV Files 183 Custom Protocol Stack 43 45 Custom Stack 44 45 Customizing Fields in the Summary Pane 72 D D 1 203 D 2 202 Appendicies D 3 202 D 4 202 D E 203 Data 51 175 176 Capturing 38 Data Byte Color Denotation 76 Data Errors 168 Data Extraction 153 Data Rates 51 Decimal 53 Decode Pane 73 decoder 204 Decoder Parameters 21 DecoderScript 204 Decodes 21 43 48 57 63 73 157 Default File Locations 191 Delete aTemplate 24 Deleting Display Filters 82 Delta Times 51 Direction 82 Directories 191 Disabling 187 Display Filters 77 83 85 Display Options 197 DL 203 Dots 73 Driver 204 Duplicate Vie
233. lected Item to Carry drop down list Show Timestamp Column f Show Delta Column 3 If you wish to remove an overridden rule click on Remove Add New Column Help Override button If you want to remove all decoder parameter settings click on Remove All EE BA 4 Choose the protocol the selected item carries from the Restore Default Columns Change Column Order Help drop down list and click OK Add Bookmark Each entry in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog Export takes effect from the specified frame onward or until redefined in Provide L2CAP Rules this dialog on a later frame Provide RECOMM Rules Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters Show Hidden Panes p mane 34 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters 131 RFCOMM Rules in effect from frame 131 onward until redefined here for a later frame On the Slave side with Server Channel 1 DLC 2 RFCOMM is canying Headset Overidden by user Charge te Seed temto Coy Raa HS HF Undecoded RFCOMM Frames VCP UDI Raw Data Figure 3 18 Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters selection list Note If the capture has no user defined overrides then the system displays a dialog stating that V4 no user defined overrides exist 35 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data The following sections describe the vari
234. lections Live amp Cascade Ctrl W Arranges open analysis windows in a cascaded view with Capture window captions visible oe Close All Views Closes Open analysis windows Minimize Control When checked minimizing the Control window also Minimizes All minimizes all open analysis windows Frame Display and When these windows are open the menu will display these Event Display selections Clicking on the selection will bring that window to the front Control Window Help Menu Selections Live amp Help Topics gt Opens the ComProbe Help window Capture Fil P About ComProbe Provides a pop up showing the version and release Protocol Analysis information Frontline contact information and copyright System Information Support on the Web pe Opens a browser to fte com technical support page 2 3 6 Minimizing Windows Windows can be minimized individually or as a group when the Control window is minimized To minimize windows as a group 1 Go to the Window menu on the Control window 2 Select Minimize Control Minimizes All The analyzer puts a check next to the menu item indicating that when the Control window is minimized all windows are minimized 3 Select the menu item again to deactivate this feature 4 The windows minimize to the top of the operating system Task Bar 13 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings In this section the ComProbe software is used to configure an analyzer for capturing data
235. led the ComProbe Protocol Analysis System or ComProbe software Whether you are sniffing the air or connecting directly to the chip Frontline analyzers use the same powerful ComProbe software to help you test troubleshoot and debug communications faster ComProbe software is an easy to use and powerful protocol analysis platform Simply use the appropriate ComProbe hardware or write your own proprietary code to pump communication streams directly into the ComProbe software where they are decoded decrypted and analyzed Within the ComProbe software you see packets frames events coexistence binary hex radix statistics errors and much more This manual is a user guide that takes you from connecting and setting up the hardware through all of the ComProbe software functions for your ComProbe hardware Should you have any questions contact the Frontline Technical Support Team ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 1 ComProbe Hardware amp Software 1 1 What is in this manual The ComProbe User Manual comprises the following seven chapters The chapters are organized in the sequence you would normally follow to capture and analyze data set up configure capture analyze save You can read them from beginning to end to gain a complete understanding of how to use the ComProbe hardware and software or you can skip around if you only need a refresher on a particular topic Use the Contents Index and Glossary to find the location of parti
236. left arrow button Q the left arrow key or the up arrow key moves the Viewport to the left one vertical bar at a time e Pressing the right arrow button the right arrow key or the down arrow key moves the Viewport to the right one vertical bar at a time e Pressing the double left arrow button RJ or the PgUp key moves the Viewport to the left by the current width of the Viewport Holding down the Shift key will prevent the Viewport from moving if there is not enough room to move by its full width e Pressing the double right arrow button pJ or the PgDn key moves the Viewport to the right by the current width of the Viewport Holding down the Shift key will prevent the Viewport from moving if there is not enough room to move by its full width 151 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual e Holding the Shift key down and the right or left arrows moves the right side of the Viewport e Holding the Ctrl key down and the right or left arrows moves the left side of the Viewport e The Scroll bar includes inapplicable packets sniffer debug WiFi etc so that the packet range selected in can be shown Inapplicable packets are not however included in the e Ifthe Viewport is adjusted within PER Stats as opposed to selecting a packet range in it uses only whole bars on both sides e Statistics are retained for all packets regardless of whether any of those packets have wrapped out You can sele
237. ll exit Byte Export 3 The Save As dialog will open Select a directory location and enter a file name for the exported frames file 68 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data J Save As 28 Goj E Desktop gt Search Desktop p Organize v New folder J v Se Fani Name 5 Size Item type BO Desktop F G9 Libraries Mm Downloads B John W Trinkle Recent Places Computer Gu Network G9 Libraries Ji Frontline ComProb File folder Documents Ji Frontline ComProb File folder at Music di Frontline ComProb File folder t Pictures d Frontline ComProb File folder a Subversion YI a Filename ByteLevelExport 1 bt pi Save as type Text Files txt X amp Hide Folders Save Cancel Figure 4 16 Save As dialog Click on the Save button The exported frames are in a text file that can be opened in any standard text editing application The header shows the export type the capture file name the selected filter tab and the number of frames The body shows the frame number the timestamp in the same format shown in the Frame Display Summary pane and the frame contents as raw bytes ByteLevelExport 1 txt Notepad o e 23 File Edit Format View Help Byte export of all filtered in frames Capture file le modified channel maps HID kbd cant decrypt GAIT cfa Filter tab Unfiltered 1 299 frames exported
238. ll see the select Show all Layers button 137 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual yam NET When you select Show all Layers the chart will display all the messaging layers The Frame and Time of the packets are displayed on the left side of the chart Classic LE All Layers Ctrl Summary fNon Msg Summary BB L2CAP TCS LMP 13 45 10 21 4603 Setup Setup 13 45 10 219603 LT_ADDR 0 LLID L2CAP s nf SEQN 1 ARQN 0 L2CAP Data Connectionless Length 5 CID 0x0002 PS 13 45 10 534608 Setup Setup DM1 LT ADDR 0 LLID L2CAP sfnf SEQN 1 ARON 0 Figure 4 90 Frame and Time Display inside red box If you click on the description of the message interaction the corresponding information is highlighted in Frame Display 10 DO DO OOD 4 7 2004 247 15 137108 Tran ID Initiated by master Original Opcode LMP max slot req 11 OOO0 000 AMANDA 24715145233 ki agos i i ABA na i Wna 49 434 F LMP timing accuracy res P 00010110 00000000 10001100 00110000 00000010 10011001 Tran ID Initiated by slave Drift 50 ppm Jitter 1 NO0111101 00000001 01001110 11111111 11111111 00001111 8 00000000 oooooooo oooooooo oooooooo cOOMEBAH Se P Tran ID Initiated by master LMP features res P16 00 Sc 30 02 99 3d Ol 4e ff ff Of OO OO 00 00 00 O Pee Misini miar har martarl I BIO MZILW Figure 4 91 MSC Synchronizatio
239. luetooth slot is 625 us wide 130 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Figure 4 81 Vertical blue lines are Bluetooth slot markers 4 4 3 30 Zooming There are various ways to zoom 1 2 Drag one of the sides of the Throughput Graph viewport Select a zoom preset from the Zoom or right click menus Select the Zoom In or Zoom Out button or menu item Turn the mouse wheel in the Timelines or the Zoomed Throughput Graph while the zoom cursor is selected The action is the same as selecting the Zoom In and Zoom Out buttons and menu items except that the time point at the mouse pointer is kept in place if possible Select the Zoom to Data Point Packet Range menu item which zooms to the packet range shown in the most recently displayed tool tip Select the Zoom to Selected Packet Range menu item which zooms to the selected packet range as indicated in the Selected Packets text in the timeline header Select the Custom Zoom menu item This is the zoom level from the most recent drag of a viewport side selection of Zoom to Data Point Packet Range or selection of Zoom to Selected Packet The zoom buttons and tools step through the zoom presets and custom zoom where the custom zoom is logically inserted in value order into the zoom preset list for this purpose 4 4 3 31 Discontinuities A discontinuity is when the timestamp going from one packet to the next either goes backward by an
240. mProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data B Frame ASCII Hex Fram Delta Timestamp a EEE 289 4 13 2015 10 55 This is the Summary Pane Copy Selection to Clipboard Save Selection Go To Show Frame Size Column Show Timestamp Column Show Delta Column Add New Column Help Remove New Column Change Column Order Help Restore Default Columns TU Add Bookmark Export Connection Filter gt Classic Al 1 Connection Filter Link 4 Bluetooth low energy k Link Provide L CAP Rules Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters Show Hidden Panes b Figure 4 31 Connection Filter from frame selection right click Creating from any Frame Display window A Connection Filter can be created from any open Frame Display window and the filtering will always be applied to the original captured data set 4 4 1 13 2 2 Connection Filter Display Once you have selected which connections to filter in another Frame Display will open The original Frame Display will remain open and can be minimized Note The system currently limits the number of frame displays to 5 This limit includes any Frame Displays opened using Duplicate View dg from the Toolbar see Working with Multiple Frame Displays on page 67 The new Frame Display with the filtered connection frames will only contain the data defined by the filter criteria
241. mary pane frame numbers in red mean there is an error in the frame Also the Errors tab is displayed in red This could be a physical error in a data byte or an error in the protocol decode Bytes in red in the Radix Character Binary and Event panes mean there is a physical error associated with the byte 4 4 1 12 2 Changing Protocol Layer Colors You can differentiate different protocol layers in the Decode Event Radix Binary and Character panes 1 Choose Select Protocol Layer Colors from the Options menu to change the colors used The colors for the different layers is displayed 2 Tochange acolor click on the arrow next to each layer and select a new color 3 Select OK to accept the color change and return to Frame Display Select Cancel to discard any selection Select Defaults to return the highlight colors to the default settings Protocol Layer Color Selector Layer 1 bc LayerS Abed ff OK Layer Abed Abedi Laver 10 EEE Cancel HEHE Layer 3 Abed BURR Layer 11 E H Defaults Layer4 Abed Abedi m Laeli BETH Laer5 Abcd f8 Layer 13 E a ae Layer 6 Abed BURR Lewen det Other Layer Laper15 Abcd 2 Layer amp Abed ff Laver16 Abed ME Figure 4 20 Frame Display Protocol Layer Color Selector 4 4 1 13 Filtering Filtering allows the user to control the display which capture frames are displayed Filters fall into two general categories 76
242. me 161 196 Remove Bookmarks 172 173 Columns 72 Custom Stack 44 Filters 82 83 Framing Markers 46 Reset Panes 67 Resolution 195 Resumed 55 Revealing Protocol Layers 63 RFCOMM 32 34 RFCOMM Missing Decode Information 33 RFCOMM Override Decode Information 34 RS 202 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Save 79 175 177 Save As 175 Saving 176 177 Display Filter 78 Imported Capture Files 187 Saving the Capture File using File amp gt Save or the Save icon 175 Search 157 159 161 163 164 168 171 173 binary value 159 bookmarks 173 character string 159 errors 168 event number 164 frame number 163 hex pattern 159 pattern 159 special event 164 timestamp 161 wildcards 159 Seed Value 51 Serial Driver 204 Short Break 56 Side Names 193 Sides 193 Sorting Frames 64 Special Events 164 Start 55 Start Up Options 190 Summary 69 Summary Pane 69 72 73 Sync Dropped 56 238 Appendicies Sync Found 56 Sync Hunt Entered 56 Sync Lost 56 Synchronization 66 System Settings 187 189 T Technical Support 206 Test Device Began Responding 56 Test Device Stopped Responding 56 Timestamp 172 195 196 Timestamping 172 194 196 Timestamping Disabled 56 Timestamping Enabled 56 Timestamping Options 187 194 Timestamping Resolution 195 Timestamps 194 196 Transferring Packets 38 Truncated Frame 56 U Underrun Error 56 Unframe 46 Unframe Function 46 Unframing 46 Unknown Event 56 V vendor specific de
243. move the view port forward in time and will display the selected packet in the bottom segment on the right edge Each segment s timestamps will synchronously change as the view port scrolls forward in time All subsequent selected next packets will appear on the right of the bottom segment 105 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Multiple packets are selected either by dragging the mouse or by holding down the shift key while navigating or clicking When a single packet is selected in the timeline it is also becomes selected in the Frame Display When multiple packets are selected in the timeline only one of them is selected in the Frame Display The keyboard left arrow key goes to the previous packet The right arrow key goes to the next packet The Ctrl left arrow key goes to the previous error packet The Ctrl right arrow key goes to the next error packet The mouse scroll wheel will scroll the timeline as long as the cursor is in the dialog 4 4 2 10 low energy Timeline Zooming Zoom features can be accessed from the Bluetooth low energy Timeline Zoom menu by right clicking on the Timeline window A couple of things to remember about Zooming Zooming using the toolbar buttons in a single segment display is relative to the center of the display That is as you zoom out those packets on the left and right halves will move closer to the center If you zoom in those packets in the left and r
244. must be dealt with The homegrown hex dumps and trace tools from the early days of Bluetooth just are not good enough anymore And building a good protocol analyzer is not easy So stack vendors are partnering with Frontline This permits the stack vendors to concentrate of improving their stack The typical Bluetooth stack vendor provides a Windows based SDK The stack vendor interfaces their SDK to ComProbe software by adding a very small amount of code to the SDK somewhere in the transport area right about in the same place that HCI data is sent to the Host Controller If ComProbe software is installed on the PC and the Virtual sniffer is running then the data will be captured and decoded by ComProbe software in real time If ComProbe software is not installed or the Virtual sniffer is not running then no harm is done Virtual sniffing is totally passive and has no impact on the behavior of the SDK One Frontline stack vendor partner feels so strongly about ComProbe software that not only have they built Virtual sniffing support in their SDK but they have made ComProbe software an integral part of their product offering They are actively encouraging all customers on a worldwide basis to adopt ComProbe software as their protocol analysis solution A 3 8 Case Studies Virtual Sniffing and Bluetooth Mobile Phone Makers Case Study 1 A Bluetooth mobile phone maker had been using a homemade HCI trace tool to debug the link between the Host CPU
245. n are listed here Also listed ce address is considered a Tx packet and is shown with a at was set here in the previous session IF that address has OOF 1c Ut ee bo it is shown in parentheses 00 le 65 42 06 65 D0 24 21 38 ae be D0 2 58 42 06 65 00 50 56 84 00 00 00 50 56 84 00 04 00 50 56 84 00 0b 40 01 1061 33 bbice Oc 26 0a 43 b69 40 FOFitaltesiasial FoePOO Zas4 b5 a4 ba db fd 11 a6 Fe 1e dF d5 b2 93 Figure 4 67 802 11 Source Address Drop Down Selector 4 43 21 Coexistence View Throughput Radio Buttons Throughput The radio buttons in the Throughput group specify whether to show packet and or payload lines Packet in the Throughput Graph and also whether to show packet or payload throughput in the Payload throughput indicators if the Both radio button is selected packet throughput is shown in the Both throughput indicators 4 4 3 22 Coexistence View Timeline Radio Buttons Timeline The radio buttons in the Timeline group specify timeline visibility The first three buttons specify 5 GHz whether to show one or both timelines while the Auto button shows only timelines which have 2 4GHz had packets at some point during this session If no packets have been received at all and the Both Auto button is selected the 2 4 GHz timeline is shown Auto 4 4 3 23 Coexistence View low energy Devices Radio Buttons LE Devices The radio buttons in the LE Devices group where LE
246. n close proximity with Wi Fi transmitting sources such as laptops or routers Turning off Wi Fi on the computer running the ComProbe software is recommended Poor Placement A poor test configuration for the analyzer is placing the DUTs very close to each other and the analyzer far away The DUTs being in close proximity to each other reduce their transmission power and thus make it hard for the analyzer to hear the conversation If the analyzer is far away from DUTs there are chances that the analyzer may miss those frames which could lead to failure in decryption of the data Obstacles in close proximity to or in between the analyzer and the DUTs can interfere and cause reduction in signal strength or interference Even small objects can cause signal scattering Figure 4 2 Example Poor Capture Environment 4 1 2 Capturing Data to Disk General Procedure A Note Capture is not available in Viewer mode 1 Click the Start Capture button to begin capturing to a file This icon is located on the Control Event Display and Frame Display windows 2 Files are placed in My Capture Files by default and have a cfa extension Choose Directories from the Options menu on the Control window to change the default file location Note For the Dashboard when you capture to series of files the window displays the data from the beginning of the first capture even when a new file in the series is created This is VA because the Dashboard
247. n cycle to the last frame and continue until it reaches the frame where the search began e Shift F3 is a shortcut for Find Previous Occurrence e If you select Find Next Occurrence when the search reaches the last frame it will then cycle to the first frame and continue until it reaches the frame where the search began e F3 is a shortcut for Find Next Occurrence e You cannot search while data is being captured e After acapture is completed you cannot search until Frame Display has finished decoding the frames e Find is not case sensitive e The status of the search is displayed at the bottom of the dialog Total Frames 259 Frames Filtered In 259 Frame s Selected 201 1 e The search occurs only on the Search for Antenna True results Found protocol layer selected e Tosearch across all the protocols on the Frame Display select the Unfiltered tab e A drop down list displays the search values entered during the current session of Frame Display Antenna True e The search is cancelled when you select a different protocol tab during a search e You can cancel the search at any time by selecting the Cancel Current Search button 4 4 1 7 Synchronizing the Event and Frame Displays The Frame Display is synchronized with the Event Display Click on a frame in the Frame Display and the corresponding bytes is highlighted in the Event Display Each Frame Displa
248. n is selected packet and payload throughput are shown as two separate lines for each technology The payload throughput line is always below the packet throughput line unless both are O The data lines and y axis labels are color coded Blue Classic Bluetooth Green Bluetooth low energy Orange 802 11 Each data point represents a duration which is initially 0 1 s Each time the number of data points per line reaches 300 the number of data points per line is halved to 150 and the duration per data point is doubled The duration per data point thus progresses from 0 1 s to 0 2 s to 0 4 s to 0 8 sand so on 4 4 3 10 Throughput Graph Y axis labels The y axis labels show the throughput in bits per second From left to right the labels are for 802 11 Bluetooth low energy and Classic Bluetooth The duration of each data point must be taken into account for the y axis label s value to be meaningful For example if a data point has a duration of 0 1 s and a bit count of 100 it will have a throughput of 1 000 bits s and the y axis labels will be consistent with this 114 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Figure 4 55 Throughput Graph y axis labels 4 4 3 11 Excluded packets Retransmitted packets and bad packets packets with CRC or Header errors are excluded from throughput calculations 4 4 3 12 Tooltips Placing the mouse pointer on a data point shows a tooltip for that data
249. n with Frame Display How do navigate in the dialog You can use the navigation arrows at the bottom and the right side of the dialog to move vertically and horizontally You can also click and hold while moving the pointer within dialog that brings up a directional arrow that you can use to move left right and up down Ctrl Summary tab When you select the Ctrl Summary tab you will see a summary of the control and signaling frames in the order that they are received transmitted from and to devices 138 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data mmm OS NG TE COST EP AA OR Ee ee An r PE All Layers Cii Summary NonMeg Summary BB LMP pE2CAPI SOP PRFCOMMEHE PAVOTPJAVDTP Signaling LESES eat recon er ao BU SAW Figure 4 92 Control and Signaling Frames Summay The frame numbered is shown whether the message comes from the Master or Slave the message Address the message itself and the timestamp Additionally the control signaling packets for each layer are shown in a different background color Piconet Piconet2 00 All Layers Ciri Summary Non Msg Summary BB LMP L2CAP SDP RFCOMM OBEX BIP Figure 4 93 Packet Layers Shown in Different Colors If you right click within the Ctrl Summary you can select Show in MSC FIFCOMM HF aka z e ee a e _ J All Layers Ctrl Summary Nonksg Summary BB LMP L2CAP SDP AVDTP AVDTP Signaling 4
250. ndicators e cece eee eee e eee e cece eeceeeeeees 111 Figure 4 51 Throughput Graph viewport 22 ee eee cece eee cee ccc cece cece e eee eeeeeereeeeee 113 Figure 4 52 Average throughput indicators show a plus sign when the indicator width is exceeded 113 Figure 4 53 A single selected packet eee eee cee cee eee eee cece eee eeeeeeeeeees 113 Figure 4 54 Coexistence View Throughput Graph eee eee cece cee cece cee ceeceeceeees 114 Figure 4 55 Throughput Graph y axis labels _ 2 22 2 ie eee ee ccc cee cece cece eeeeeeeeeee 115 X ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Figure 4 56 Data point tooltip ce eee eee cence aaan 115 Figure 4 57 A negative discontinuity 22 20 o eee cece ee ce cece ccc cece cece ececceceeceececeeceeees 116 Figure 4 58 Three positive discontinuities 2 22 eee ee ee cece cee cee eee cece cece eeeeeeeeees 116 Figure 4 59 Throughput Graph Viewport _ 22 22 eee cece ce eee e cece cece eee e eee eceeceeceeceeeeeees 117 Figure 4 60 Small Timeline and large Throughput Graph after pressing the Swap button 118 Figure 4 61 Dots Toggled On and Off a 118 Figure 4 62 Overlapping Dots Information Display _ 22 22 22 eee ee eee eee annann 119 Figure 4 63 Synchronized Zoomed Throughput Graph and View Port 2 2 e c
251. ne represents the logical bytes in the frame BE TU YS tC 5 5 AN GS HR E 4 in ASCII EBCDIC or Baudot The character set can be A A Cha Pane changed from the Format menu or by right clicking on the 4 pane and choosing the appropriate character set c Copy Selection to Clipboard 2 Because the Character pane displays the logical bytes rather Select Entire Frame than the physical bytes the data in the Character pane may p Change Text Highlight Color be different from that in the Event pane See Physical vs A Kon Logical Byte Display for more information E v ASCI 7 bit ASCI Colors are used to show which protocol layer each byte KO belongs to The colors correspond to the layers listed in the EBCDIC Decode pane Baudot The Event Radix Binary Character and Decode panes are all synchronized with one another Clicking on an element in any one of the panes highlights the corresponding element in all the other panes 74 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 4 4 1 11 7 Binary Pane The Binary pane displays the logical bytes in the frame in binary Because the Binary pane displays the logical bytes rather than the physical bytes the data in the Binary pane may be different from that in the Event pane See Physical vs Logical Byte Display for more information Colors are used to show which protocol layer each byte belongs to The colors correspond to the layers listed in the Decode
252. ng the Hide Show Display Filters dialog SCO link Supported a With low energy the Configured BT Low energy devices and Exclude NULLS Fy Role slave and POLLs are default named filters _ Configured BT low energy devic Exclude NULL and POLLs Check the small box next to the name of each protocol you want to filter in hide or Named Filter to display Then click OK 4 4 1 13 3 2 Easy Protocol Filtering There are two types of easy protocol filtering The first method lets you filter on the protocol shown in the Summary pane and the second lets you filter on any protocol discovered on the network so far 92 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 4 4 2 low energy Timeline The Bluetooth low energy Timeline displays packet information with an emphasis on temporal information and payload throughput The timeline also provides selected information from Frame Display The timeline provides a rich set of diverse information about low energy packets both individually and as a range Information is conveyed using text color packet size and position m Bluetooth low energy Timeline le Sniffer Capture GB6900AA 2 cfa File Format Zoom Navigate Help OOOO 9 AA Average Packet Throughput 83 865 Throughput Over Time BLEW O Side 1 45 845 bits s paa Adv Scanning Side 2 Adv Initiator Master Average Payload Throughput 67 092 A a KAG ACES 5 va 47 bits s Packe
253. nly non empty encrypted packets empty packets are never encrypted These packets are labeled either M for master or S for slave When the data connection is unencrypted or when encrypted packets are not successfully decrypted by the sniffer the sniffer cannot distinguish the two devices master and slave packets by their content just by the packet timing In those cases we label each device as side 1 or 2 not as master or slave In each connection event packets sent by the device which transmitted first in the connection event are labeled 1 and packets sent by the device which transmitted second are labeled 2 If no packets in the connection event are missed by the sniffer the device labeled 1 is the master and the device labeled 2 is the slave However if we do not capture the very first packet in a connection event i e the packet sent by the master but do capture the packet sent by the slave we label the slave as side 1 since it is the first device we heard in the connection event Because there is potential clock drift since the last connection event 71 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual we cannot use the absolute timing to correct this error there would still be cases where we get it wrong Therefore we always assign 1 to the first packet in a connection event So even though it is rare there are connection events where p
254. now the bit rate of the tapped circuit or be physically connected to the clock line of the circuit With Virtual sniffing the protocol analyzer itself does not actually tap the link and the protocol analyzer does not require any knowledge of the physical characteristics of the link In computer jargon virtual means not real Virtual memory is memory that doesn t actually exist Virtual reality is something that looks and feels real but isn t real So we use the term Virtual sniffing because there is sniffing taking place but not in the traditional physical sense A 3 5 The Convenience and Reliability of Virtual Sniffing Virtual sniffing is the most convenient and reliable form of sniffing and should be used in preference to all other forms of sniffing whenever practical Virtual sniffing is convenient because it requires no setup to use except for a very small amount of software engineering typically between one and four hours that is done once and then never again Once support for Virtual sniffing has been built into application or into a development environment none of the traditional sniffing setup work need be done This means e NO piconet synchronization e NO serial connection to tap e NO USB connection to tap Virtual sniffing is reliable because there is nothing that can fail With Virtual sniffing all data is always captured A 3 6 How Virtual Sniffing Works ComProbe software Virtual sniffing works
255. nt Size Options Window Help Set Timestamp Format Change the Font Size Choose CRC Method F7 Figure 4 9 Event Display Options menu 2 Choose a font size from the list Change Font Size kai Size fj q 11 12 ees 4 16 Figure 4 10 Event Display Font Size Selection 3 Click OK 4 4 Analyzing Protocol Decodes 4 4 1 Frame Display Window To open this window Click the Frame Display icon 6 on the Control window toolbar or select Frame Display from the View menu 57 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Gh frere baplay Horeca eE PH YA STA POLA Sa kb Paga BE eel Lee iy a f Baan i DOEN E200 a i RR Deccds Pang Pait Tire H ade ee lala Coie ee manga dance Lisa ae ai magand Barbari Li PreConnection FH Bbh FHS LICAP S0 ADOdb ADT er Sar AVDTP Sagrang Headset Hon Cagetes esd Bede PUTA sga E Few Fra pg Pat Ba TE LL Fil LAGER Pi SGN ARGH lm T maf ba i Mos oF D Del Lt Ge Ge i summary Fang T miii E B i noe oe G bai Lt fe a i Leo W ar DOOD LF o Fy Lz Gn Ga L g LDAP fka Ga HT a Dims i WHI Li 1 Loga Link i LILAR din a ro bhagair Da Pin mooo pi WHT Lz g la Pagitan Levey H Ba a DTO a DHI LZ Ge Di 0 Deeceppded bp Mason Co nka Ta Later L i TTT Radix Pane foc
256. o make some of these selections When printing your data the analyzer creates an html file and prints the path to the file at the bottom of the page This file can be opened in your browser however it may appear different than the printed version 1 Select Print Preview from the File menu on the Frame Display window to display the Frame Display Print Preview Frame Display Print Preview Provide information to export data trom the currently selected filter tab Include Detail Section Summary No decode section Data Bytes 5 All layers Selected layers only Frame Range All Selection 2MB SMTP CHAD 7 Delete File Reset The Selected Layer Note Browser print options may affect whether any gray background i printed See Help for info OK Cancel Help SIM Application SIP Figure 6 3 Frame Display Print Preview Dialog 2 From this point the procedure is the same as steps 2 through 5 in How to Print Frame Display Data above 3 Click the OK button and after a brief wait a browser window will appear 181 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data 6 5 2 Printing from the Event Display The Event Display Print feature provides the user with the option to print either the entire capture buffer or the current selection When Print Preview is selected the output displays in a browser print preview window where the user can select from the standard prin
257. o store data to be transmitted This value is expressed in operating system pages e Frame Completion Timeout in Seconds This is the number of seconds that the analyzer waits to receive data on a side while in the midst of receiving a frame on that side If no data comesin on that side for longer than the specified number of seconds an aborted frame event is added to the Event Display and the analyzer resumes decoding incoming data This can occur when capturing interwoven data DTE and DCE and one side stops transmitting in the middle of a frame The range for this value is from O to 999 999 seconds Setting it to zero disables the timeout feature P Note This option is currently disabled 7 1 1 3 Selecting Start Up Options To open this window 1 Choose System Settings from the Options menu on the Control A window 2 On the System Settings window click the Start Up button 3 Choose one of the options to determine if the analyzer starts data capture immediately on starting up or not 190 Chapter 7 General Information ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Program Start Up Options On piogram start wap Ce Don t start caphunng immediately O Silai capturing bo a file immeckateky O Start capturing immediately bo the folowing ile Figure 7 3 Start Up Options dialog e Don t start capturing immediately This is the default setting The analyzer begins monitoring data but does not begin capturing data un
258. om being displayed on the Decode pane Hidden layers remain hidden for every frame where the layer is present and can be revealed again at any time You can hide as many layers as you wish Note Hiding from the Frame Display affects only the data shown in the Frame Display and not any information in any other window There are two ways to hide a layer 63 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 1 Right click on the layer in the Decode pane and choose Hide protocol name Layer In All Frames 2 Click the Set Protocol Filtering button on the Summary pane toolbar In the Protocols to Hide box on the right check the protocol layer s you want hidden Click OK when finished To reveal a hidden protocol layer 1 Right click anywhere in the Decode pane 2 Choose Show protocol name Layer from the right click menu or click the Set Protocol Filtering button and un check the layer or layers you want revealed 4 4 1 4 Physical vs Logical Byte Display The Event Display window and Event Pane in the Frame Display window show the physical bytes In other words they show the actual data as it appeared on the circuit The Radix Binary and Character panes in the Frame Display window show the logical data or the resulting byte values after escape codes or other character altering codes have been applied a process called transformation As an example bytes with a value of less than 0x20 the Ox indi
259. omparisons become easier With Snap On you can select multiple time values in the Scroll Bar When the Snap Arrow is white Snap Mode turned off the values for channels in the main chart are shown in absolute values where the max value of each channel graph is the same regardless of the position of the Viewport Channel 33 which is snapped to the top of the chart in Snap Mode shown above left appears like the right image when Snap Mode is turned off e Scrollbar Y Axis Max displays the maximum Y Axis value in the Scroll Bar 4 5 5 Packet Error Rate Sync Selected Packets With Other Windows By default and unlike other windows PER Stats is not synchronized with other windows such as Frame Display in that selecting a frame range in one does not highlight the same frame range in the other This ensures that Frame Display isn t constantly re synchronizing during live capture while the view port is maximized in PER Stats If PER Stats synchronization is desired it can be enabled by checking the Sync Selected Packets with Other Windows check box 4 5 6 Packet Error Rate Export The Export section of PER Stats allows you to export data to a csv or txt file 1 To use the Export select a range of data using the Viewport 2 Select csv or txt from Export Selected Data depending on what type of data file you want The Save As dialog appears 149 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy
260. ones and PDAs therefore a good Bluetooth analyzer would need to support TCP IP HTTP hands free A2DP etc For Frontline to support for these higher levels protocols was no problem since they were already in use in other Frontline analyzer products People have been using Frontline Serialtest serial analyzers and Ethertest Ethernet analyzer to troubleshoot TCP IP and Internet problems for many years As we continued to work closely with the Bluetooth community we also came across one other requirement sniffing itself had to be made easier We took a two pronged approach to this problem We simplified air sniffing and we continue to work on simplifying the process of air sniffing and we invented Virtual sniffing A 3 4 Virtual Sniffing What is it Historically protocol analyzers have physically tapped the circuit being sniffed For example an Ethernet circuit is tapped by plugging into the network A serial connection is sniffed by passively bridging the serial link A Bluetooth air sniffer taps the piconet by synchronizing its clock to the clock of the piconet Master 228 Appendicies ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Not only is there a physical tap in traditional sniffing but the sniffer must have some knowledge of the physical characteristics of the link being sniffed For example a Bluetooth air sniffer must know the BD_ADDR of at least one piconet member to allow it perform clock synchronization A serial sniffer must k
261. onstructed with the Include button selected returns a data set that includes frames that meet the conditions defined by the filter and omits frames that do not Exclude A filter constructed with the Exclude button selected returns a data set that excludes frames that meet the conditions defined by the filter and consists of frames that do not 79 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 4 4 1 13 1 3 Named Display Filters You can create a unique display filter by selecting a data type on the Frame Display and using a right click menu When you create a Name Filter it appears in the Quick Filtering dialog where you can use it do customize the data you see in the Frame Display panes 1 Select a frame in the Frame Display Summary Pane 2 Right click in the one of the data columns in the Summary Pane CRC NESN DS Packet Success Ethertype Source Address etc 3 Select Filter in data type The Filtering Results Filtering Results dialog appears 4 Enter a name for the filter 5 Select OK Filter Name The filter you just created appears in the Named Filters section ASCII 3 of the Quick Filtering dialog ok Cancel 441 413 1 4 Using Compound Display Filters Compound filters use boolean logic to create complex and precise filters There are three primary Boolean logic operators AND OR and NOT The AND operator narrows the filter the OR operator broadens t
262. ooth packet while the Coexistence View s Throughput Graph stops at the last packet regardless of technology 121 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 4 4 3 20 Coexistence View Set Button The Set button is used to specify the 802 11 source address where any o02 11 Ta O0 0e 23 55 F3 31 packet with that source address is considered a Tx packet and is shown with a purple border in the timelines All source MAC addresses that have been seen during this session are listed in the dialog that appears when the Set button is clicked Also listed is the last source MAC address that was set in the dialog in the previous session If that address has not yet been seen in this session it is shown in parentheses 6072 11 Ix Address Each 802 11 packet with this source address is considered a Tx packet and is shown with a purple border All source MAC addresses that hawe been seen during this session are listed here Also listed is Ehe last source MAC address that was set here in the previous session IF that address has nok wet been seen in this session it is shown in parentheses Figure 4 66 802 11 Source Address Dialog 122 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 6072 11 Ix Address 802 11 Tx Address 00 0c 29 85 F3 31 lt none gt 00 00 74 cS ed 26 D0 Oc 29 21 ced DO Dc 2985 F3 31 00 14 bF Fb a6 Wwe been seen during this sessio
263. otocol filter tabs are displayed in the Frame Display above the Summary pane 58 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data e These tabs are arranged in separate color p coded groups These groups and their Noes OQ Classic Bluetooth blue UERS friant ino le colors are General white Classic Bluetooth Se aS blue Bluetooth low energy green E N a Bluetooth low energy green 802 11 orange USB purple NFC brown and SD teal The General group applies to a Lee te all technologies The other groups are nagan Tu 802 11 orange technology specific 15 804 VE RF Fegi CLE e Clicking on a protocol filter tab in the General group filters in all packets containing that protocol regardless of each packet s technology e Clicking on a protocol filter tab in a technology specific group filters in all packets containing that protocol on that technology e A protocol filter tab appears in the General group only if the protocol occurs in more than one of the technology specific tab groups For example if L2CAP occurs in both Classic Bluetooth and Bluetooth low energy there will be L2CAP tabs in the General group the Classic Bluetooth group and the Bluetooth low energy group Select the Unfiltered tab to display all packets There are several special tabs that appear in the Summary Pane when certain condi
264. ous ComProbe software functions that capture and display data packets 4 1 Capture Data 4 1 1 Air Sniffing Positioning Devices When capturing over the air packets proper positioning of the ComProbe hardware and the Devices Under Test DUTs will result in the best possible captures and will mitigate sources of path loss and interference The following procedures will help optimize the capture process especially if you are have problems obtaining reliable captures Problems with indoor radio propagation Even in free space it is well understood that radio frequencies attenuate over distance The free space rule of thumb dictates that radio energy decreases in strength by 20 dB by each 10 to 1 increase in range In the real world the effects of objects in an outdoor environment cause reflection diffraction and scattering resulting in greater signal losses Indoors the situation can be worse Reflections occur from walls and other large flat surfaces Diffraction occurs from objects with sharp edges Scattering is produced from objects with rough surfaces and from small objects Also any object directly in the path of the radiation can present a hard or soft partition depending on the partition s material properties Path losses from partitions are difficult to estimate Estimating indoor propagation loss 1 One estimate of indoor path loss based on path loss data from a typical building provides a range power rule At 2 4 GHz
265. ow energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 5 Frame Display Toolbar Icons continued Reload Decoders When Reload Decoders is clicked the plug ins are reset and received frames are re decoded For example If the first frame occurs more than 10 minutes in the past the 10 minute utilization graph stays blank until a frame from 10 minutes ago or less is decoded Find Search for errors string patterns special events and more Display Capture Notes Brings up the Capture Notes window where you can view or add notes to the capture file Add Modify Bookmark Add a new or modify an existing bookmark Display All Bookmarks Shows all bookmarks and lets you move between bookmarks low energy Timeline Opens the low energy Timeline Bluetooth low energy Packet Error Rate Statistics Opens the Packet Error Rate Statistics display Bluetooth Classic Packet Error Rate Statistics Opens the Packet Error Rate Statistics display Reload Decoders When Reload Decoders is clicked the plug ins are reset and received frames are re decoded For example If the first frame occurs more than 10 minutes in the past the 10 minute utilization graph stays blank until a frame from 10 minutes ago or less is decoded Filter Text giving the filter currently in use If no filter is being used the text reads All Frames which means that Filter nothing is filtered out To see the text of the entire filter pla
266. ow in alphabetical order are the expanded text meanings for common ANSI communication control characters and two character system abbreviation for each one Some abbreviations have forward slash 202 Chapter 7 General Information ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual characters between the two letters This is to differentiate the abbreviations for a control character from a hex number For example the abbreviation for Form Feed is listed as F F to differentiate it from the hex number FF Table 7 4 Communications Control Characters Abbreviation Control Character xt a fa Na 203 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 7 General Information Table 7 4 Communications Control Characters continued i_naractel DY 7 2 7 The Frontline Serial Driver ComProbe software uses custom versions of the standard Windowss serial drivers in order to capture data These drivers are usually installed during the routine product installation However if you need to install the serial driver after ComProbe software has already been installed please refer to the instructions available in the Setup folder installed under Start Programs Product Name and version Setup How to Install the FTS Serial Driver 7 2 8 DecoderScript Overview The DecoderScript Reference Manual and User Guide is delivered with each Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System installation package under Developer Tools The manual is
267. p e The raw timestamp value is the number of 100 nanosecond intervals since the beginning of January 1 1601 This is standard Windows time 5 1 4 Using Go To Searching with Go To allows you to go to a particular frame or event or to move through the data X number of events or frames at a time You can move either forward or backwards through the data To access the Go To function 1 Opena capture file to search 2 Open the Event Display PD or Frame Display window 3 Click on the Find icon AA or choose Find from the Edit menu 4 Click on the Go To tab of the Find dialog 5 The system displays the Find dialog with the Go To tab selected Note The tabs displayed on the Find dialog depend on the product you are running and the H content of the capture file you are viewing Ska Decode Patten Tine GoTo Special Ewerdt Bookmark a Frame Humbe Merve Eorratd Ci Daa Event Humber Move Back Al Everts Numba gis Figure 5 7 Find Go To tab To go to a particular frame 1 Select the Frame Number radio button 2 Type the frame number in the box 3 Click the Go To button 163 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 4 To move forward or backward a set number of frames type in the number of frames you want to move 5 Then click the Move Forward or Move Back button To go to a particular event 1 Select the Data Event Number or All Events Number
268. panes The colors are not assigned to a protocol but are assigned to the layer The Event Radix Binary Character and Decode panes are all synchronized with one another Clicking on an element in any one of the panes highlights the corresponding element in all the other panes Click the Toggle Expand Decode Pane icon im to make the Decode pane taller This allows for more of a lengthy decode to be viewed without needing to scroll 4 4 1 11 5 Radix or Hexadecimal Pane The Radix pane displays the logical bytes in the frame in either Ria cs 21 TE Ah ca hexadecimal decimal or octal The radix can be changed from as od This ic the Radir Pane the Format menu or by right clicking on the pane and choosing Hexadecimal Decimal or Octal s Copy Selection to Clipboard Because the Radix pane displays the logical bytes rather than N Select Entire Frame the physical bytes the data in the Radix pane may be different Change Text Highlight Color from that in the Event pane See Physical vs Logical Byte Display p N for more information z Hexadecimal Colors are used to show which protocol layer each byte belongs ae to The colors correspond to the layers listed in the Decode E Octal pane The Event Radix Binary Character and Decode panes are all synchronized with one another Clicking on an element in any one of the panes highlights the corresponding element in all the other panes 4 4 1 11 6 Character Pane The Character pa
269. ping may affect performance on slower machines For example if 10 bytes of data are captured in 10 milliseconds at a rate of 1 byte per millisecond and the timestamp resolution is 10 milliseconds then only one timestamp needs to be stored for the 10 bytes of data If the resolution is 1 millisecond then 10 timestamps need to be stored one for each byte of data If you have two capture files both of the same size but one was captured using normal resolution timestamping and the other using high resolution the normal resolution file has more data events in it because less room is used to store timestamps You can increase the size of your capture file in the System Settings 7 1 4 4 Switching Between Relative and Absolute Time With Timestamping you can choose to employ Relative Time or Absolute time 1 Choose System Settings from the Options menu on the Control window and click the Timestamping Options button or click the click the Timestamping Options icon f3 from the Event Display O window 2 Go to the Display Options section at the bottom of the window and find the Display Relative Timestamps checkbox 3 Check the box to switch the display to relative timestamps Remove the check to return to absolute timestamps Note The options in this section affect only how the timestamps are displayed on the screen not Si how the timestamps are recorded in the capture file e Display Raw Timestamp Value shows the timestamp as the tot
270. pper layer protocols e AVDTP is carrying Select the protocol that AVDTP traverses to from the following o AVDTP Signaling o AVDTP Media o AVDTP Reporting o AVDTP Recovery o Raw Data Adding Deleting and Saving AVDTP Parameters 1 From the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window click on the AVDTP tab 2 Set or select the AVDTP decoder parameters 3 Click on the ADD button The Intial Connection window displays the added parameters Initial Connections in effect from beginning of capture onward until redefined iiconet 2 on the Slave side with the LACAP CID 00000 and with the remote side TSIO 0 the AVDTP is camying Signalling packets Modified by user In the piconet 2 on the Master side with the L CAP CID 0000 and with the remote side TSID 1 the AVDTP is carying Reporting packets Modified by user In the piconet 2 on the Master side with the L2CAP CID 0000 and with the remote side TSID 0 the AVDTP is camying Unknown Modified by user Figure 3 10 Parameters Added to Decoder 4 To delete a parameter from the Initial Connections window select the parameter and click on the Delete button 26 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings 5 Decoder parameters cannot be edited The only way to change a parameter is to delete the original as described above and recreate the parameter with the changed settings and selections and then click on the Add button 6 AVDTP parameters are saved wh
271. pture Paused The Pause icon was clicked pausing data capture No data is recorded while capture is paused Data Capture Resumed The Pause icon was clicked again resuming data capture Data Capture Resumed The Pause icon was clicked again resuming data capture Resumed The Pause icon was clicked again resuming data capture Dropped Frames Some number of frames were lost Click on the symbol and the analyzer displays many frames were lost at the bottom of the Event Display window End of Frame Marks the end of a frame Flow Control Active An event occurred which caused flow control to become active i e caused the analyzer to stop transmitting data Events which activate flow control are signal changes or the receipt of an XON character Flow Control Inactive An event occurred which caused flow control to become inactive i e caused the analyzer to transmit data Events which deactivate flow control are signal changes or the receipt of an XOFF character Frame Recognizer Change A lowest layer protocol was selected or removed here causing the frame recognizer to be turned off or on I O Settings Change A change was made in the I O Settings window which altered the baud parity or other circuit setting lAn event is anything that happens on the circuit or which affects data capture Data bytes control signal changes and long and short breaks are all events as are I O Settings changes and Data Capture Paused and
272. r finds the following pattern Fie Ect Yew Format Options Window aga maisama In this example the analyzer finds only the second pattern highlighted above because we restricted the search to just the DTE side The first pattern doesn t qualify because it is split between the DTE and DCE sides and the third pattern though whole comes from just the DCE side Evert 16 to 42 of 6 425 27 events Rate Deka CREDTE CRC DCE NG Timestamp No Timestamp 9 35 Por Help Press FI If we choose both the DTE and the DCE sides in the above example then the analyzer finds the second pattern followed by the third pattern but not the first pattern This is because each side has one instance in which the whole pattern can be found The analyzer completely searches the DTE side first followed by the DCE side A Note Side Restriction is available for pattern and error searching 1 Select one of the two options 2 Select DTE DCE or both 3 When you made your selections click on the Find Next or Find Previous buttons to start the search from the current event The result of the search is displayed in the Decode pane in Frame Display 5 1 2 Searching by Pattern Search by Pattern lets you perform a traditional string search You can combine any of the formats when entering your string and your search can include wildcards To access the search by pattern function 1 Opena capture file to search 2 Open the
273. r finishes the search and not move from the current byte if that byte happens to be the closest match When you select Absolute as Search for the radio buttons are On or before the specified time or On or after the specified time When you select Relative as Search for the radio buttons are On or before the specified time relative to the first selected item or On or after the specified time relative to the last selected item 1 Select On or before the specified time or On or after the specified time 2 When you have specified the time interval you want to use click on the Go To Move Forward or Move Backward buttons to start the search from the current event When you select Absolute as Search for Go To is available When you select Relative as Search for Move Forward or Move Backwardis available There are a couple of other concepts to understand in respect to searching with timestamps e The analyzer skips some special events that do not have timestamps such as frame markers Data events that do not have timestamps because timestamping was turned off either before or during capture are also skipped 162 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data e Timestamping can be turned on and off while data is being captured As a result the capture buffer may have some data with a timestamp and some data without When doing a search by timestamp the analyzer ignores all data without a timestam
274. r only data bytes Events include control signal changes and framing information Timestamping Options Brings up the timestamping options window which has options for customizing the display and capture of timestamps 4 3 3 Opening Multiple Event Display Windows Click the Duplicate View icon dg from the Event Display toolbar to open a second Event Display window You can open as many Event Display windows as you like Each Event Display is independent of the others and can show different data use a different radix or character set or be frozen or live The Event Display windows are numbered in the title bar If you have multiple Event Displays open click on the Event Display icon po on the Control window toolbar to show a list of all the Event Displays currently open Select a window from the list to bring it to the front 4 3 4 Calculating CRCs or FCSs The cyclic redundancy check CRC is a function on the Event Display window used to produce a checksum The frame check sequence FCS are the extra checksum characters added to a frame to detect errors 1 Open the Event Display PD window 2 Click and drag to select the data for which you want to generate a CRC 3 Click on the CRC icon Choose CRC Method 4 Inthe CRC dialog box click on the down arrow to show the list of choices for CRC algorithms Choose an algorithm to use Choose z UN CRC 32 Ethernet Choose CRC 32 Ethernet for Ethernet data or Sum
275. radio button 2 Type the number of the event in the box 3 Click the Go To button 4 To move forward or backwards through the data type in the number of events that you want to move each time 5 Then click on the Move Forward or Move Backward button 6 For example to move forward 10 events type the number 10 in the box and then click on Move Forward Each time you click on Move Forward Frontline moves forward 10 events See Event Numbering for why the Data Event Number and All Events Number may be different As a general rule if you have the Show All Events icon depressed on the Event Display window or Frame Display Event pane choose All Events Number If the Show All Events button is up choose Data Event Number 5 1 5 Searching for Special Events Frontline inserts or marks events other than data bytes in the data stream For example the analyzer inserts start of frame and end of frame markers into framed data marking where each frame begins and ends If a hardware error occurs the analyzer shows this using a special event marker You can use Find to locate single or multiple special events To access the search for special events function 1 Opena capture file to search 2 Open the Event Display PP or Frame Display 6 window 3 Click on the Find icon Ah or choose Find from the Edit menu 4 Click on the Special Events tab of the Find dialog Note The tabs displayed on the Find dialog depend on the produc
276. rame was decoded successfully and the protocol listed in the Summary Layer drop down box exists in the frame No dot means the frame was decoded successfully but the protocol listed in the Summary Layer drop down box does not exist in the frame A green circle means the frame was not fully decoded There are several reasons why this might happen e One reason is that the frame compiler hasn t caught up to that frame yet It takes some time for the analyzer to compile and decode frames Frame compilation also has a lower priority than other tasks such as capturing data If the analyzer is busy capturing data frame compilation may fall behind When the analyzer catches up the green circle changes to either a green dot or no dot Another reason is if some data in the frame is context dependent and we don t have the context An example is a compressed header where the first frame gives the complete header and subsequent frames just give information on what has changed If the analyzer does not capture the first frame with the complete header it cannot decode subsequent frames with partial header information A magenta triangle indicates that a bookmark is associated with this frame Any comments associated with the bookmark appear in the column next to the bookmark symbol 4 4 1 11 4 Decode Pane The Decode pane aka detail pane is a post process display that provides a detailed decode of each frame im transaction sometimes referred to as
277. rameters in the fields provided until the condition statement is complete 5 Click OK The system displays the Save Named Condition dialog Provide a name for the filter condition or accept the default name provided by the system and click OK Prohibited characters are left bracket right bracket and equal sign The Set Condition dialog box closes creates a tab on the Frame Display with the filter name and applies the filter The filter also appears in the Quick Filtering and Hiding Protocols dialog When a display filter is applied a description of the filter appears to the right of the toolbar in the Frame Display windows Notes e The system requires naming and saving of all filters created by the user e The OK button on the Set Condition dialog box is unavailable grayed out until the condition selections are complete e When you have multiple Frame Display windows with a display filter or filters those filter do not automatically appear in other Frame Display windows You must use the Hide Reveal feature to display a filter created in one Frame Display in different Frame Display window 4 4 1 13 1 2 Including and Excluding Radio Buttons All filter dialog boxes contain an Include and an Exclude radio button These buttons are mutually exclusive The Include Exclude selection becomes part of the filter definition and appears as part of the filter description displayed to the right of the Toolbar Include A filter c
278. red and decoded until complete Press the Discard button to stop packet transfer and discard all untransferred packets anier is 26 complete O seconds remaining Figure 4 3 Packet Transfer Dialog 4 1 3 Capturing Data with BPA 500 Devices Once you have completed the Devices Under Test selection you are ready to capture data 4 Note Data Capture is not available in Viewer mode 9 EPA 500 datasource File View BPASOO Help ea Pi PH Classic Save 0003330 Motorla 53HD D LE Devica Syne with First Master Classic Master Ox 1c459365ci93 MOTOACTV CJ Atemate Cock Synchronization Classic Encryption PIN Code ASCII 0000 PINADOE data Figure 4 4 BPA 500 Datasource Dialog 40 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 1 Select the start sniffing button o the toolbar or Start Sniffing on the BPA 500 menu 2 The pairing process between the devices begins As data is being captured the Status message at the top of the window indicates the synchronization status of the ComProbe analyzer Also the color of the ComProbe icon changes depending on the synchronization state There are four states Table 4 1 BPA 500 LED Capture Indicators Red Halted Pending e Green Waiting for the master to connect to the slave Blue Synchronized with the master clock link active Grey Synchronized with the master clock link inact
279. ree bd Fenovi Figure 3 7 Example Set Subsequent Decode for Frame 52 RFCOMM e Each entry in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog takes effect from the specified frame onward or until redefined in this dialog on a later frame e The Remove Override button will remove the selected decode parameter override e The Remove All button will remove all decoder overrides If you do not have decoders loaded that require parameters the menu item does not appear and you don t need to worry about this feature 3 2 1 Decoder Parameter Templates 3 2 1 1 Select and Apply a Decoder Template 1 Select Set Initial Decoder Parameters from the Options menu on the Control window or the Frame Display sIla Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual ie window 2 Click the Open Template a icon in the toolbar and select the 4 Template F desired template from the pop up list The system displays the content Ea of the selected template in the Initial Connections list at the top of the P Frontlinel dialog Frontline 3 Click the OK button to apply the selected template and decoders e Frontline _1 settings and exit the Set Initial Decoder Parameters dialog Fronthne the 3 2 1 2 Adding a New or Saving an Existing Template ne Frontlines Add a Template A template is a collection of parameters required to completely decode communications between multiple devices This procedure
280. ree tabs that appear when you first start the low energy analyzer K3 BPA Low Energy datasource o Ex File View BPALow Energy Help Devices Under Test LE Device Database BPA low energy Information Firmware Version BPA 600 268 17 Apr 14 BPA 600 48 Figure 3 7 BPA low energy Information Tab There are several pieces of information on this display e Displayed in the text window is the serial number of the connected BPA 600 device To update the device list click Refresh Device List e If you want to load the latest ComProbe BPAle hardware firmware you select the Update Firmware button e The current firmware is displayed under Firmware Version 3 1 5 BPA low energy Update Firmware 20 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings When you select the Update Firmware on the BPA Low Energy datasource information tab the Update BPA low energy ComProbe firmware dialog appears You use this dialog to update your low energy analyzer with the latest firmware It is very important that you update the firmware If the firmware versions are not the same you will not be able to start sniffing Update BPA law energy ComProbe firmware File C Program Files 86 Frontline Test System Il Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System 12 Status Error opening DFU File Flash Device Done Help Figure 3 8 BPA low energy Information Tab Update Firmware Dialog 1 Make sure the ComProbe BPA low ene
281. rgy analyzer is attached 2 Select the location of the firmware file 3 Select Flash Device The download begins with the Status bar displaying the progress When the download is complete you can check the firmware version by checking the Status field 4 Select Done when the update is finished 3 2 Decoder Parameters Some protocol decoders have user defined parameters These are protocols where some information cannot be discovered by looking at the data and must be entered by the user in order for the decoder to correctly decode the data For example such information might be a field where the length is either 3 or 4 bytes and which length is being used is a system option There may be times when the context for decoding a frame is missing For example if the analyzer captures a response frame but does not capture the command frame then the decode for the response may be incomplete The Set Initial Decoder Parameters window allows you to supply the context for any frame The dialog allows you to define any number of parameters and save them in a template for later use The decoder template function provides the capacity to create multiple templates that contain different parameters This capability allows you to maintain individual templates for each Bluetooth network monitored Applying a template containing only those parameters necessary to decode transmissions particular to an individual network enhances the efficiency of the analy
282. ring device pairing The code is what is used to generate the LTK Under LE Encryption enter the code in the Enter New PIN OOB data text box Enter New PIN OOB data b Just Works is more of a challenge because you must know the LTK that is created at the time of pairing and Current Long Term Key identification of an encrypted link e If your device was previously used in an encrypted capture session the device information including LTK can be found in the Device Database tab Figure 8 BPA 600 datasource Encryption Key Entry e Inadesign and development environment the LTK is often known beforehand e Capture of Host Controller Interface HCI events using ComProbe HSU can reveal the LTK which is contained in the HCI Link Key Request Reply command HCI capture is through direct connection to the device host controller The information obtained in a direct connection can later be used in a wireless encrypted capture session that requires prior knowledge of encryption keys 5 To start capture click on the Start Sniffing button on the BPA 600 datasource toolbar 215 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual A 1 7 2 Use Frame Display to View Encryption Decryption Process A 1 7 2 1 Security Manager Protocol The Security Manager Protocol SMP controls the process for pairing and key distribution The results of a pairing Appendicies and key distribution can be observed in the ComProbe software Frame Display Activate the Fr
283. ronic sticky notes that you attach to frames of interest so they can be easily found later In Frame Display bookmarked frames appear with a magenta triangle icon next to them B Frame Command Emo Code FID PIDs FIC Source TID LID Fra Deka Timestane Pa 1 Ed 12 6 2010 11 25 Z 165 DOO 127672010 11 25 b E3 124 00 00 00 2 LAND 11 25 a Ed OOOeO01 12620 11 25 Figure 5 12 Bookmarked Frame 3 in the Frame Display 00 00 00 o0 g Inthe Event Display bookmarks appear as a dashed line around the start of frame 21 M 0G 15 marker D0 4500 00 47 oan Bookmarks are easy to create and maintain and are a very valuable tool for data analysis When you create or modify a bookmark you have up to 84 characters to explain a problem leave yourself a reminder leave someone else a reminder etc Once you create a bookmark it will be saved with the rest of the data in the cfa file When you open a cfa file the bookmarks are available to you Once you have created a bookmark you can use the Find function or other navigation methods to locate and move among them 5 2 1 Adding Modifying or Deleting a Bookmark You can add modify or delete a bookmarks from Frame Display and Event Display Add 1 Select the frame or event you want to bookmark 2 There are three ways to access the Add Bookmark dialog a Select Add or Modify Bookmark from the Bookmarks menu on the Frame Display and Event Display b Select the A
284. rowse to a specific directory file is being saved Otherwise your file is saved in the default capture file directory Click OK when you are finished 6 2 Adding Comments to a Capture File The Notes feature allows you to add comments to a CFA file These comments can be used for many purposes For example you can list the setup used to create the capture file record why the file is useful to keep or include notes to another person detailing which frames to look at and why Bookmarks are another useful way to record information about individual frames To open the Notes window 1 Click the Show Notes icon E This icon is present on the toolbars of the Frame Display as well as the Event Display po Notes can be selected from the Edit menu on one of these windows 177 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data 2 Type your comments in the large edit box on the Notes window The Cut Copy Paste features are K Fs B are all supported from Edit menu and the toolbar 2C at the current cursor location supported from Edit menu and the toolbar when text is selected Undo and Redo features 3 Click the thumbtack icon to keep the Notes window on top of any other windows 4 When you re done adding comments close the window 5 When you close the capture file you are asked to confirm the changes to the capture file See Confirming Capture File CFA Changes for more information
285. rs If you wish to remove a filter from the system permanently then use the Delete procedure However if all you want to do is remove a filter as a means to un clutter the display then use the Hide procedure Deleting a saved filter removes the filter from the current session and all subsequent sessions In order to retrieve a deleted filter the user must recreate it using the Set Conditions dialog Hiding a filter merely removes the filter from the display A hidden filter can be reapplied using the Show Hide procedure 82 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Deleting Saved Display Filters 1 Select Delete Display Filters from the Filter menu in the Frame Display window to Delete Named Conditions User Defined Conditions open the Delete Named Condition dialog ASO The system displays the Delete Named iter Condition dialog with a list of all user defined Filter 5 Filters filters Filter Filter Role Slave 2 Select the filter to be deleted from the list SCO link Supported 3 Click the Delete button 4 Click OK The Delete Named Condition dialog box closes and the system deletes the filter Hiding and Revealing Display Filters If a display filter is showing the following steps will hide that filter but will not delete it 1 Select Hide Show Display Filters from the Filter menu on the Hide Show Filters Frame Display window to open Filters the Hid
286. ry pane and we see the decoded LE LL frame is display in the Decoder pane Shown in this frame packet is the SKDm that is the Master Session Key Diversifier SKDmaster In Frame 39 623 you will find SKDslave that is combined with SKDmaster to create the Session Key SK Both SDKs were created using the LTK Frame 39 635 through 39 649 in the LE LL tab completes starting of the encryption process After the slave sends LL START ENC RSP Frame 36 649 the Bluetooth devices can exchange encrypted data and the ComProbe sniffing device can also receive and decrypt the encrypted data because the appropriate key is provided in the BPA 600 Datasource window LE 36025 kalJakbdd MEESE 1 LL CHANNEL MAP REG Corkin Pkt LL ENC REQ 3 418 Chea Said Chills 1 LL CHANNEL MAP REG Random vector Pandi 000000000000000 39817 bal Jathdd WHS 1 LL ENC REQ Encopbed diwersiher EDM 0000 39 623 Chal Saad HSI 2 LL_ENC_ASP Master section key identifier SKOmp ics 3c3dda Hettdb 39 635 hal T5 Ebdd ey 2 LL 5TAAT ENC REQ Masher mibakgahon vectce Wim bed 4dc dd 191639 Daai ees ha LL START ENC R5P T19 xal3akbdd HSS 5 LL START ENC RSP 23 hi Ph acl tal Pat Hi hi id PREP TIA NPMATE AET Figure 12 LE LL Tab Encryption Request Frame 39 617 from Initiator Side 1 A 1 7 3 Viewing Encryption in the Message Sequence Chart The ComProbe software Message Sequence Chart MSC links directly to a frames being viewed in the Frame Display Hi Veer Hay Similarly MS
287. s Figure 2 1 BPA low energy Hardware USB Port 2 222 2 e cece eee ce eee c ee cee cece ee eceeeeeeees 4 Figure 2 2 Desktop Folder Link aa 5 Figure 2 3 ComProbe Analyzer Control Window 0 22 2 e eee cece cece eee e cece ee eceeceeeees 7 Figure 3 1 BPA Low Energy datasource LE Device Database Tab 2 22 2 c cece eee cece cece cece 18 Figure 3 2 Add Menu Option Fields Display 22 202 e eee cece cece cece eee naonna 19 se aaa lala IRK FIC AA 19 Figure 3 4 Select Set Initial Decoder Parameters from Control window 2 22 Figure 3 5 Tabs for each decoder requiring parameters eee eee eee eee e cece ee eeeeeeeeee 22 Figure 3 6 Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters from Control window 2 2 2 2 23 Figure 3 7 Example Set Subsequent Decode for Frame 52 RFCOMM cece eee eee 23 Figure 3 8 A2DP Decoder Settings lee cece cece cece cee cece cece ee ceeeeceeceeeees 25 Figure 3 9 AVDTP parameters tab _ 0 22 oie cece cee cee eee eee aaa e cence eceeceeeeeeeeeeees 26 Figure 3 10 Parameters Added to Decoder eee cece cece cece cece eee nonan 26 Figure 3 11 Look in Decoder pane for profile hints 2 c cece eee eee c cece eee eceeceeeeeeee 27 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Figure 3 12 AVDTP Override of Frame Informa
288. s in the USA 13 in Europe and 14 in Japan Each channel is 22 MHz wide Channels overlap There is a 5 MHz shift between each of the first 13 channels There is a 12 MHz shift between channels 13 and 14 1 2401 2423 MHz 2 2406 2428 MHz 3 2411 2433 MHz 4 2416 2438 MHz 5 2421 2443 MHz 6 2426 2448 MHz 7 2431 2453 MHz centered at 2412 MHz centered at 2417 MHz centered at 2422 MHz centered at 2427 MHz centered at 2432 MHz centered at 2437 MHz centered at 2442 MHz USA Europe Japan USA Europe Japan USA Europe Japan USA Europe Japan USA Europe Japan USA Europe Japan USA Europe Japan 8 2436 2458 MHz 9 2441 2463 MHz 10 2446 2468 MHz 11 2451 2473 MHz 12 2456 2478 MHz 13 2461 2483 MHz 14 2473 2495 MHz centered at 2447 MHz centered at 2452 MHz centered at 2457 MHz centered at 2462 MHz centered at 2467 MHz centered at 2472 MHz centered at 2484 MHz USA Europe Japan USA Europe Japan USA Europe Japan USA Europe Japan Europe Japan Europe Japan Japan The row labels for 802 11 channels 1 13 are placed at the center frequency of each channel The row label for 802 11 channel 14 is in parentheses because that channel s center frequency is above the top of the graph Figure 4 80 2 4 GHz information windows 4 4 3 29 Bluetooth slot markers When zoomed in far enough Bluetooth slot markers appear in the 2 4 GHz timeline A B
289. select this option the analyzer uses the stack you defined for every frame Frames that do use this stack are decoded incorrectly Save the Stack 1 Click the Add To Predefined List button 2 Give the stack a name and click Add In the future the stack appears in the Protocol Stack List on the first screen of the Protocol Stack wizard Remove a Stack 1 Select it in the first screen and click Remove Selected Item From List 2 If you remove the stack you must to recreate it if you need to use it again Note If you do not save your custom stack it does appear in the predefined list but applies to the H frames in the current session However it is discarded at the end of the session 4 2 3 Reframing If you need to change the protocol stack used to interpret a capture file and the framing is different in the new stack you need to reframe in order for the protocol decode to be correct You can also use Reframe to frame unframed data The original capture file is not altered during this process Note You cannot reframe from the Capture File Viewer accessed by selecting Capture File Viewer or Load Capture File to start the software and used only for viewing capture files To reframe your data load your capture file select a protocol stack and then select Reframe from the File menu on the Control window Reframe is only available if the frame recognizer used to capture the data is different from the current frame recognizer In a
290. settings at any time 7 1 1 2 Advanced System Options These parameters affect fundamental aspects of the software and it is unlikely that you ever have to change them If you do change them and need to return them to their original values the default value is listed in parentheses to the right of the value box Most technical support problems are not related to these parameters and as changing them could have serious consequences for the performance of the analyzer we strongly recommend contacting technical support before changing any of these parameters To access the Advanced System Options 1 Go to the Control A window 2 Choose System Settings from the Options menu 3 On the System Settings window click the Advanced button 189 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 7 General Information Advanced System Options warmy Be catebul when changing Ihese paameler Please read the onde help Met or contact Technical Support Selechons do not take effect unti FTS and ary datasources are Hated Diver Recent Buie Size in Ebates Dine Schon Queue See m Operating Suslem Pages Fiame Complebon Timea m Seconds Figure 7 2 Advanced System Options dialog e Driver Receive Buffer Size in Kbytes This is the size of the buffer used by the driver to store incoming data This value is expressed in Kbytes e Driver Action Queue Size In Operating System Pages This is the size of the buffer used by the driver t
291. splays e Select the one you want from the list and it comes to the front 4 Note When you have multiple Frame Display windows open and you are capturing data you H may receive an error message declaring that Filtering cannot be done while receiving data this fast If this occurs you may have to stop filtering until the data is captured Note When you create a filter in one Frame Display that filter does not automatically appear in the other Frame Display You must use the Hide Reveal feature to display a filter created in one Frame Display in another 4 4 1 9 Working with Panes on Frame Display When the Frame Display first opens all panes are displayed except the Event pane To view all the panes select Show All Panes from the View menu e The Toggle Expand Decode Pane icon F makes the decode pane longer to view lengthy decodes better e The Show Default Panes icon i returns the Frame Display to its default settings e The Show only Summary Pane icon gE displays on the Summary Pane To close a pane right click on the pane and select Hide This Pane from the pop up menu or de select Show Pane Name from the View menu To open a pane right click on the any pane and select Show Hidden Panes from the pop up menu and select the pane from the fly out menu or select Show Pane Name from the View menu To re size a pane place the cursor over the pane border until a double arrow cursor appears Click and drag on the pan
292. stamp to the file Try turning off timestamping from the Timestamping Options window e For Driver Buffer Overflows change the size of the driver buffer This value is changed from the Advanced System Settings Go to the Control window and choose System Settings from the Options menu Click on the Advanced button Find the value Driver Receive Buffer Size in Operating System Pages Take the number listed there and double it e The analyzer s number one priority is capturing data updating windows is secondary However updating windows still takes a certain amount of processor time and may cause the analyzer to lose data while the window is being updated Some windows require more processing time than others because the information being displayed in them is constantly changing Refrain from displaying data live in the Event Display and Frame Display windows The analyzer can capture data with no windows other than the Control window open 197 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 7 General Information e If you are still experiencing buffer overflows after trying all of the above options then you need to use a faster PC 7 2 2 BTSnoop File Format Overview The BTSnoop file format is suitable for storing Bluetooth HCI traffic It closely resembles the snoop format as documented in RFC 1761 File Format The snoop packet capture file is an array of octets structured as follows File Header Packet Record Number 1
293. stem creates a protocol filter for each decoder that is loaded if that layer is encountered in a capture session There are also three special purpose filters that are treated as protocol filters e All Frames with Errors e All Frames with Bookmarks e All Special Information Nodes Named Filters e Named filters test for anything other than simple single layer existence Named filters can be constructed that test for the existence of multiple layers field values in layers frame sizes etc as well as combinations of those things Named filters are persistent across sessions Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual e Named filters are user defined User defined filters persist in a template file User defined filters can be deleted Quick Filters e Quick Filters are combinations of Protocol Filters and or Named Filters that are displayed on the Quick Filter tab e Quick Filters cannot be saved and do not persist across sessions e Quick Filters are created on the Quick Filter Dialog 4 4 1 13 1 1 Creating a Display Filter There are two steps to using a display filter Define the filter conditions and then apply the filter to the data set The system combines both filter definition and application in one dialog 1 Click the Display Filters icon Y on the Frame Display window or select Apply Modify Display Filters from the Filter menu to open the Set Condition dialog box The Set Con
294. stence View Legend _ _ 2 22 a 124 4 4 3 25 Coexistence View Timelines c eee eee eee eee eee 124 4 4 3 20 PatkeTINIOrMAUON 7 aaa had dae covece Sastaundiobsoinccesuetlsenedeecetteeawesddecicende 124 4 4 3 27 Relocating the tool tip c eee cee eee eee eee cece ee eeeeeeeee 127 4 4 3 28 The two Timelines 00 ccc cece cece eee ce cee ene e cece eeeeeeeeeeeees 129 4 4 3 29 Bluetooth slot markers 22 cock eect de ewe n ss tescee countess ceebidede seen daeereece elec cue 130 50 COONS ieee ee aetna AA NA 131 4 4 3 31 Discontinuities __ 02 22 ee ee eee eee 131 4 4 3 32 High Speed Bluetooth 2 22 a 133 4 4 3 33 Coexistence View No Packets Displayed with Missing Channel Numbers 133 VI ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 4 4 3 34 High Speed Live View __ 0 22 ei ee ccc ee aLa aLa aLaaa aLaaa aaa anaana 134 4 4 4 About The Message Sequence Chart MSC 2 e cece e cece cece cece cece cece eceeeeceeceees 136 4 4 4 1 Message Sequence Chart Search eee cece cece cece eee eee eeceeeeeee 140 4 4 4 2 Message Sequence Chart Go To Frame 2 22 eee cece cece cece ccc ceceeececceeeees 141 4 4 4 3 Message Sequence Chart First Error Frame 22 o eee cece eee cece cece ee eeee 142 4 4 4 4 Message Sequence Chart Printing 222 cee cece cee cee cece cece ee ceeceeeeeees 142 4 5 Packet Error Ra
295. t limited to just HCl sniffing but it is the most common use and this white paper will focus on the HCl sniffing application of Virtual sniffing It is also important to understand that ComProbe software is a multi mode product ComProbe software does support traditional air sniffing It also supports serial HCI sniffing for the H4 HCI UART H5 3 wire UART and BCSP BlueCore Serial Protocol protocols USB HCI H2 sniffing SDIO sniffing and Virtual sniffing So with ComProbe software nothing is sacrificed the product is simply more functional than other Bluetooth protocol analyzers A 3 3 Bluetooth Sniffing History Frontline has a strong appreciation for the importance of HCI sniffing because of the way we got involved with Bluetooth Because of our company history we are uniquely qualified to offer a multi mode analyzer that provides many ways to sniff and supports a wide variety of protocols This brief Bluetooth sniffing history should help you understand our approach to Bluetooth protocol analysis In the early days of Bluetooth there were no commercially available Bluetooth protocol analyzers so developers built their own debug tools and or used protocol analyzers that weren t built for Bluetooth Many developers built homegrown HCI analyzers basically hex dumps and crude traces because they recognized the need for visibility into the HCI interface and because it was too difficult to build air sniffers Several companies dev
296. t Record Format Each packet record holds a partial or complete copy of one packet as well as some descriptive information about that packet The packet may be truncated in order to limit the amount of data to be stored in the packet file Each packet record holds 24 octets of descriptive information about the packet followed by the packet data which is variable length and an optional pad field The descriptive information is structured as six 32 bit 4 octet integer values The structure of the packet record is as follows Original Length Included Length Packet Flags Cumulative Drops Timestamp Microseconds Packet Data Original Length A 32 bit unsigned integer representing the length in octets of the captured packet as received via a network Included Length A 32 bit unsigned integer representing the length of the Packet Data field This is the number of octets of the captured packet that are included in this packet record If the received packet was truncated the Included Length field is less than the Original Length field Packet Flags 199 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 7 General Information Flags specific to this packet Currently the following flags are defined Table 7 3 Packet fais asenen t Ne Je yn Direction flag O Sent 1 Received ia Command flag 0 Data 1 Command Event Bit O is the least significant bit of the 32 bit word Direction is relative to
297. t Throughput i Data Start 1 Second Packet Throughput taka Mt nir Het TA Payload Throughput E Data Cont E CRC Error 47 008 bits s N ii i i i Tie ry Include MIC O Data Empty E Unable to Decrypt 1 Second Payload Throughput 546 A Both E Data Ctri E Invalid IFS 0 bits s I Data Unknown Configured Devices C Unknown C Selected O All Devices Swap Width peak 47 008 G n ar Discontinuity 0 15 23 93 J Show Running Average 0x50655d5b Ox8e89bed6 Oxaf9a8bdd Oxaf9ab45e 3 14 2013 12 18 22 965825 PM 3 14 2013 12 18 23 215825 PW For Help Press F1 Figure 4 36 Bluetooth low energy Timeline You access the Timeline by selecting Bluetooth low energy Timeline from the View menu or by pressing the Bluetooth low energy Timeline icon lad on the Control window toolbar and Frame Display toolbar In computing throughput packets that have a CRC error are excluded 4 4 2 1 low energy Timeline Toolbar The toolbar contains the following Table 4 7 Bluetooth low energy Timeline Toolbar CA aa Sai Lock The Lock button only appears in live mode and is automatically depressed when the user scrolls s93 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Table 4 7 Bluetooth low energy Timeline Toolbar continued Pp escription Pp escription Ope O ope Ole Previous Interframe Spacing IFS Error e Interframe Spacing is considered valid if it is wi
298. t Zoom Navigate Help Average Payload Throughput Selected Packet 30 958 Adv Type SCAN RSP Timestamp 3 14 2013 12 18 17 47 bits s 4 634 ms 18 66 ms Swap 1 Second Payload Throughput 0 bits s 4 506 ms 18 308 ms Packet Throughput Width peak 68 2 Packet 30 958 Adv Scanning Adv Type SCAN_RSP EH f Timestamp 3 14 2013 12 18 17 271887 PM Y d 4 Duration 352 us M 4 Prev Next Timestamp Deltas 326 us 18 66 ms L Prev Next Gaps 150 us 18 308 ms CP 2 Channel Index 39 2480 MHz F Do Meets Predefined Filter Criteria for BT low energy devices Yes rame Isp ay IS Event Status Recieved without errors 382 synchronized with the PDU Length 36 selected packet Advertiser Address Oxffe24c209871 NG Access Address Ox8e89bed6 ane 30 f A LE ADY Adv Oxffe24c209871 AddrT ype rand Type 5CAN RSP Chan 39 Ler _ KC i SD MULE SSG SHS YY SIM DV OWNS a Frame 30 958 Len 49 Y Find v C Summary LE ADV i HE 5600 A R sore CP 2 MEEN Bookm As Configured BT low energy devices Errors Channel Index 39 2480 MHz LE BB LE PKT ADY LE DATA LE LL L2CAP SMP ATT Meets Predefined Filter Criteria for BT low ene 7 7 Event Status Recieved without errors B Framett VA Chan Type Add Init amp Scand Add AdvA Len Fram Delta m2 lasa Lele ii E Oxffe24c209971 r F E ERNS pon 30 959 37 ADV IND pub Ox727272727272 37 52 00 0 Access Address Ox8e8Sbed8 30 960 38 ADV IND pub
299. t options The output file format is in html and uses the Microsoft Web Browser Control print options for background colors and images see below Print Background Colors Using Internet Explorer 1 Open the Tools menu on the browser menu bar 2 Select Internet Options menu entry 3 Click Advanced tab 4 Check Print background colors and images under the Printing section 5 Click the Apply button then click OK The Event Display Print feature uses the current format of the Event Display as specified by the user See About Event Display for an explanation on formatting the Event Display prior to initiating the print feature Configure the Print File Range in the Event Display Print dialog Selecting more than one event in the Event Display window defaults the radio button in the Event Display Print dialog to Selection and allows the user to choose the All radio button When only one event is selected the All radio button in the Event Display Print dialog is selected How to Print Event Display Data to a Browser 1 Select Print or Print Preview from the File menu on the Event Display window to display the Event Display Print dialog Select Print if you just want to print your data to your default printer Select Print Preview if you want preview the print in your browser 2 Select the range of events to include from either All or Selection in the Event Range section Choosing All prints all of the events in the capture file or b
300. t you are running and the Si content of the capture file you are viewing 164 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data Decode Paten Time GoTo 5pec Events Bookmark Abod Begin Char Sinp C Broken Frame T Butter O vesiiow C Capture Paused C Capture Resumed Cl Dropped Franss C Dropping Sync C End Char Stnp C End of Frame C Flow Control Active 7 Flow Control Inactree Frame Recognize Changed Ci Settings Changed Figure 5 8 Find Special Events tab 5 Check the event or events you want to look for in the list of special events Use Check All or Uncheck All buttons to make your selections more efficient 6 Click Find Next and Find Previous to move to the next instance of the event Not all special events are relevant to all types of data For example control signal changes are relevant only to serial data and not to Ethernet data For a list of all special events and their meanings see List of all Event Symbols on page 55 5 1 6 Searching by Signal Searching with Signal allows you to search for changes in control signal states for one or more control signals You can also search for a specific state involving one or more control signals with the option to ignore those control signals whose states you don t care about The analyzer takes the current selected byte as its initial condition when running searches that rely on finding events where control signals
301. tabicucecndncntaducloit lt thessvbudubeddcuheeiuasaunsnuee 190 7 1 2 Changing Default File Locations o cece eee cece eee eee c ccc ec eee raonar 191 ABEL AA CP 193 paa BO aa AA AE 194 7 1 4 1 Timestamping OptionS 2222655 dees teed cece ope LET KANE N TERENA LINYA A ANON DR NOS secoseieuuces 194 7 1 4 2 Enabling Disabling Timestamp _ 2 2 22 2 e eee eee e ee ee ee cece cece cece eeeeeeseeeeeeees 195 7 1 4 3 Changing the Timestamp Resolution 22 cece eee ee eee e cece cece ce ececcececceeceees 1935 7 1 4 4 Switching Between Relative and Absolute Time 0 0 196 viii ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual 7 1 4 5 Displaying Fractions of a Second __ 2 22 2 eee eee ee cee eee eee cece cece eeeeeeees 197 7 2 lechnical Information oie sens te dee asa NA aaa ea e EEE AS 197 72 4 Performance Notes 22 cscccc cee sucedecaghn Qaekcatsddedeneacczetdbbesegsudeeatesecuads codgecceeaeenta 197 7 2 2 BTSnoop File Format 20 22 c cece cee cece ce ccc anaoa aoaaa cee ceeeceeceeceeceeceeeeeees 198 PA ale 200 di PROC CSS DURO o ets a a NA AA AA SASA e ANA r GA aaa 201 7 2 5 Event Numbering 2 22 eee ce cece cee cee eee c ee cee cece cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 201 Z0 USeruCmatacter TADES Amana aaa cada eatsueiice AE ieee uetaaetedeuntsuel 201 Ta ce KK AA TAES 201 T2102 BAUO OE COUCS Ya se es oe eee eae on danas erat aaec de won EDNA NALANG AU NAA DTI anak ahAAY 202 TD E
302. tatus Recieved without errors papasa PDU Length 39 Advertiser Address Dx727272727272 Access Address 0x8e89bed6 LE ADY AdvA Ox727272727272 AddrT yped pub Type ADY IND Chan 37 Len 37 For Help Press F1 Figure 4 37 Bluetoothlow energy Timeline 4 4 2 5 How Packets Are Displayed Bluetooth low energy packets are displayed in the low energy timeline in Segments and Rows e Segments are pieces of the timeline You can zoom in to show just one segment or you can zoom out to show multiple segments In multiple segment displays the segments are contiguous from top to bottom 99 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Refer to the diagram below The top most segment contains the beginning timestamp on the left The timeline proceeds from left to right in a segment and continues in the next segment down beginning on the left of that segment If you zoom out to show two segments the viewable timeline appears in those two segments You will use the scroll bar on the right to scroll through the timeline In a one segment display the viewable timeline appears in that one segment You will scroll through the timeline using the scroll bar appearing at the bottom of the timeline display e Rows show either the access address of the configured devices or of all discovered devices Because the segments are contiguous in multiple segment displays the rows in each segment are identica
303. te Statistics cece ce ee ee ee ce ce ce cee eee eee eee 144 4 5 1 Packet Error Rate Channels amanda ka a maa aa ayan NG ive aap An la a BG an aaa ga 145 4 5 2 Packet Error Rate Pie Chart and Expanded Chart 0 o eee eee eee eee cece ee eee 147 4 5 3 Packet Error Rate Legend a 148 4 5 4 Packet Error Rate Additional Statistics 148 4 5 5 Packet Error Rate Sync Selected Packets With Other Windows aaa 149 4 5 6 Packet Error Rate Export ec cece cee cee cece eee eee cece ce eeeeeeeeeeee 149 4 5 7 Packet Error Rate Scroll Bar 0 2 2 ccc cee cece cece cece cece cece eee eeeeeeeeee 150 4 5 8 Packet Error Rate Excluded Packets o ole ee eee eee eee ee 152 4 6 Data Audio Extraction 0 22 ccc cece ccc cece cece ce cee cece cece cece cece cece enc eeceeceeeceecees 153 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data _ 2 2 22 ooo e eee eeeeeees 156 So PINO KANA KANAL ING TEO NON asec AA NAA EN A E EEE AES EE 156 5 1 1 Searching within Decodes ee cee cece ccc ccc ee eee e cece eceeeeeeeeeeees 157 5 1 2 Searching by Pattern 2 22 occ ce a anaandaa cece cece cece cee eeeeceeceeceeceeceeees 159 Db Se AA 161 Eh lad SIE GOO cxa mak NA NAL ae setane TANG NAN NAT ANDA se BAND NO ANA TAGA KALAN ANOS A DANAO BO ANA 163 5 1 5 Searching for Special Events cece cece cece cece eee e
304. ted 4J ComProbe Protocol Analysis Systern Bluetooth low energy lo E EA File View Liwe Options Window Help aBeoAF4 PHAIEH BA Configuration lt No Device gt Capture file C Users Public Documents Frontline Test Equipment My Capture Files Capture 2013 05 23 07420 L cfa Capture Status 7 Paused Capture to Single File lt 1 used Packets on h w 0 For Help Press F1 Packet Decoder 0 pps 0 100 Figure 2 3 ComProbe Analyzer Control Window Because the Control window can get lost behind other windows every window has a Home icon a that brings the Control window back to the front Just click on the Home icon to restore the Control window When running the Capture File Viewer the Control window toolbar and menus contain only those selections needed to open a capture file and display the About box Once a capture file is opened the analyzer limits Control window functions to those that are useful for analyzing data contained in the current file Because you cannot capture data while using Capture File Viewer data capture functions are unavailable For example when viewing Ethernet data the Signal Display is not available The title bar of the Control window displays the name of the currently open file The status line below the toolbar shows the configuration settings that were in use when the capture file was created 2 3 1 Control Window Toolbar Toolbar icon displays vary according to operating mode and or data display
305. the following relationship provides an approximate estimate of indoor path loss Indoor Path Loss in dB 40 35Log iolrange in meters This approximation is expected to have a variance of 13 dB Mitigating path loss and interference Bluetooth device design contributes to mitigating environmental effects on propagation through spread spectrum radio design for example However careful planning of the testing environment can also contribute to reliable data capture process 36 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data The first step to ensuring reliable air sniffing data capture is to understand the RF characteristics of the Devices Under Test DUTs The Bluetooth Class antenna types and radiation patterns are all important factors that can affect the placement of the DUTs and the ComProbe analyzer Radiation patterns are rarely spherical so understanding your device s radiation patterns can greatly enhance successful data capture Position devices to avoid radiation attenuation by the surroundings This step is optional Consider conductive testing to establish a baseline capture Conductive testing isolates the DUTs and analyzer from environmental effects The next step is to ensure that the testing environment is as clutter free as possible e Line of sight obstructions should be eliminated between the ComProbe hardware and the DUTs because they cause a reduction in signal strength Obstructions
306. thin 150 us or 2us e f the Interframe Spacing is less than 148 us or greater than 152 us but less than or equal to 300 us it is considered an IFS error Next Interframe Spacing IFS Error e Interframe Spacing is considered valid if it is within 150 us or 2us e f the Interframe Spacing is less than 148 us or greater than 152 us but less than or equal to 300 us it is considered an IFS error Hester a men Reset The Reset button appears only in live mode Reset causes all packet data up to that point to be deleted from the Packet Timeline display This does not affect the data in Frame Display Resetting the display may be useful when the most recent throughput values are of interest 4 4 2 2 low energy Timeline Menu Bar The Bluetooth low energy Timeline menu bar contains the following Table 4 8 Bluetooth low energy Timeline Menus Mp Selection T PE Resets Timeline to display beginning at current frame Available only in Live mode fet Closes the timeline window 0 the timeline window 94 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 8 Bluetooth low energy Timeline Menus continued Displays rows of packets from sending devices The source device address will appear on the left of each row Displays rows packets received on radios 0 1 or 2 The radio number will appear on the left of each row 95 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Com
307. til clicking the Start Capture icon on the Control Event Display or Frame Display windows e Start capturing to a file immediately When the analyzer starts up it immediately opens a capture file and begins data capture to it This is the equivalent of clicking the Start Capture icon The file is given a name based on the settings for capturing to a file or series of files in the System Settings window e Start capturing immediately to the following file Enter a file name in the box below this option When the analyzer starts up it immediately begins data capture to that file If the file already exists the data in it is overwritten 7 1 2 Changing Default File Locations The analyzer saves user files in specific locations by default Capture files are placed in the My Capture Files directory and configurations are put in My Configurations These locations are set at installation Follow the steps below to change the default locations 1 Choose Directories from the Options menu on the Control window to open the File Locations window 191 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 7 General Information File Locations File Types Location My Capture Files C Users Public DocumentsFrontine Test Equipment hMy Capture Files My Configurations C Users Public DocumentsFronthne Test EquipmentsMy Configurations My Decoders CA sers4Public 3D ocuments4Prontine Test Equipment Decoders My Log Files C AU sers
308. ting Data Print Background Colors Using Internet Explorer 1 Open the Tools menu on the browser menu bar 2 Select Internet Options menu entry 3 Click Advanced tab 4 Check Print background colors and images under the Printing section 5 Click the Apply button then click OK Configure the Print File Range in the Frame Display Print Dialog Selecting more than one frame in the Frame Display window defaults the radio button in the Frame Display Print dialog to Selection and allows the user to choose the All radio button When only one frame is selected the All radio button in the Frame Display Print dialog is selected How to Print Frame Display Data 1 Select Print or Print Preview from the File menu on the Frame Display window to display the Frame Display Print dialog Select Print if you just want to print your data to your default printer Select Print Preview if you want access to printer options 2 Choose to include the Summary pane check the box in the print output The Summary pane appears at the beginning of the printed output in tabular format If you select All layers in the Detail Section the Data Bytes option becomes available 3 Inthe Detail Section choose to exclude No decode section the decode from the Detail pane in the Frame Display or include All Layers or Selected Layers Only If you choose to include selected layers then select click on and highlight the layers from the list box 4 Click on
309. tion Item to Carry 2 222 eee eee eee ee eee eee 29 Figure 3 13 AVDTP Override of Frame Information Media Codec Selection _ 29 Figure 3 14 L2CAP Decoder parameters tab 0 2 22 lee cece cece cece eee c eee eee eeeeeeee 30 Figure 3 15 Parameters Added to Decoder _ 2 i ieee cece cece cece ccc e cee eceecceeececceeceeeees 31 Figure 3 16 RFCOMM parameters tab ccc ec ec eee ec ec eee cece annona 32 Figure 3 17 Parameters Added to Decoder a 33 Figure 3 18 Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters selection list 2222 e eee eee eee eee eee 35 Figure 4 1 Devices Equally Spaced in the Same Horizontal Plane 22 cece cece ee eee ee eeee 37 Figure 4 2 Example Poor Capture Environment 22 2 c cece cece e cece cece cece eceeceeeees 38 Figure 4 3 Packet Transfer Dialog _ 2 22 ole cece cece cece ccc e cece cee eceecceeeceeceeeeceeceeeees 40 Figure 4 4 BPA 500 Datasource Dialog 22 2 ieee ce cece cece cee eee c cece eee onanan 40 Figure 4 5 Frame Display Extended Inquire Response cece cece cece cece cccceccecceececeees 43 Figure 4 6 Format Menu ee cc ee cee cee ee cee e cece eee e nec ee nee eeeees 53 Figure 4 7 Header labels right click 22 2 a 53 Figure 4 8 Data display right click menu cece cece cee cece cece cece eeee
310. tion on the Control Window The Status bar located just below the Configuration bar on the Control window provides a quick look at current activity in the analyzer Capture Status Not Active Capture to Single File M A used Utilization 0 Host O Control Events 0 e Capture Status or Status for Sodera displays Not Active Paused or Running and refers to the state of data capture o Not Active means that the analyzer is not currently capturing data o Paused means that data capture has been suspended o Running means that the analyzer is actively capturing data e Used The next item shows how much of the buffer or capture file has been filled For example if you are capturing to disk and have specified a 200 Kb capture file the bar graph tells you how much of the capture file has been used When the graph reaches 100 capture either stops or the file begins to overwrite the ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 2 Getting Started oldest data depending on the choices you made in the System Settings e Utilization Events The second half of the status bar gives the current utilization and total number of events seen on the network This is the total number of events monitored not the total number of events captured The analyzer is always monitoring the circuit even when data is not actively being captured These graphs allow you to keep an eye on what is happening on the circuit without requiring you to capture data
311. tions are met These tabs appear only in the General group and apply to all technologies The tabs are e Bookmarks appear when a bookmark is first seen e Errors appear when an error is first seen An error is a physical error in a data byte or an error in the protocol decode e Info appears when a frame containing an Information field is first seen The tabs disappear when the capture buffer is cleared during live capture or when decoders are reloaded even if one of the tabs is currently selected They subsequently reappear as the corresponding events are detected Comparing Frames If you need to compare frames you can open additional Frame Display windows by clicking on the Duplicate View icon Bg You can have as many Frame Display windows open at a time as you wish Frame Wrapping and Display In order to assure that the data you are seeing in Frame Display are current the following messages appear describing the state of the data as it is being captured e All Frame Display panes except the Summary pane display No frame selected when the selected frame is in the buffer i e not wrapped out but not accessible in the Summary pane This can happen when a tab is selected that doesn t filter in the selected frame e When the selected frame wraps out regardless of whether it was accessible in the Summary pane all Frame Display panes except the Summary pane display Frame wrapped out of buffer 59 Chapter 4 Capturing an
312. uffer Choosing Selection prints only the selected events in the Event Display window Note In order to prevent a Print crash you cannot select All if there are more than H 100 000 events in the capture buffer Note See Configure the Print File Range in the Event Display Print Dialog above for an H explanation of these selections 182 Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Event Display Print Evert range O Al Selection Note Browser piri ophons may alfect whether ary gray background amp parted See Help lo ino Figure 6 4 Event Display Print Dialog 3 Click the OK button If you chose Print Preview the system displays your data in a browser print preview display with options for printing such as page orientation and paper size You can also use your Printer Preferences dialog to make some of these selections When printing your data the analyzer creates an html file and prints the path to the file at the bottom of the page This file can be opened in your browser however it may appear different than the printed version 6 6 Exporting 6 6 1 Frame Display Export You can dump the contents of the Summary pane on the Frame Display into a Comma Separated File csv To access this feature 1 Right click on the Summary pane or open the Frame Display File menu 2 Select the Export menu item 3 Select a storage location and enter a File name 4 Select Save
313. ult timestamp is 10 milliseconds This value is determined by the operating system and is the smallest normal resolutions possible Note The raw timestamp value is the number of 100 nanosecond intervals since the beginning of H January 1 1601 This is standard Windows time It is also possible to use high resolution ag E l l timestamping High resolution timestamp V Store Timestamps This item takes effect immediately values are marked by an asterisk as high Capture Options resolution in the drop down list To change Storage Resolution 0 50 Mictoseconds high resolution mi timestamping resolutions Note 1 To apply resolution changes you must restart the program 1 Goto the Capture Options section of the window Note 2 Finer resolutions increase the capture file size 2 Change the resolution listed in the Storage Resolution box 195 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 7 General Information Note If you change the resolution you need to exit the analyzer and restart in order for the H change to take effect 7 1 4 3 1 Performance Issues with High Resolution Timestamp There are two things to be aware of when using high resolution timestamps The first is that high resolution timestamps take up more space in the capture file because more bits are required to store the timestamp Also more timestamps need to be stored than at normal resolutions The second issue is that using high resolution timestam
314. und in the data in the file This box does not list all the protocol decoders available to the analyzer merely the protocols found in the data Selecting a protocol from the list changes the Summary Summary pane to display summary information for that protocol When a low energy predefined Named Filter like Nulls and Polls is selected the Summary drop down is disabled Summary Non Captured Info z Text with Protocol Stack To the right of the Summary Layer box is some text giving the protocol stack currently in use Summary Non Captured Info Baseband with Auto traverse in the buffer is the sorted order Therefore the last frame in the buffer may not have the last frame Note If the frames are sorted in other than ascending frame number order the order of the frames number 4 4 1 2 Frame Display Status Bar The Frame Display Status bar appears at the bottom of the Frame Display It contains the following information e Frame s Selected Displays the frame number or numbers of selected highlighted frames and the total number of selected frames in parentheses e Total Frames The total number of frames in the capture buffer or capture file in real time e Frames Filtered In The total number of frames displayed in the filtered results from user applied filters in real time 4 4 1 3 Hiding and Revealing Protocol Layers in the Frame Display Hiding protocol layers refers to the ability to prevent a layer fr
315. using a feature called Live Import Any application can feed data into ComProbe software using Live Import A simple API provides four basic functions and a few other more advanced functions The four basic Live Import functions are e Opena connection to ComProbe software e Close a connection to ComProbe software e Send an entire packet to ComProbe software e Senda single byte to ComProbe software All applications that send data to ComProbe software via Live Import use the first two functions Usually only one of the two Send functions is used by a particular application When ComProbe software receives data from the application via Live Import the data is treated just as if it had been captured on a Frontline ComProbe sniffer The entire protocol stack is fully decoded With Virtual sniffing the data can literally be coming from anywhere ComProbe software does not care if the data being analyzed is being captured on the machine where ComProbe software is running or if the data is being captured remotely and passed into ComProbe software over an Internet connection A 3 7 Virtual Sniffing and Bluetooth Stack Vendors As the complexity of the Bluetooth protocol stack increases Bluetooth stack vendors are realizing that their customers require the use of a powerful Bluetooth protocol analyzer Even if the stack vendor s stack is bug free 229 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Appendicies there are interoperability issues that
316. vider until the cursor changes to a solid double arrow 2 Click and drag the divider to the desired width 3 To auto size the columns double click on the column dividers Hiding Columns To hide a column 1 Drag the right divider of the column all the way to the left 2 The cursor changes to a split double arrow when a hidden column is present 3 To show the hidden column place the cursor over the divider until it changes to a split double arrow then click and drag the cursor to the right 4 The Frame Size Timestamp and Delta columns can be hidden by right clicking on the header and selecting Show Frame Size Column Show Timestamp Column or Show Delta Column Follow the same procedure to display the columns again Moving Columns Changing Column Order To move acolumn LTs ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 1 Click and hold on the column header 2 Drag the mouse over the header row 3 A small white triangle indicates where the column is moved to 4 When the triangle is in the desired location release the mouse Restoring Default Column Settings To restore columns to their default locations their default widths and show any hidden columns 1 Right click on any column header and choose Restore Default Column Widths or select Restore Default Column Widths from the Format menu 4 4 1 11 3 Frame Symbols in the Summary Pane Table 4 6 Frame Symbols A green dot means the f
317. w 49 51 66 67 E E B 203 E C 203 235 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Easy Protocol Filtering 92 EBCDIC 54 EBCDIC Codes 202 EIR 42 EM 202 EQ 203 Errors 168 193 ET 202 Event Display 48 66 183 Event Display Export 183 Event Display Toolbar 49 Event Numbering 201 Event Pane 75 Event Symbols 55 EX 202 Exclude 79 Exclude Radio Buttons 79 Expand All Collapse All 73 Expand Decode Pane 67 Export Export Baudot 186 Export Events 184 Export Filter Out 186 Extended Inquiry Response 42 F F F 202 FCSs 51 Field Width 72 File 175 178 187 File Locations 191 File Series 187 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual File Types Supported 178 Filtering 91 Filters 77 80 82 85 92 Find 157 160 161 163 164 168 Find Bookmarks 170 Find Introduction 156 Font Size 56 Frame Display 57 60 63 64 66 67 72 76 Frame Display Change Text Highlight Color 75 Frame Display Find 64 Frame Display Status Bar 63 Frame Display Toolbar 60 Frame Display Window 58 Frame Recognizer Change 55 Frame Symbols 73 Frame Information on the Control Window 9 Freeze 52 FS 203 FTS Serial Driver 204 Go To 163 Green Dots in Summary Pane 73 GS 202 Hex 53 Hexadecimal 74 Hiding Display Filters 82 Hiding Protocol Layers 63 High Resolution Timestamping 196 HT 203 236 Appendicies I O Settings Change 55 Icons in Data on Event Display 55 Importable File Types 179 Importing
318. w energy User Manual file Whenever there is a transaction it is shown on a single line instead of showing the separate messages that comprise the transaction The Msg column in that case says Transaction Each message in a transaction contains a packet identifier PID All of the PIDs in a transaction are shown in the transaction line All IN transactions i e transactions that contain an IN token message are shown with a purple background All other transactions and all non transactions are shown with a white background IN transactions have special coloring because that is the only place where the primary data flow is from a device to the Host The protocol information included for each frame depends on the protocol selected in the summary layer box located directly below the main toolbar Frame numbers in red indicate errors either physical byte level or frame errors If the error is a frame error in the displayed protocol layer the bytes where the error occurred is displayed in red The Decode Pane gives precise information as to the type of error and where it occurred The Summary pane is synchronized with the other panes in this window Click on a frame in the Summary pane and the bytes for that frame is highlighted in the Event pane while the Decode pane displays the full decode for that frame Any other panes which are being viewed are updated accordingly If you use one pane to select a subset of the frame then only t
319. ware they will use a simple TCP IP listening program to bring the data into the PC and this program will hand the data off to ComProbe software using the Live Import API A 3 9 Virtual Sniffing and You If you are a Bluetooth stack vendor a Bluetooth chip maker or a maker of any other products where integrating your product with ComProbe software s Virtual sniffing is of interest please contact Frontline to discuss your requirements There are numerous approaches that we can use to structure a partnership program with you We believe that a partnership with Frontline is an easy and cost effective way for you to add value to your product offering 230 Appendicies ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual If you are end customer and you want to take advantage of Virtual sniffing all you need to do is buy any Frontline Bluetooth product Virtually sniffing comes standard with product 22515 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Appendicies Author Eric Kaplan Publish Date May 2003 Revised December 2013 232 Appendicies Index A A2DP Decoder Parameters 25 Aborted Frame 190 About Display Filters 77 About L2CAP Decoder Parameters 30 Absolute Time 196 Adaptive Frequency Hopping PER Stats 146 Add a New or Save an Existing Template 24 Adding a New Predefined Stack 45 Adding Comments To A Capture File 177 Advanced System Options 189 Apply Capture Filters 79 Apply Display Filters 77 80 82 ASCII 54 character
320. xistence View Timeline Tool Tip Shown Anchored to Computer Screen 129 Figure 4 78 5 GHz and 2 4 GHz 802 11 packets eee eee c eee ee ee eeeeees 129 Figure 4 79 5 GHz information window a 130 Figure 4 80 2 4 GHz information windows 22 e ee eee ee cece eee cece cece cece eceeeeeeeeees 130 Figure 4 81 Vertical blue lines are Bluetooth slot markers cece cece cee cece eeeeeeeeees 131 Figure 4 82 A negative discontinuity _ 2 220 2 ee ee cece cece cee cece eee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeees 132 Figure 4 83 A positive discontinuity 2 22 2 eee eee ec cee cee cece cece eeceeceeeceeceees 132 Figure 4 84 Timeline header with discontinuity 22 oe eee cece cee eee eee eee e ee eeeeees 132 Figure 4 85 Timeline duration footer with discontinuity 2 22 cece eee cee cece cece eeceeees 132 Figure 4 86 High speed Bluetooth packets have a blue frequency box and a two tone tool tip 133 xiii ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Figure 4 87 Missing Channel Numbers Message in Timelines eee e cece ee eeeeee 134 Figure 4 88 Message Sequence Chart Window 2 22 22 e eee eee eee e cece eee eee ee ceeceeeeeeeeees 136 Figure 4 89 Classic and LE tabs cn sncvecccsccesetaceesdbbacsceeeddiese tended OARD NG KAG Kaha GANG soekeacees 137 Figure 4 90 Frame and Time Display inside red box
321. y Generation and Distribution To distribute the LTK EDIV and Rand values an LE LL encrypted session needs to be set up The Control Pkt LL ENC REO initiator will use STK to enable encryption on the Random vector Rand 0x27 c02ib15512909 link Once an encrypted link is set up the LTK is Enciypted diversiher EDN Ox838e distributed LTK is a 128 bit random number that Master session key identiher 5KDm Ox21dbb dd0is ds2a the slave device will generate along with EDIV Master iniiskzabon vector Vint Ox034efes9 and Rand Both the master and slave devices can distribute these numbers but Bluetooth low energy is designed to conserve energy so the slave device is often resource constrained and does not have the database storage resources for holding LTKs Therefore the slave will distribute LTK EDIV and Rand to the master device for storage When a slave begins a new encrypted session with a previously linked master device it will request distribution of EDIV and Rand and will regenerate LTK Figure 5 Encryption Request from Master Example ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture 213 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Appendicies LE LL Control Pkt LL ENC R5P Slave session key identiher SKDs bc28383344187892e Slave inaiakzation vector W3 054702236 Figure 6 Encryption Response from Slave Example ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture A 1 6 Encrypting The Data Transmission
322. y a large number of errors and a small number of re transmits then the packet sniffer is not receiving the transmissions clearly 144 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data You can access this window in Bluetooth low energy by selecting the Bluetooth low energy Packet Error Rates Statistics icon FI from the Control window or Frame Display You can also open the window from the View menu on the same windows Bluetooth low energy Packet Error Rate 48 Channeds Figure 4 100 Bluetooth low energy PER Stats Window 4 5 1 Packet Error Rate Channels The main portion of the PER Stats dialog displays the and 40 individual channels 0 39 for Bluetooth low energy 145 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Figure 4 101 Bluetooth low energy Packet Error Rate Channels e The red number at the top of the channel shows the percentage of Header Error and Payload CRC Errors in relationship to the total number of packets in the channel e The light blue number at the top of each channel shows the megahertz MHz for the channel if the option is chosen in the Additional Statistics section e When you select a channel detailed information for that channel is displayed in the expanded chart on the upper right e The channels change dynamically as the Viewport is moved or new data appears within the Viewport e The Channel Not Available symbol is
323. y amount or forward by more than 4 01 s this value is used because the largest possible connection interval in Bluetooth low energy is 4 0 s A discontinuity is drawn as a vertical cross hatched area one Bluetooth slot 625 us in width A discontinuity for a timestamp going backward is called a negative discontinuity and is shown in red A discontinuity for a timestamp going forward by more than 4 01 s is called a positive discontinuity and is shown in black A positive discontinuity is a cosmetic nicety to avoid lots of empty space A negative discontinuity is an error 131 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual E a Pa P a amas abrod Packet Kora Ta T iira A kage Figure 4 82 A negative discontinuity m z _ Vrapi Packed Panga j Pakari 3 pad JBA mea idol PAA maa i i i z i i ATAN 1 EHEH AT E Figure 4 83 A positive discontinuity When there are one or more discontinuities the actual time encompassed by the visible timeline differs from the zoom level duration that would apply in the absence of any discontinuities The actual time referred to as absolute time is shown followed by abs The zoom level duration referred to as relative time is shown followed by rel When there are no discontinuities relative and absolute time are the same and a single value is shown Selected Packets 477 475 Gap 7199542 Timestamp Dela 7 20011 Span 7 2003
324. y has its own Event Display As an example here s what happens if the following sequence of events occurs 1 Click on the Frame Display icon in Control window toolbar to open the Frame Display 2 Click on the Duplicate View icon dg to create Frame Display 2 3 Click on Event Display icon Po in Frame Display 2 Event Display 2 opens This Event Display is labeled 2 even though there is no original Event Display to indicate that it is synchronized with Frame Display 2 4 Click on a frame in Frame Display 2 The corresponding bytes are highlighted in Event Display 2 5 Click on a frame in the original Frame Display Event Display 2 does not change 66 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 4 4 1 8 Working with Multiple Frame Displays Multiple Frame Displays are useful for comparing two frames side by side They are also useful for comparing all frames against a filtered subset or two filtered subsets against each other e To create a second Frame Display click the Duplicate View icon dg on the Frame Display toolbar This creates another Frame Display window You can have as many Frame Displays open as you wish Each Frame Display is given a number in the title bar to distinguish it from the others e To navigate between multiple Frame Displays click on the Frame Display icon O in the Control window toolbar A drop down list appears listing all the currently open Frame Di
325. y right click menu If you want to see only the numerical values click on the Numbers Only icon 4 on the Event Display toolbar 4 3 7 3 Switching Between ASCII EBCDIC and Baudot On the Event Display window the analyzer displays data in ASCII by default when you click on the Characters Only icon A There are several ways to change the character set used to display data 1 Goto the Format menu and select the character set you want A check mark next to the character set indicates which set is currently being used 2 With the data displayed in characters right click on the data panel header label to choose a different character set If you want to see only characters click on the Characters Only icon A on the Event Display toolbar 4 3 7 4 Selecting Mixed Channel Sides If you want to get more data on the Event Display window you can switch to mixed sides mode This mode puts all the data together on the same line Data from one side Slave is shown on a white background and data from the other side Master is shown on a gray background 1 Click once on the Mixed Sides icon EN to put the display in mixed sides mode 2 Click again to return to side over side mode 3 You can right click in the center of the data display window to change between mixed and side over side modes by selecting Display Sides Together A check mark is displayed Click on Display Sides Together to remove the check mark and return to side by side displ
326. y the user can set another Connection Filter based on the original data set Display Example 2 All 802 11 data filtered in In this example there is a capture file with Classic Bluetooth Bluetooth low energy and 802 11 To view just the 802 11 data set 802 11 All is selected from the right click pop up menu 90 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data O Frame Display BTAmp80211FTPwLE cfa File Edit View Format Filter Bookmarks Options Window Help CF PH VE SAN FH AAAS he see i OE eCooo TAB p erres iw LE AD Awl ata Field Tumceated or Not Present Unfiltered Info Errors o This is the Decode Pane Baseband LMP PreConnection FHS Bluetooth FHS L2CAP AMP Manager SDP OBEX FTP Non Captured Info LE BB LE PKT LE ADY ao ae 802 li Riadind B02 Ad MACY 1E8022 SMAPS BDZ A AMPJ 802 16 L2CAB OBEX EIR Raad Expand Decode Pane Copy Selection to Clipboard B Frame ASCII Hex Fram Delta Timestamp E Collapse All Nodes 1 63 4 10 2012 3 54 29 68448 Expand All Nodes 2 23 00 00 29 8 42072012 3 54 59 50800 a 23 00 00 00 0 4072012 3 54 59 50800 Connection Filter k Classic i 23 00 00 00 0 4 10 2012 3 54 59 50800 Bluetooth low energy g 23 00 00 00 0 4 10 2012 3 54 59 50800 Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters 802 11 gt 33 00 00 00 7 4 10 2012 3 54 58 50621 33 00 00 00 0 4 10 2012 3 54 58
327. yload includes a Message Identification Code MIC that is encrypted with the data In Bluetooth BR EDR only the data is encrypted Also in Bluetooth low energy the secure link is more vulnerable to passive eavesdropping however because of the short transmission periods this vulnerability is considered a low risk The similarity to BR EDR occurs with shared secret key a fundamental building block of modern wireless network security CJ F LIJ UJ This paper describes the process of establishing a Bluetooth low energy secure link 11413 paca br yi fy LITA LAT SN A b A G Le O eee tL a ot eS Figure 17 Chappe s Telegraph Code A 2 1 How Encryption Works in Bluetooth low energy Data encryption is used to prevent passive and active man in the middle MITM eavesdropping attacks on a Bluetooth low energy link Encryption is the means to make the data unintelligible to all but the Bluetooth master and slave devices forming a link Eavesdropping attacks are directed on the over the air transmissions between the Bluetooth low energy devices so data encryption is accomplished prior to transmission using a shared secret key A 2 2 Pairing A Bluetooth low energy device that wants to share secure data with another device must first pair with that device The Security Manager Protocol SMP carries out the pairing in three phases 1 The two connected Bluetooth low energy devices announce their input and output capabil
328. ypted data on a Bluetooth low energy link is LTK EDIV and RAND A 1 3 Pairing Methods The two devices in the link use the IO capabilities from Pairing Request and Pairing Response packet data to determine which of two pairing methods to use for generation of the Temporary Key TK The two methods are Just Works and Passkey Entry An example of when Just Works method is appropriate is when the IO capability input None and output None An example of when Passkey Entry would be appropriate would be if input Keyboard and output Display There are 25 combinations that result in 13 Just Works methods and 12 Passkey Entry methods In Just Works the TK O In the Passkey Entry method 6 numeric digits Input Keyboard 6 random digits Input Display SMP Code Pairing Confirm Contin Value Oxfade339494054 7 cbedbblfeeSI399c39d5 Figure 2 Initiator Pairing Confirm Example ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture lA third method Out Of Band OOB performs the same as Pass Key but through another external link such as NFC 212 Appendicies ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual SMP Code Pairing Confirm Confirm Value Dx7fc25698 32921 25798445464 27562085 Figure 3 Responder Pairing Confirm Example ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture Initiator Responder The initiating device will generate a 128 bit random number that is combined with TK the Pairing Request command the P
329. yt for data and the tim for timestamps see note on importing DOS timestamps e Frontline Ethertest for DOS requires 3 files filename cap filename caO and filename ca1 e Sniffer Type 1 supports files with the enc extension Does not support Sniffer files with a cap extension e Snoop or Sun Snoop files with a cap extension based on RFC 1761 For file format see http www fags org rfcs rfc1761 html e Shomiti Surveyor files in Snoop format files with a cap extension For file format contact Technical Support e CATC Merlin files with a csv extension Files must be exported with a specific format See File Format for Merlin Files for information e CATC Chief files with a txt extension 6 5 Printing 6 5 1 Printing from the Frame Display HTML Export The Frame Display Print dialog and the Frame Display HTML Export are very similar This topic discusses both dialogs Frame Display Print The Frame Display Print feature provides the user with the option to print the capture buffer or the current selection The maximum file size however that can be exported is 1000 frames When Print Preview is selected the output displays in a browser print preview window where the user can select from the standard print options The output file format is in html and uses the Microsoft Web Browser Control print options for background colors and images 179 ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual Chapter 6 Saving and Impor
330. zer to decode data If you have decoders loaded which require decoder parameters a window with one tab for every decoder that requires parameters appears the first time the decoder is loaded 21 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual For help on setting the parameters click the Help button on each tab to get help information specific to that decoder If you need to change the parameters later e Choose Set Initial Decoder Parameters from the Options menu on the Control and Frame Display windows Window Help Hardware Settings VO Settings System Settings Alt Enter Directories Side Names wW Check for New Releases at Startup Protocol Stack Set Initial Decoder Parameters Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters Automatically Request Missing Decoding Information Figure 3 4 Select Set Initial Decoder Parameters from Control window The Set Initial Decoder Parameters window opens with a tab for each decoder that requires parameters Set Initia Decoder Parameters Template TAVOTP Securty LZCAP AFCOMM A20 use iPx TCP UDP Figure 3 5 Tabs for each decoder requiring parameters e Each entry in the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window takes effect from the beginning of the capture onward or until redefined in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog Override Existing Parameters The Set Subsequent Decod

ComProbe BPA low energy User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents